[Rev. 3/28/2012 1:07:26 PM]

CHAPTER 389 - EXAMINATIONS, COURSES, STANDARDS AND DIPLOMAS

GENERAL PROVISIONS

389.011              Definitions.

389.015              “Adjusted diploma” defined.

389.017              “Adult standard diploma” defined.

389.018              “Aesthetic position” defined.

389.019              “Certificate of attendance” defined.

389.0195            “Criterion-referenced examination” defined.

389.020              “Demonstrate” defined.

389.021              “Dramatized event” defined.

389.022              “Dramatized idea or story” defined.

389.024              “Elements of music” defined.

389.027              “High school proficiency examinations” defined.

389.028              “Historical periods” defined.

389.029              “Information literate” defined.

389.030              “Level of musical difficulty” defined.

389.034              “Semester” defined.

389.035              “Standard diploma” defined.

389.0355            “The arts” defined.

389.036              “Trimester” defined.

389.040              “Unit of credit” defined.

389.042              “Visual arts” defined.

389.043              “Visual characteristics” defined.

ADMINISTRATION OF ACHIEVEMENT AND PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS

389.048              Eligibility for pupil to take high school proficiency examinations.

389.051              Times for administration; special administration.

389.0515            General requirements for examinations.

389.054              Confidentiality and security of testing materials.

389.056              Procedures for administration.

389.0565            Use of calculators on examinations.

389.057              Eligibility for reexamination.

389.058              Reporting of results to Department of Education.

389.059              Restriction on reporting scores of individual pupils; reporting of aggregated scores.

389.061              Specific criterion-referenced examinations required.

389.071              Proficiency examinations in writing: High school; fifth and eighth grades.

389.076              Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading.

389.079              Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science.

389.081              Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics.

389.083              Maintenance of results of examinations and list of names and scores.

KINDERGARTEN THROUGH HIGH SCHOOL

389.187              Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development.

PREKINDERGARTEN, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, MIDDLE SCHOOL AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL

Prescribed Courses

389.195              Elementary school.

Instruction: Prekindergarten Through Second Grade

389.231              Kindergarten: English language arts.

389.236              Kindergarten: Mathematics.

389.238              Kindergarten: Social studies.

389.2417            First grade: English language arts.

389.2419            First grade: Mathematics.

389.2421            First grade: Social studies.

389.2423            Prekindergarten through second grade: Health.

389.2424            Kindergarten through second grade: Technology and computers.

389.2425            Second grade: Physical education.

389.243              Second grade: English language arts.

389.2433            Second grade: Information literacy.

389.2435            Second grade: Mathematics.

389.2437            Second grade: Social studies.

389.244              Kindergarten through second grade: Science.

Instruction: Third Grade

389.246              English language arts.

389.248              Information literacy.

389.251              Mathematics.

389.254              Social studies.

389.272              The arts.

389.283              Physical education.

Instruction: Fourth Grade

389.293              English language arts.

389.2932            Information literacy.

389.2933            Social studies.

389.2934            Mathematics.

Instruction Through Fifth Grade

389.2938            Third through fifth grades: Health.

389.2939            Third through fifth grades: Science.

389.2941            Fifth grade: English language arts.

389.29415          Fifth grade: Information literacy.

389.2942            Fifth grade: Social studies.

389.2943            Fifth grade: Mathematics.

389.2946            Fifth grade: Physical education.

389.2948            Fifth grade: Technology and computers.

389.2949            Fifth grade: The arts.

Instruction: Sixth Through Eighth Grades

389.298              Sixth grade: English language arts.

389.299              Sixth grade: Information literacy.

389.301              Sixth grade: Mathematics.

389.321              Seventh grade: English language arts.

389.323              Seventh grade: Mathematics.

389.372              Sixth through eighth grades: Social studies.

389.381              Sixth through eighth grades: Health.

389.386              Eighth grade: Physical education.

389.3905            Eighth grade: Technology and computers.

389.391              Eighth grade: Introduction to technology.

389.393              Eighth grade: Home and career skills.

389.395              Seventh and eighth grades: Required courses where subjects taught by different teachers.

389.401              Eighth grade: English language arts.

389.406              Eighth grade: Mathematics.

389.411              Eighth grade: Science.

Elective Courses of Study

389.432              Foreign language: Instruction in kindergarten.

389.434              Foreign language: Instruction through third grade.

389.436              Foreign language: Instruction through fifth grade.

389.438              Foreign language: Instruction in middle school or junior high school through ninth grade.

389.443              The arts: Instruction in sixth through eighth grades.

Requirements for Promotion to High School

389.445              Required units of credit; pupils with disabilities; pupils who transfer between schools; recognition of certain programs of homeschool study.

HIGH SCHOOL

Required Courses of Study

389.450              Prescribed courses of study for graduation.

389.452              Arts and humanities.

389.455              Health.

389.461              English language arts.

389.465              Mathematics: Generally.

389.4675            Mathematics: Performance standards.

389.468              Prealgebra.

389.470              Algebra I.

389.472              Geometry.

389.474              Algebra II.

389.476              Trigonometry.

389.478              Analytic geometry.

389.480              Precalculus.

389.482              Calculus.

389.484              Probability and statistics.

389.485              Physical education.

389.488              Exemption from physical education.

389.491              Science: Generally.

389.4915            Science: Standards.

389.492              Life science.

389.494              Earth science.

389.496              Physical science.

389.498              Environmental science.

389.505              Technology and computers.

389.511              Social studies.

Elective Courses of Study

389.516              Permissible elective courses of study.

389.520              Agriculture.

389.521              Agricultural business systems.

389.523              Agricultural mechanical engineering technology.

389.524              Landscape management.

389.525              Plant and environmental horticulture science.

389.526              Technology of horses.

389.527              Animal science and veterinary medicine.

389.529              Health sciences.

389.530              Forestry.

389.532              Management of wildlife and natural resources.

389.534              Processing of meat.

389.536              Management of a feedlot.

389.537              Leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences.

389.541              The arts.

389.543              Accounting.

389.5435            Business law.

389.545              Business communications.

389.5455            Business economics.

389.547              Entrepreneurship.

389.5475            Finance.

389.549              International business.

389.5495            Management and business leadership.

389.551              Business math.

389.5515            Business marketing.

389.553              Information systems and business technology.

389.5535            Business services and innovation.

389.555              Employability skills.

389.556              Journalism.

389.558              Speech.

389.562              Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Contents.

389.564              Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of teacher.

389.566              Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of employer.

389.568              Drivers’ education.

389.569              Foreign language: First year.

389.5695            Foreign language: Second year.

389.570              Foreign language: Fourth year.

389.571              American Sign Language: First year.

389.5712            American Sign Language: Second year.

389.5714            American Sign Language: Third year.

389.5716            American Sign Language: Fourth year.

389.572              Occupations in health care.

389.573              Culinary arts.

389.575              Foods and nutrition.

389.576              Fashion, textiles and design.

389.577              Hospitality services.

389.579              Travel and tourism.

389.580              Care of the aged and persons with special needs.

389.581              Early childhood care, education and services.

389.582              Housing and interior design.

389.584              Commercial housekeeping.

389.586              Occupations involving electricity.

389.588              Carpentry.

389.589              Residential building construction.

389.590              Repair of electrical and electronic equipment.

389.592              Heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration.

389.594              Mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines.

389.596              Collision repair technology.

389.597              Automotive technology: Advanced program.

389.598              Mechanics of an aircraft.

389.600              Electronic communications.

389.601              Information technology.

389.6013            Graphic design.

389.6015            Mechanical drafting and design.

389.6017            Architectural drafting and design.

389.604              Graphic arts and printing.

389.606              Photography.

389.608              Machine shop.

389.610              Sheet metal.

389.611              Metalworking.

389.612              Welding.

389.614              Furniture and cabinetmaking.

389.616              Digital video and broadcast production.

389.618              Cosmetology.

389.620              Family and consumer sciences.

389.622              Industrial arts.

389.624              Marketing.

389.644              Skills to obtain employment: Contents.

389.646              Skills to obtain employment: Eligible pupils.

389.648              Skills to obtain employment: Duties of teacher.

389.650              Skills to obtain employment: Duties of participating employer.

389.652              Social studies.

389.6525            Introduction to occupations.

389.6526            Working citizen.

389.6527            Management of personal resources.

389.6528            Introduction to human relations and decision making.

389.6529            Introduction to human and family development.

389.653              Introduction to food science and nutrition.

389.6531            Introduction to economics of work.

389.6532            Introduction to basic communication skills.

389.6533            Introduction to keyboarding.

389.6534            Introduction to information technology.

389.6535            Introduction to visual communications.

389.6536            Introduction to keeping business records.

389.6537            Introduction to natural resources.

389.6538            Introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills.

389.6539            Introduction to basic mechanical maintenance.

389.6541            Introduction to animal science.

389.6542            Introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching.

389.6543            Introduction to textile and apparel.

389.6544            Introduction to electricity.

389.6545            Introduction to electronics.

389.6546            Introduction to technical drawing.

389.6547            Introduction to energy.

389.6549            Great Basin Native American language.

Requirements for Promotion to Next Higher Grade Level and Issuance of Diplomas

389.655              Passage of proficiency examinations; exceptions for demonstration of proficiency by alternative method.

389.657              Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in writing.

389.6575            Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in science.

389.658              Submission of results of proficiency examinations.

389.659              Units of credit or semesters required for promotion to next higher grade level; waiver of certain requirements.

389.660              Provision of remedial study for pupil in grade 11 or 12.

389.661              Enrollment in remedial study required for failure of proficiency examinations two or more times.

389.662              Proficiency examinations for pupil who transfers to Nevada high school.

389.663              Units of credit and grade point average required to receive advanced diploma.

389.664              Units of credit required to receive standard diploma.

389.666              Units applicable toward graduation.

389.668              Credit which may be granted in fractional time units.

389.670              Credit granted for performance on examination in lieu of course attendance: Board of trustees required to prescribe application and eligible courses of study; effect of pupil’s withdrawal from school; authority of State Board to review examination and minimum score required.

389.672              Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Limitations and prerequisites.

389.673              Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Periodic review and approval of each course.

389.674              Credit for equivalent experience outside campus or program.

389.676              Credit for sectarian religious courses not allowed.

389.678              Summer school units applicable toward graduation.

389.680              Credit for correspondence courses.

389.682              Requirements for graduation for pupils transferring to Nevada high school.

389.684              Schools prohibited from reducing or reevaluating credits transferred from another school.

389.686              Exemptions for certain high schools from requirements for graduation.

389.688              Requirements for adult standard diploma.

389.690              Credit received through adult high school program applicable toward adult standard diploma.

389.692              Other credits applicable toward adult standard diploma.

389.694              Waiver of credits for adult standard diploma.

389.695              Attendance at adult high school program for test preparation.

389.696              Individualized program of education for pupil with disability.

389.698              Adjusted diploma for pupil with disability.

389.699              Requirements for certificate of attendance; subsequent issuance of diploma.

Miscellaneous Provisions

389.700              Transcript of high school record.

Program of Independent Study

389.710              “Independent study” defined.

389.720              Plan to operate program; approval or denial of plan; written policy; system of recordkeeping.

389.730              Courses allowed; courses outside school district.

389.740              Licensing of instructors; supervision required for certain courses.

389.750              Written agreement with pupil.

Program of Career and Technical Education

389.800              General requirements for program.

389.805              Duties of Department of Education and school district.

389.810              Establishment and duties of joint technical skills committees and career and technical education councils.

389.815              Requirements for endorsement on diploma indicating successful completion of program.

COLLEGE READINESS

389.830              “College readiness” defined.

389.835              Standards for college readiness.

389.840              Indications of college readiness.

389.845              Scope of college readiness.

VETERANS

389.850              Issuance of standard high school diploma to certain veterans who left high school to serve in Armed Forces.

GENERAL PROVISIONS

      NAC 389.011  Definitions. (NRS 385.080)  As used in this chapter, unless the context otherwise requires, the words and terms defined in NAC 389.015 to 389.043, inclusive, have the meanings ascribed to them in those sections.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 1-26-90; R065-99, 11-3-99; R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R073-00, 6-20-2000; R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.015  “Adjusted diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Adjusted diploma” means a diploma which evidences the graduation from high school of a pupil with a disability after the pupil has met special requirements or adjusted standards.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001)

      NAC 389.017  “Adult standard diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Adult standard diploma” means a diploma which evidences the graduation from high school of a person who has met the requirements for graduation through:

     1.  An adult high school program established by a school district; or

     2.  An alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R067-97, 12-10-97; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.018  “Aesthetic position” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Aesthetic position” means a point of view concerning the nature of the visual arts such as formalism, functionalism, hedonism, expressionism and realism.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.019  “Certificate of attendance” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Certificate of attendance” means a certificate that evidences the satisfaction of all the requirements for graduation from high school or completion of an adult high school program except that a pupil has not passed one or more of the high school proficiency examinations or has not satisfied the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805, if applicable. The term “certificate of attendance” is not equivalent to nor does it replace or include a standard diploma, advanced diploma, adjusted diploma or adult standard diploma.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; A by R091-99, 1-14-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.0195  “Criterion-referenced examination” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Criterion-referenced examination” means an examination in which the achievement and proficiency of a pupil on the examination is compared to an expected level of achievement and proficiency on the examination that is based on the specific academic standards, knowledge and skills that the examination was designed to measure.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001)

      NAC 389.020  “Demonstrate” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Demonstrate” means the ability to define, identify or list the major components of a subject and, if the subject is part of an activity, to perform the activity in accordance with commonly held standards or, when applicable, to standards set by government or industry.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.021  “Dramatized event” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Dramatized event” means a method of telling a story through the use of stage, film, television, radio or computer discs.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.022  “Dramatized idea or story” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Dramatized idea or story” means a method of communicating an idea or telling a story through a variety of theatrical techniques such as pantomime, creative movement, improvisation, creative drama, storytelling, choral reading, story theater, puppetry, readers’ theater, role-playing and theater games.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.024  “Elements of music” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Elements of music” means pitch, rhythm, harmony, dynamics, timbre, texture and form.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.027  “High school proficiency examinations” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “High school proficiency examinations” means the criterion-referenced examinations that:

     1.  Are administered to pupils in this State before the completion of grade 10 pursuant to NRS 389.015;

     2.  Are administered to pupils in this State before the completion of grade 11 pursuant to NRS 389.015 and 389.550; and

     3.  Pupils must pass to receive a standard high school diploma.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.028  “Historical periods” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Historical periods” means major points in the history of mankind in which significant contributions to the theater have been made, such as fifth century Greece, the Elizabethan era, the French neoclassic period and the Restoration.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.029  “Information literate” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Information literate” means attaining the literacy level established by NAC 389.2433, 389.248, 389.2932, 389.29415 or 389.299 for the grade level in which a pupil is enrolled.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R013-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.030  “Level of musical difficulty” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Level of musical difficulty” means a level of difficulty for playing music on a scale with six levels that are more particularly described as follows:

     1.  Level 1 is the “very easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that uses easy keys, meters and rhythms, and contains limited ranges.

     2.  Level 2 is the “easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that may include changes of tempo, key and meter, and contains modest ranges.

     3.  Level 3 is the “moderately easy” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that contains moderate technical demands, expanded ranges and varied interpretive requirements.

     4.  Level 4 is the “moderately difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that requires well-developed technical skills, attention to phrasing and interpretation, and the ability to perform various meters and rhythms in a variety of keys.

     5.  Level 5 is the “difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that requires advanced technical and interpretive skills, the ability to perform unusual meters, complex rhythms and subtle dynamic requirements, and contains key signatures with numerous sharps and flats.

     6.  Level 6 is the “very difficult” level and is characterized by the ability of the pupil to perform music that is suitable for pupils who are musically mature and of exceptional competence.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.034  “Semester” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Semester” means one of the two academic terms that make up the school year at a school that offers a traditional 9-month school schedule.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.035  “Standard diploma” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Standard diploma” means a diploma which evidences a pupil’s graduation from high school but which is not an adjusted diploma or an adult standard diploma.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)

      NAC 389.0355  “The arts” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “The arts” means the areas of visual arts, music and theater.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.036  “Trimester” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Trimester” means one of the three academic terms that make up the school year at a school that offers a 12-month school program or a school program involving alternative scheduling whose regular academic year consists of three terms.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.040  “Unit of credit” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Unit of credit” means an amount of credit which is awarded to a pupil for successful completion of a course containing at least 120 hours of instruction or the equivalent.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)

      NAC 389.042  “Visual arts” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Visual arts” means a broad category of art that includes, without limitation:

     1.  Traditional art such as drawing, painting, printmaking and sculpture;

     2.  Communication and design art such as film, television, graphics and production design;

     3.  Architecture and environmental art such as urban, interior and landscape design;

     4.  Folk art; and

     5.  Works in ceramic, fibers, jewelry, wood, paper and other materials.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.043  “Visual characteristics” defined. (NRS 385.080)  “Visual characteristics” means distinguishing traits, qualities or properties that may be seen and identified in a work of visual art.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

ADMINISTRATION OF ACHIEVEMENT AND PROFICIENCY EXAMINATIONS

      NAC 389.048  Eligibility for pupil to take high school proficiency examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, to determine the eligibility of a pupil who has completed at least grade 9 to take the high school proficiency examinations, the pupil shall be deemed in:

     (a) Grade 10 if the pupil has completed at least 5 units of credit or 2 semesters of high school.

     (b) Grade 11 if the pupil has completed at least 11 units of credit or 4 semesters of high school.

     (c) Grade 12 if the pupil has completed at least 17 units of credit or 6 semesters of high school.

     2.  If a pupil has an academic plan which projects that the pupil will graduate from high school before the pupil is granted the number of opportunities to take the high school proficiency examinations that is otherwise granted to pupils in grades 11 and 12, the pupil may submit a written request to the superintendent of schools of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled or the governing body of the charter school in which the pupil is enrolled to take the high school proficiency examinations for the first time before the pupil has earned the 5 units of credit or completed the 2 semesters of high school required for grade 10.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R072-01, eff. 11-7-2001; A by R022-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.051  Times for administration; special administration. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school, respectively, shall administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 in each public school in that district and each charter school which has the appropriate grades at the following times:

     (a) For grades 3 through 8, the criterion-referenced examinations in reading and mathematics as provided in NAC 389.061 must be administered in the spring semester on the dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (b) For grades 5 and 8, the criterion-referenced examinations in writing and science must be administered in the spring semester on the dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (c) For grade 11, the high school proficiency examination in writing must be administered in the fall and spring semesters on the dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (d) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examination in writing must be administered in:

          (1) The spring semester;

          (2) The summer months; and

          (3) The fall semester,

Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (e) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examination in writing may be administered, upon the direction of the Department of Education, to those pupils who have not yet passed the examination, on a date specified by the Department which must be approximately 4 weeks before the date of graduation.

     (f) For grade 10, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in the spring semester on the dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (g) For grade 11, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in:

          (1) The spring semester; and

          (2) The fall semester,

Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (h) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science must be administered in:

          (1) The spring semester;

          (2) The summer months; and

          (3) The fall semester,

Ê on the respective dates specified by the Department of Education.

     (i) For grade 12 and for adults, the high school proficiency examinations in reading, mathematics and science may be administered, upon the direction of the Department of Education, to those pupils who have not yet passed one or more of those examinations, on the dates specified by the Department, which must be approximately 4 weeks before the date of graduation.

     2.  Not later than May 1 of each year, the board of trustees of a school district in which a school with a 12-month school program is located or the governing body of a charter school with a 12-month school program shall, if pupils who attend the school are not expected to be in session on one of the dates prescribed in subsection 1 for the administration of an examination, consult with the Assessment, Program Accountability and Curriculum Office of the Department of Education to establish another date for the administration of that examination. Not later than June 1 of that year, the Assessment, Program Accountability and Curriculum Office shall provide the board of trustees or the governing body of a charter school with written confirmation of the date agreed upon pursuant to this subsection.

     3.  The Department of Education may schedule a special administration of any examination required to be passed for graduation if:

     (a) The person taking the examination is a pupil enrolled in grade 12;

     (b) The person, through no fault on the part of the person, was not able to take the examination at its most recent administration; and

     (c) No regular administration of the examination is scheduled before the date on which the person is otherwise eligible to graduate.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; 11-17-95; R115-97, 12-10-97; R115-97, 12-10-97, eff. 7-1-98; R019-98, 4-17-98; R019-98, 4-17-98, eff. 7-1-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R065-99, 11-3-99, eff. 9-1-2000; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.0515  General requirements for examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)

     1.  An examination that is administered to assess the achievement and proficiency of pupils in this State must:

     (a) If the examination is administered pursuant to NRS 389.550, measure the achievement and proficiency of pupils in the standards of content established by the Council to Establish Academic Standards for Public Schools, as adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.520;

     (b) If the examination is administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 in any grade, measure the achievement and proficiency of pupils in the subjects set forth in subsection 1 of NRS 389.015 and in the standards of content established by the Council to Establish Academic Standards for Public Schools, as adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.520;

     (c) Be designed so that data relating to past and future trends of the examination scores of pupils may be compiled;

     (d) Measure the specific knowledge and skills or level of achievement and proficiency that it was designed to measure;

     (e) Be fair to all potential examinees and, insofar as practicable, be designed to account for differences among the examinees in their gender, culture and primary language; and

     (f) Be useful in determining the achievement and proficiency of a pupil relative to a particular level of achievement and proficiency.

     2.  The costs of such an examination must not exceed the appropriations made by the Legislature for the administration of the examination.

     3.  The results of such an examination must be reported in a manner that:

     (a) Is clear to parents and teachers; and

     (b) Avoids the use of technical terms.

     4.  The Department of Education shall provide a program of professional development for teachers relating to the interpretation of the results of such an examination.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-99, eff. 11-3-99; A by R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002)

      NAC 389.054  Confidentiality and security of testing materials. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550, 389.616)

     1.  The board of trustees of each school district and the governing body of each charter school shall ensure that the employees of the school district or charter school, respectively, who have access to the materials necessary to administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 are familiar with:

     (a) The provisions of this section, subsection 6 of NRS 389.015 and NRS 389.600 to 389.648, inclusive; and

     (b) Any instructions that are issued by the Department of Education relating to the confidentiality of those materials.

     2.  A person shall not make or distribute copies of the questions contained in the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 or the approved answers used for grading them unless that person has received written authorization to do so from the publisher of the examination and the Department of Education.

     3.  Before the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 are distributed to the schools in which the examinations will be administered, the board of trustees or the governing body shall ensure that the materials used to administer the examinations and the approved answers used for grading them are stored in such a manner that only those persons to whom the materials and answers may be disclosed pursuant to subsection 6 of NRS 389.015 have access to them.

     4.  The secure examination materials that are used to administer the examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 must not be distributed to the schools in which the examinations will be administered until such time as is necessary to allow the schools adequate time to prepare to administer the examinations.

     5.  The principal of each school to which an examination is delivered shall ensure that:

     (a) The questions contained in the examination are stored in a secure location and are not distributed until the examination is administered; and

     (b) The materials used to administer the examination are stored in a secure manner before the end of the day on which the examination is administered.

     6.  On or before September 15 of each year, the principal of each public school and charter school, respectively, shall submit to the Department of Education a statement that the principal will ensure that the school complies with the provisions of this section, the provisions of NRS 389.600 to 389.648, inclusive, and any instructions issued by the Department relating to the confidentiality of testing materials. The statement required pursuant to this subsection must be on a form prescribed by the Department.

     7.  The examinations required by NRS 389.015 and 389.550 must be administered:

     (a) In a facility that is approved by the board of trustees of the school district or the governing body of the charter school; and

     (b) By employees of the school district or charter school who are designated to administer the examinations by the board of trustees of the school district or the governing body of the charter school, respectively.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R115-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001)

      NAC 389.056  Procedures for administration. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)  Achievement and proficiency examinations must be administered as follows:

     1.  For grades 5 and 8, the examination in writing must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of the manual for the administration of the proficiency examination in writing adopted by the Department of Education.

     2.  For grades 3 through 8, the criterion-referenced examinations must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of the manual for the administration of the criterion-referenced examinations adopted by the Department of Education.

     3.  For grades 10 and above, the high school proficiency examinations must be administered pursuant to the instructions in the current edition of the manual for the administration of the high school proficiency examinations adopted by the Department of Education.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; 11-17-95; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.0565  Use of calculators on examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, calculators may not be used by pupils taking any examination in mathematics described in NAC 389.061, including, without limitation, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics.

     2.  A pupil may use a calculator while taking the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics or the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examination in Mathematics if the pupil is enrolled in a program of special education pursuant to NRS 388.440 to 388.520, inclusive, and the pupil’s individualized education program specifies that the pupil may use a calculator for assessment purposes.

     3.  A pupil may use a calculator while taking a portion of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics or the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examination in Mathematics if the Department of Education has specified that a calculator may be used while taking that portion of the examination.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R115-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R019-98, 4-17-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R065-99, 11-3-99, eff. 9-1-2000; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.057  Eligibility for reexamination. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)

     1.  A pupil who fails a proficiency examination administered during grade 10 or 11 is eligible to be reexamined only at the times that the examination is administered for the grade level of the pupil pursuant to NAC 389.051.

     2.  If the pupil does not pass a proficiency examination before the completion of grade 12, the pupil may be reexamined any time that the examination is administered to adults pursuant to NAC 389.051 after providing proof to the school district or, if the pupil attends a charter school, to the charter school that the pupil has completed appropriate remedial study.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 10-8-93; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.058  Reporting of results to Department of Education. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)  A private entity that has contracted with the State Board of Education to score the examinations administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 or 389.550 shall report the results of the examinations in writing to the Department of Education.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-15-89; A 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.059  Restriction on reporting scores of individual pupils; reporting of aggregated scores. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.017, 389.550)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided by a specific statute or regulation, the Department of Education shall not report the scores achieved by an individual pupil on an examination required by NRS 389.015 or 389.550 to a person or governmental agency.

     2.  The Department may report the aggregated scores of 10 or more pupils.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-13-91; A by R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R059-04, 8-25-2004)

      NAC 389.061  Specific criterion-referenced examinations required. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)  The following criterion-referenced examinations must be used as examinations of achievement and proficiency:

     1.  For grade 3, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     2.  For grade 4, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     3.  For grade 5, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:

     (a) The Nevada Fifth Grade Proficiency Examination in Writing prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period; and

     (b) The Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics, Reading and Science prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     4.  For grade 6, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     5.  For grade 7, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are the Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics and Reading prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     6.  For grade 8, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:

     (a) The Nevada Eighth Grade Proficiency Examination in Writing prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period; and

     (b) The Nevada Criterion-Referenced Examinations in Mathematics, Reading and Science prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period. Each edition of those examinations must be based upon the standards of content and performance adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     7.  For grade 10, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:

     (a) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;

     (b) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics; and

     (c) Commencing with the graduating class of the 2009-2010 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science,

Ê prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period.

     8.  For grades 11 and above, the criterion-referenced examinations that must be used are:

     (a) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;

     (b) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics;

     (c) Commencing with the graduating class of the 2009-2010 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science; and

     (d) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing,

Ê prescribed by the Department of Education for each testing period.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 12-11-89; 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.071  Proficiency examinations in writing: High school; fifth and eighth grades. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)  Each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing and the Nevada Fifth and Eighth Grade Proficiency Examinations in Writing must be based upon the standards of content and performance in English language arts adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-13-91; 10-8-93, eff. 9-1-94; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.076  Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)  For grades 10, 11 and 12, and for adults, each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading must be based upon the standards of content and performance in English language arts adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; R115-97, 12-10-97; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2003; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.079  Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)  Each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science must be based upon the standards of content and performance in science adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R072-01, eff. 11-7-2001; A by R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.081  Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)  For grades 10, 11 and 12, and for adults, each edition of the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics must be based upon the standards of content and performance in mathematics adopted pursuant to NRS 389.520.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; R115-97, 12-10-97; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R072-01, 11-7-2001, eff. 7-1-2003; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.083  Maintenance of results of examinations and list of names and scores. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550)

     1.  A school district shall keep the results of all examinations:

     (a) Administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 to pupils in grades 4, 7 and 10 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examinations.

     (b) Administered pursuant to NRS 389.550 to pupils in grades 3 through 8 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examinations.

     2.  The Department of Education shall keep the results of all examinations:

     (a) Administered pursuant to NRS 389.015 to pupils in grades 4, 7 and 10 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examinations.

     (b) Administered pursuant to NRS 389.550 to pupils in grades 3 through 8 for 4 years after the date of the administration of the examinations.

     3.  The Department of Education shall maintain a list of the name and scores of each pupil who takes the High School Proficiency Examinations for 10 years after the date of the administration of the Examinations. A school district shall maintain a list of the name and scores of each pupil who takes the High School Proficiency Examinations for 10 years after the date of the administration of the Examinations.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 9-13-91; A 1-26-94, eff. 9-1-94; R072-01, 11-1-2001; R042-05, 10-31-2005; R020-09, 10-27-2009)

KINDERGARTEN THROUGH HIGH SCHOOL

      NAC 389.187  Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.180)  A course of study in academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development must include instruction designed to teach pupils in kindergarten through the completion of the 12th grade, as applicable:

     1.  For the area of academic achievement, skills that support academic achievement and lifelong learning, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate attitudes, knowledge and skills that contribute to effective learning while in school and during the lifetime of that pupil;

     (b) Complete his or her secondary education prepared academically to choose from a wide range of career and postsecondary academic options; and

     (c) Explain the relationship of education to career, life and community.

     2.  For the area of career exploration, skills that support the ability of the pupil to investigate career options and develop the skills and attitudes necessary to make a successful transition from school to his or her career, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the pupil’s career goals;

     (b) Explain the relationship between personal characteristics, education, training and career; and

     (c) Develop strategies to achieve career goals.

     3.  For the area of personal and social development, skills that maximize the personal and social development of the pupil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Acquire the attitudes, knowledge and interpersonal skills necessary to understand and respect himself or herself and others;

     (b) Make decisions, set goals and take action appropriate for the achievement of those goals; and

     (c) Apply life skills that contribute to the pupil’s safe and healthy physical and emotional development.

     4.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

PREKINDERGARTEN, ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, MIDDLE SCHOOL AND JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL

Prescribed Courses

      NAC 389.195  Elementary school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)

     1.  The State Board of Education prescribes the following courses of study for elementary schools:

     (a) Reading.

     (b) Language.

     (c) Social studies.

     (d) Mathematics.

     (e) Science.

     (f) Art.

     (g) Music.

     (h) Health.

     (i) Physical education.

     (j) Computers.

     2.  In addition to the courses prescribed by subsection 1, a course of study in:

     (a) Introduction to technology is prescribed for pupils in sixth, seventh or eighth grade.

     (b) Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development is prescribed for pupils in seventh or eighth grade.

     3.  A local school board may offer:

     (a) A course in a foreign language as an elective course for pupils in kindergarten through the eighth grade.

     (b) A course in home and career skills as an elective course for pupils in seventh and eighth grades.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 8-26-85, eff. 8-1-86; A 5-27-92; R065-97, 12-10-97; R010-03, 10-30-2003)

Instruction: Prekindergarten Through Second Grade

      NAC 389.231  Kindergarten: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in kindergarten in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of kindergarten:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Rhyming;

               (II) Conceptualizing words;

               (III) An awareness of syllables; and

               (IV) An awareness of onset and rime;

          (2) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Matching;

               (II) Isolating;

               (III) Blending;

               (IV) Segmenting;

               (V) Deleting; and

               (VI) Substituting;

          (3) Recognize and name uppercase and lowercase letters of the alphabet;

          (4) Identify relationships between letters and sounds;

          (5) Decipher words using the relationships between letters and sounds;

          (6) With assistance, decipher words in text using short and long vowel sounds;

          (7) Comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Pictures;

               (II) Symbols; and

               (III) Environmental print;

          (8) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Suffixes;

               (II) Synonyms; and

               (III) Antonyms;

          (9) Sequence the letters of the alphabet to understand alphabetical order;

          (10) With assistance, use resources to find the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

          (11) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols; and

          (12) Identify high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension.

     (b) Use skills and strategies relating to the process of reading to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Demonstrate:

               (I) Concepts of print;

               (II) Concepts of words; and

               (III) A match of voice to print;

          (2) Identify an author and an illustrator;

          (3) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Make predictions;

               (II) Identify key vocabulary; and

               (III) Make inferences; and

          (4) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading to:

               (I) Orally recall details; and

               (II) Orally restate main ideas.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, listen for and identify the:

               (I) Setting; and

               (II) Sequence of events;

          (2) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (3) With assistance, listen to, identify and describe the:

               (I) Physical traits of a character; and

               (II) Personality traits of a character;

          (4) With assistance, listen to and identify:

               (I) The main idea;

               (II) The first-person point of view;

               (III) Examples of imagery;

               (IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme;

               (V) Dialect; and

               (VI) Words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (5) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (6) With assistance, listen to and make predictions based on evidence from the text; and

          (7) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, listen to and identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts; and

               (IV) Titles;

          (2) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Dialect; and

               (II) Words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (3) With assistance, listen to and identify the topic;

          (4) With assistance, listen to and describe the sequential order;

          (5) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (6) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (7) With assistance, listen to and use information to answer specific questions;

          (8) With assistance, listen to and make predictions and inferences based on evidence from the text;

          (9) With assistance, listen to and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text; and

          (10) With assistance, listen to and follow pictorial and written directions to complete a task.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) With assistance, draw or communicate ideas in writing;

          (5) With assistance, revise drafts:

               (I) To focus ideas;

               (II) For voice; and

               (III) For appropriateness for the audience;

          (6) Edit to ensure correct spelling of first and last names;

          (7) Edit for correct use of capitalization of first and last names;

          (8) With assistance, edit for correct use of nouns;

          (9) With assistance, edit sentence structure for complete sentences; and

          (10) Create a final draft through writing, drawing or dictation.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, draw or write to communicate;

          (2) Draw or write about familiar experiences and events;

          (3) With assistance, write sentences about familiar experiences or events appropriate to the audience and purpose;

          (4) Listen to and discuss poetry;

          (5) With assistance, draw or write:

               (I) Responses to texts;

               (II) Responses to expository texts; and

               (III) Personal messages;

          (6) With assistance, draw or communicate an opinion;

          (7) With assistance, discuss and write or draw to:

               (I) Formulate a question;

               (II) Record information; and

               (III) Answer a research question; and

          (8) With assistance, identify the:

               (I) Title of a text; and

               (II) Author of a text.

     3.  For the areas of listening and speaking:

     (a) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

               (I) To gain information;

               (II) Entertainment; and

               (III) To understand directions;

          (2) With assistance, listen for and identify the:

               (I) Main idea;

               (II) Purpose; and

               (III) Message;

          (3) Listen to and respond to oral communications;

          (4) Expand vocabulary through listening;

          (5) With assistance, listen for and identify:

               (I) Dialect; and

               (II) The use of formal and informal language;

          (6) Actively listen to a speaker; and

          (7) Listen to and participate in conversations.

     (b) Speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, give directions to complete tasks;

          (2) With assistance, ask questions to clarify directions;

          (3) Use precise language to describe:

               (I) Feelings;

               (II) Experiences;

               (III) Observations; and

               (IV) Ideas;

          (4) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;

          (5) Speak clearly with prosody;

          (6) Communicate personal experiences and retell stories;

          (7) Communicate a statement that expresses an opinion;

          (8) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;

          (9) Participate in group discussions by asking and answering relevant questions;

          (10) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Rhyming;

               (II) Conceptualizing words;

               (III) An awareness of syllables; and

               (IV) An awareness of onset and rime; and

          (11) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Matching;

               (II) Isolating;

               (III) Blending;

               (IV) Segmenting;

               (V) Deleting; and

               (VI) Substituting.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.236  Kindergarten: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in kindergarten in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of kindergarten:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Count to 20 by demonstrating one-to-one correspondence using objects;

     (b) Recognize, read and write numbers from 0 through 10;

     (c) Identify the ordinal positions from first through third;

     (d) Match the number of objects in a set to the correct numeral 0 through 10;

     (e) Recognize relationships of more than, less than and equal to; and

     (f) Use concrete objects to model simple addition and subtraction.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify and create sets of objects containing unequal amounts, and describe them as greater than or less than; and

     (b) Identify attributes used to sort objects.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Compare, order and describe objects by size;

     (b) Identify and sort pennies, nickels and dimes; and

     (c) Recite, in order, the days of the week.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify two-dimensional shapes such as circles, triangles and rectangles, including squares, regardless of orientation;

     (b) Demonstrate an understanding of position words to place objects, including, without limitation, before and after, far and near, and over and under;

     (c) Identify two-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment, such as windows are shaped like rectangles;

     (d) Identify three-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment;

     (e) Sort and classify objects by color and shape; and

     (f) Put events in a logical sequence.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Collect, organize and record data using objects and pictures; and

     (b) Represent data in a variety of ways in response to questions posed by teachers.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and

     (d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Represent and communicate mathematical ideas using physical materials, models, pictures or writing;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend the pupil’s ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and

     (c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.238  Kindergarten: Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in kindergarten in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of kindergarten:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Interpret illustrations.

          (2) Listen to a story to acquire information on a main idea.

          (3) Identify vocabulary using illustrations.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Gather and present information orally.

          (2) Identify maps, graphs and charts.

          (3) Use appropriate technological resources which support learning.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Understand the concepts of yesterday, today and tomorrow.

          (2) Identify sources of information.

          (3) Listen to historical fiction.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interaction of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss the importance of working with other persons to complete tasks.

          (2) Listen to stories of family members, residents and prominent persons that emphasize the human experience.

          (3) Listen to stories of persons and families from around the world.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify problems that arise when persons live and work together.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Recognize differences between the home in which the pupil lives and the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

          (2) Describe the importance of working with other persons to complete tasks.

          (3) Identify the occupations of persons in the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

          (4) Demonstrate respect for other pupils in the classroom and in the school.

          (5) Discuss events that are important to the pupil and the pupil’s family.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to recognize that a globe is a representation of Earth and use vocabulary related to direction and location, including, without limitation, up, down, left, right, near, far, above and beyond.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify the areas in the home and the classroom that have different purposes, including, without limitation, the kitchen, bedroom, exit door and teacher’s desk.

          (2) Describe himself or herself as a unique person with characteristics that are similar to other pupils.

          (3) Recall from memory the street on which the pupil lives.

          (4) Identify the geographic setting of a picture or a story.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to explain that persons move from one location to another.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to recognize seasonal changes in weather and how persons adapt to those changes.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate the scarcity of resources.

          (2) Identify jobs in the community.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the currency used in the United States.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to make decisions regarding resources in the classroom.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and follow classroom and school rules concerning behavior and resolution of conflicts.

          (2) Identify a pupil’s rights within the classroom.

          (3) Recognize personal choices.

          (4) Recognize the Pledge of Allegiance.

          (5) Name a traditional patriotic activity, holiday or symbol of the United States.

     (b) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R011-09, eff. 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.2417  First grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the first grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in kindergarten for English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the first grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the first grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Rhyming;

               (II) Conceptualizing words;

               (III) An awareness of syllables; and

               (IV) An awareness of onset and rime;

          (2) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Matching;

               (II) Isolating;

               (III) Blending;

               (IV) Segmenting;

               (V) Deleting; and

               (VI) Substituting;

          (3) With assistance, decipher words in text by using:

               (I) Short and long vowels;

               (II) Digraphs;

               (III) Blends;

               (IV) Diphthongs;

               (V) Word families; and

               (VI) Spelling patterns;

          (4) Decipher words using the relationships between letters and sounds;

          (5) With assistance, decipher words through structural analysis using:

               (I) Base words;

               (II) Suffixes;

               (III) Prefixes;

               (IV) Syllables; and

               (V) Compound words;

          (6) Comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Suffixes;

               (II) Synonyms; and

               (III) Antonyms;

          (7) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Homographs;

               (II) Homophones;

               (III) Abbreviations; and

               (IV) Clues from the context in which the word is being used;

          (8) Sequence the letters of the alphabet to understand alphabetical order;

          (9) With assistance, apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first letter of each word;

          (10) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

          (11) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (12) Identify high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;

          (13) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and

          (14) With assistance, read aloud with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies relating to the process of reading to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Demonstrate:

               (I) Concepts of print;

               (II) Concepts of words; and

               (III) A match of voice to print;

          (2) Identify an author and an illustrator;

          (3) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Make predictions;

               (II) Identify key vocabulary; and

               (III) Make inferences; and

          (4) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Orally recall details; and

               (II) Orally restate main ideas.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (2) With assistance, identify and describe the:

               (I) Physical traits of a character; and

               (II) Personality traits of a character;

          (3) Identify the main idea;

          (4) With assistance, identify:

               (I) The theme;

               (II) The first-person point of view;

               (III) Examples of imagery;

               (IV) Examples of sensory words;

               (V) Examples of similes;

               (VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme; and

               (VII) Dialect;

          (5) With assistance, listen to and identify words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (6) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (7) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (8) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world; and

          (9) With assistance, use information to answer specific questions.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings; and

               (VIII) Tables of content;

          (2) With assistance, identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type; and

               (IV) Italicized type;

          (3) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Dialect; and

               (II) Words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (4) Identify the topic;

          (5) Describe the sequential order of events;

          (6) With assistance, describe the chronological order of events;

          (7) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Cause and effect, including, without limitation, the ability to identify a cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (II) Problems and solutions to the problems; and

               (III) The main idea;

          (8) With assistance, listen to, read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (9) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (10) With assistance, use information to answer specific questions;

          (11) With assistance, make predictions and inferences based on evidence from the text;

          (12) With assistance, draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (13) With assistance, identify facts and opinions; and

          (14) With assistance, follow pictorial and written directions to complete a task.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draw or communicate ideas in writing;

          (5) With assistance, draft sentences about a single topic which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose; and

               (III) Contain supporting details;

          (6) With assistance, revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose; and

               (VI) For relevant details;

          (7) With assistance, edit sentences to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;

          (8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) First and last names; and

               (II) The beginning of sentences;

          (9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) Months of the year; and

               (II) Days of the week;

          (10) With assistance, edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence; and

               (II) Commas;

          (11) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs; and

               (III) Pronouns;

          (12) Edit sentence structure for complete sentences; and

          (13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Draw or write to communicate;

          (2) With assistance, write sentences using a topic sentence that is:

               (I) Generated by the teacher; and

               (II) Generated by the pupil;

          (3) Draw or write about familiar experiences and events;

          (4) With assistance, write sentences about experiences and events appropriate to the audience and purpose;

          (5) Listen to and discuss poetry;

          (6) Write:

               (I) Responses to literary text; and

               (II) Responses to expository text;

          (7) Draw or communicate an opinion;

          (8) With assistance, write:

               (I) Friendly letters adhering to an established format;

               (II) Poetry; and

               (III) An opinion statement;

          (9) With assistance, write sentences to:

               (I) Formulate a question;

               (II) Record information; and

               (III) Answer a research question; and

          (10) Identify the:

               (I) Title of a text; and

               (II) Author of a text.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) With assistance, listen for and identify the:

          (1) Main idea;

          (2) Purpose; and

          (3) Message;

     (c) With assistance, listen to and retell ideas;

     (d) Listen to and respond to oral communications;

     (e) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (f) With assistance, listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect; and

          (2) The use of formal and informal language;

     (g) Actively listen to a speaker; and

     (h) Listen to and participate in conversations.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) With assistance, give directions to complete tasks;

     (b) With assistance, ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Speak clearly with prosody;

     (f) Communicate information in small and large groups;

     (g) With assistance, communicate information while maintaining a clear focus;

     (h) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (i) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;

     (j) Ask relevant questions to clarify and gather information;

     (k) Demonstrate phonological awareness of spoken words through:

          (1) Rhyming;

          (2) Conceptualizing words;

          (3) An awareness of syllables; and

          (4) An awareness of onset and rime; and

     (l) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

          (1) Matching;

          (2) Isolating;

          (3) Blending;

          (4) Segmenting;

          (5) Deleting; and

          (6) Substituting.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.2419  First grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the first grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in kindergarten for mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the first grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the first grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify and model basic addition facts, sums through 10, and the corresponding subtraction facts;

     (b) Model the meaning of addition and subtraction in a variety of ways, including, without limitation, the comparison of sets using objects, pictorial representations and symbols;

     (c) Use the patterns in numbers and models to count by 2s, 5s and 10s to 100;

     (d) Read, write, order and compare numbers from 0 through 100;

     (e) Estimate the number of objects in a set through 10 and verify by counting;

     (f) Read and write numbers as words through 10;

     (g) Identify the ordinal positions from 1st through 10th;

     (h) Write, model, read and identify place value positions of 1s and 10s;

     (i) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s and 10s place;

     (j) Identify and model a whole;

     (k) Identify and model 1/2 as two equal parts of a whole or a set of objects;

     (l) Create, compare and describe sets of objects and numbers from 0 through 100 as greater than, less than or equal to;

     (m) Demonstrate the joining and separating of sets with 20 or fewer objects; and

     (n) Describe addition, subtraction and equality by using mathematical vocabulary and symbols.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize, describe, extend and create simple repeating patterns using symbols, objects and manipulatives;

     (b) Recognize that the unknown variable in an addition or a subtraction equation represents a missing value that will make the statement true; and

     (c) Create, compare and describe sets of objects as greater than, less than or equal to.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Compare, describe, represent and order objects by length and weight;

     (b) Compare and measure length and weight, using nonstandard units of measurement;

     (c) Determine the value of any set of pennies, nickels and dimes;

     (d) Recite the months of the year in order;

     (e) Use a calendar to identify the days, weeks, months and year; and

     (f) Read time to the nearest hour.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Name, sort and sketch two-dimensional shapes such as circles, triangles and rectangles, including squares, regardless of orientation;

     (b) Demonstrate an understanding of position words, including, without limitation, up and down, left and right, top and bottom, and between and middle, by describing the relative location of objects;

     (c) Identify and replicate two-dimensional designs that contain a line of symmetry;

     (d) Identify and name three-dimensional figures as they appear in the environment;

     (e) Sort and classify objects by size or thickness; and

     (f) Identify what comes next in a step-by-step story or event sequence.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Collect, organize and record data in response to questions posed by a teacher and other pupils; and

     (b) Use tally marks to represent data.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and

     (d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use physical materials, models, pictures or writing to represent and communicate mathematical ideas;

     (b) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and

     (c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.2421  First grade: Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the first grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in kindergarten for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the first grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the first grade:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Listen for main ideas in text that is read to the pupil.

          (2) Listen for the main idea and sequence of events in the context of social studies.

          (3) Use vocabulary in sentences.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Research a prescribed topic in social studies.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering and organizing information.

          (3) Present information orally.

          (4) Identify maps, graphs, charts and diagrams as sources of information.

          (5) Practice the responsible use of technology.

          (6) Use technological resources for solving problems, communicating and illustrating thoughts and ideas.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify events that took place yesterday and events that take place today.

          (2) Identify sources of information.

          (3) Read or listen, or both, to historical fiction.

          (4) Identify self-perspective.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interactions of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe lifeways of persons who lived in the local community in the past, including, without limitation, their jobs, schools, methods of communication, transportation and recreation.

          (2) Listen to stories that reflect the beliefs, customs, ceremonies and traditions of the different cultures in the neighborhood around the school.

          (3) Listen to histories of important landmarks in the community that create a sense of community among persons in the community.

          (4) Listen to stories that reflect the beliefs, customs, ceremonies, traditions and social practices of cultures from around the world.

          (5) Identify landmarks from around the world.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify methods of sharing that resolve problems in the classroom and at the school.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the neighborhood around the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

          (2) Compare or contrast, or both, the daily life of the pupil with the daily life of the pupil’s parent or legal guardian.

          (3) Identify and describe occupations in the community that help persons, including, without limitation, law enforcement officers, firefighters and nurses.

          (4) Demonstrate respect for other pupils and persons in the neighborhood around the school.

          (5) Discuss events that are happening at the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Differentiate between and identify water and land on a map and globe, and use the terms “ocean” and “continent.”

          (2) Describe maps as representations of places.

          (3) Recognize the shape of North America on a map of the world.

          (4) Use simple maps to illustrate direction.

          (5) Display geographic information in a visual manner using simple lists, graphs and maps.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Sort and group pictures that display geographic features, including, without limitation, forests, deserts and lake regions.

          (2) Identify the similarities and differences between persons in the community.

          (3) Identify patterns of change within the community, including, without limitation, construction.

          (4) Recall the home address and telephone number of the pupil.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use the classroom population to categorize simple demographic information.

          (2) Explain that a person may live in a location other than the location where the person was born.

          (3) Identify characteristics of rural and urban communities.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Tell how the physical environment affects activity at school, including, without limitation, having recess inside or outside.

          (2) Identify locations in which a pupil may access basic resources available to the pupil, including, without limitation, food and water.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Give examples of “all-or-nothing” choices.

          (2) Identify a consumer.

          (3) Identify a producer.

          (4) Give examples of ways persons earn money.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to explain what money is and how money is used.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify resources that are shared in the classroom and the community.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to define trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and follow classroom and school rules concerning behavior and resolution of conflicts.

          (2) Identify a pupil’s rights within the classroom.

          (3) Participate in making decisions for the class, including, without limitation, decisions regarding personal responsibilities in the classroom and school.

          (4) Recognize the Pledge of Allegiance.

          (5) Name a traditional patriotic activity, holiday or symbol of the United States.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the current President of the United States.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify sources of information.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the school in which the pupil is enrolled.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R011-09, eff. 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.2423  Prekindergarten through second grade: Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in prekindergarten, kindergarten, first grade and second grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify behaviors concerning the health of a person that impact personal health;

     (b) Identify basic human anatomy, including, without limitation, the eyes, nose, ears and teeth;

     (c) Identify and respect the physical, emotional and intellectual differences of persons;

     (d) Describe how healthy eating and participating in daily physical activities promote health and well-being;

     (e) Identify substances which benefit the body and substances which are harmful to the body;

     (f) Recognize methods for preventing injuries and avoiding hazards common to children;

     (g) Identify school personnel and health and safety officials, including, without limitation, law enforcement officers and emergency personnel;

     (h) Recognize germs which may cause illnesses and diseases and measures which can be taken to help prevent the spread of those illnesses and diseases; and

     (i) Identify elements of the environment which may affect the health of a person, including, without limitation, the sun, air, water, soil, food and pollutants.

     2.  Access reliable health information, products and services to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify:

     (a) Persons who are trustworthy to help promote health; and

     (b) Providers of health care.

     3.  Practice health-enhancing behaviors and avoid and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify responsible health behaviors;

     (b) Select foods that are healthy and help a person grow;

     (c) Explore movements that promote a lifestyle which is active and healthy; and

     (d) Identify the actions that may be taken for the personal safety of a person, including, without limitation, use of safety precautions while exposed to the sun, use of a helmet, obeying pedestrian rules, use of a safety belt, exercising safety around guns, use of emergency 911 services, using proper fire safety procedures and taking general safety precautions.

     4.  Analyze the influence of family, peers, culture, media, technology and other factors on behaviors concerning health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify different sources that influence behaviors which affect personal health;

     (b) Discuss the nutrition and physical activities of families from diverse cultures; and

     (c) Discuss different sources of influence that promote the use of substances which benefit the body and substances which are harmful to the body.

     5.  Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health and to reduce or avoid health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) List healthy ways to communicate the wants, needs and feelings of the pupil and to listen to other persons who express wants, needs and feelings; and

     (b) Identify ways in which the pupil may respond to and report a situation that is unwanted, threatening or dangerous to the pupil or another person.

     6.  Use goal-setting skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Define the terms “short-term personal health goal” and “long-term personal health goal”;

     (b) Develop goals for practicing daily habits which promote health, including, without limitation, personal hygiene, safety precautions while exposed to the sun, nutrition and physical activity; and

     (c) Identify resources to assist the pupil with developing short-term personal health goals and long-term personal health goals, including, without limitation, goals concerning recycling, water conservation, proper disposal of garbage and trash, and food choices.

     7.  Promote and support personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify ways to promote personal and family health; and

     (b) Identify messages regarding consumer and environmental health.

     8.  Use decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Discuss choices which are beneficial and choices which are harmful to the health of the pupil;

     (b) Identify resources and persons that assist in making decisions to enhance the health of the pupil;

     (c) Identify situations which require decisions regarding the health of a person; and

     (d) Differentiate between situations in which a pupil must make a decision regarding health by himself or herself and situations in which a pupil must make a decision regarding health with the assistance of another person.

     9.  As used in this section, “prekindergarten” means a developmental program offered by a school district or charter school for pupils with special needs.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R013-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.2424  Kindergarten through second grade: Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in kindergarten through the second grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the areas of creativity and innovation, demonstrate creative thinking, build knowledge and develop innovative products and processes using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use digital tools to brainstorm and organize ideas;

     (b) Create an original work using a variety of digital tools to demonstrate personal or group expression;

     (c) With assistance from the teacher, use digital models and simulations; and

     (d) Identify patterns and predict possibilities in data from the classroom using digital tools.

     2.  For the areas of communication and collaboration, use digital media and environments to communicate and work in collaboration with other pupils, including pupils outside of the classroom, to support the learning of the pupil and the learning of other pupils, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Work in groups in the classroom to create and publish digital products;

     (b) Communicate information and ideas to other pupils and the parents of the pupil using digital text and illustrations;

     (c) Use digital resources to learn about places, persons, celebrations and maps; and

     (d) Work in a team to solve problems using digital tools.

     3.  For the area of fluency of research and information, gather, evaluate and use information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Determine the steps necessary to answer a question using digital tools;

     (b) Identify and organize keywords and use multiple sources to answer a question;

     (c) Recognize that different sources of information and digital tools are appropriate for completing different tasks; and

     (d) Collect and display data using a variety of technological resources and report the results.

     4.  For the areas of critical thinking, problem solving and decision making, use critical thinking skills to plan and conduct research, manage projects, solve problems and make informed decisions using the digital tools and resources that are appropriate for the specific task, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Investigate a problem that arises in an everyday situation using digital resources;

     (b) Use a digital planning tool;

     (c) Use data to answer a problem that arises in an everyday situation using digital tools; and

     (d) Explore alternative solutions to and diverse perspectives on problems that arise in everyday situations using digital tools.

     5.  For the area of the appropriate use of technology, understand human, cultural and societal issues relating to technology and practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) List the rules of the classroom governing the safe use of technology;

     (b) List potential dangers in digital environments and how to report situations that are potentially unsafe;

     (c) Use technologies in learning activities;

     (d) Describe how technology can enhance learning; and

     (e) Describe what it means to use technology in an appropriate manner and the responsibilities associated with using technology.

     6.  For the areas of technological operations and concepts, demonstrate an understanding of technological concepts, systems and operations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) List examples of technological tools;

     (b) Use proper techniques for basic keyboarding skills;

     (c) Use software that is appropriate for the age of the pupil;

     (d) Demonstrate proper care of equipment; and

     (e) Use routine procedures for the technological tools in the classroom.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R008-10, eff. 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.2425  Second grade: Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  Apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Understand the vocabulary of simple patterns of movement;

     (b) Identify the basic elements of forms of movement, including, without limitation, opposition;

     (c) Identify and respond to cues that enhance skill performance, including, without limitation, to look, reach and give when catching an object; and

     (d) Identify the physiological signs of moderate physical activity, including, without limitation, a fast heart rate and heavy breathing.

     2.  Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Combine in a sequence two or more locomotor or nonlocomotor skills;

     (b) Perform a variety of basic manipulative skills in isolation; and

     (c) Demonstrate a combination of two simple movements relating to weight transfer and balance.

     3.  Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create shapes at high, medium and low levels in a sequence of movement;

     (b) Use locomotor movements in varying directions and pathways;

     (c) Apply qualities of movement;

     (d) Create, with or without a prop, a sequence of movement that has a beginning, a middle and an end;

     (e) Demonstrate a quality of relationship between forms of movement, including, without limitation, imitation through echoing or mirroring, “close/near” or “over/under” movements and contrasting movements;

     (f) Discuss and demonstrate how dance is used to communicate to other persons;

     (g) Perform, with or without a prop and with few errors, various locomotor and nonlocomotor movements to a steady beat; and

     (h) Perform simple folk dances or social dances, or both.

     4.  Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify health-related components of fitness, including, aerobic endurance, muscular strength, muscular endurance and flexibility;

     (b) Identify those health-related components which are addressed in selected exercises;

     (c) Engage in moderate, daily, structured physical activity; and

     (d) Perform various structured exercises in a safe manner.

     5.  Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply class rules, procedures and safe practices, with reinforcement from a teacher;

     (b) Engage in physical activity involving cooperation and sharing;

     (c) Show respect for other pupils during activities, regardless of personal differences; and

     (d) Participate in multicultural activities.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.243  Second grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

               (I) Matching;

               (II) Isolating;

               (III) Blending;

               (IV) Segmenting;

               (V) Deleting; and

               (VI) Substituting;

          (2) Decipher words in text using:

               (I) Relationships between letters and sounds;

               (II) Short and long vowels;

               (III) Digraphs;

               (IV) Blends;

               (V) Diphthongs;

               (VI) Word families; and

               (VII) Spelling patterns;

          (3) With assistance, decipher words through structural analysis using:

               (I) Base words;

               (II) Suffixes;

               (III) Prefixes;

               (IV) Syllables; and

               (V) Compound words;

          (4) Comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Homographs;

               (II) Homophones;

               (III) Abbreviations;

               (IV) Synonyms; and

               (V) Antonyms;

          (5) With assistance, comprehend vocabulary using:

               (I) Clues from the context in which the word is being used;

               (II) Structural analysis;

               (III) Syntax; and

               (IV) Parts of speech;

          (6) Apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first letter of each word;

          (7) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

          (8) With assistance, identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (9) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (10) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;

          (11) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and

          (12) With assistance, read aloud with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) With assistance, use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) With assistance, use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify:

               (I) The setting;

               (II) The sequence of events in a text;

               (III) Examples of imagery;

               (IV) Examples of sensory words;

               (V) Examples of similes; and

               (VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text;

          (2) Describe the:

               (I) Physical traits of a character; and

               (II) Personality traits of a character;

          (3) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions, based on evidence from the text, about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (4) Explain the main idea of the text;

          (5) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Conflicts;

               (II) Resolutions;

               (III) Dialect and slang;

               (IV) How one event may cause another event;

               (V) A lesson learned based on the actions of a character;

               (VI) The theme of the text;

               (VII) The first-person point of view;

               (VIII) Personification;

               (IX) Alliteration; and

               (X) Idioms;

          (6) With assistance, listen to and identify words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (7) Read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (8) With assistance, compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (9) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (10) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world; and

          (11) Use information to answer specific questions.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings; and

               (VIII) Tables of content;

          (2) With assistance, gain information from glossaries, indices and maps;

          (3) With assistance, explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations; and

               (VI) Acronyms;

          (4) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Alliteration;

               (IV) Metaphors;

               (V) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;

               (VI) Theme;

               (VII) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (VIII) Problems and solutions to the problems; and

               (IX) A main idea based on evidence from the text;

          (5) Identify:

               (I) Cause and effect; and

               (II) Fact and opinion;

          (6) Explain the topic of the text;

          (7) Describe the:

               (I) Sequential order of the text; and

               (II) Chronological order of the text;

          (8) Read and discuss texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (9) With assistance, compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (10) With assistance, make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (11) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (12) Make predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (13) With assistance, make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text; and

          (14) Read and follow directions to complete a task.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) With assistance, choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) With assistance, explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft sentences about a single topic which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose; and

               (III) Contain supporting details;

          (5) With assistance, draft paragraphs about a single topic which address:

               (I) The audience;

               (II) The purpose; and

               (III) Supporting details;

          (6) With assistance, revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (7) Edit sentences to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;

          (8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) First and last names;

               (II) The beginning of sentences;

               (III) Months of the year; and

               (IV) Days of the week;

          (9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) Proper nouns;

               (II) Initials; and

               (III) Titles;

          (10) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence; and

               (II) Commas;

          (11) With assistance, edit punctuation for apostrophes;

          (12) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb; and

               (VI) Verb tenses;

          (13) Edit sentence structure for complete sentences;

          (14) With assistance, edit sentences to combine sentences, when combining is appropriate; and

          (15) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write sentences using a topic sentence that is:

               (I) Generated by the teacher; and

               (II) Generated by the pupil;

          (2) With assistance, write paragraphs which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details; and

               (III) A concluding statement;

          (3) Write sentences about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and audience;

          (4) With assistance, write paragraphs about experiences and events which are appropriate to the purpose and audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters; and

               (III) Describe a setting;

          (5) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to literary text;

               (III) Responses to expository text;

               (IV) An opinion statement; and

               (V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format;

          (6) With assistance, write persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;

          (7) With assistance, write directions to complete a task;

          (8) Write sentences that:

               (I) Formulate a question;

               (II) Record information; and

               (III) Answer a research question; and

          (9) Identify the:

               (I) Title of a text; and

               (II) Author of a text.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) With assistance, listen for and identify the:

          (1) Main idea;

          (2) Purpose;

          (3) Message;

          (4) Mood; and

          (5) Tone;

     (c) With assistance, listen to and retell ideas;

     (d) With assistance, listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (e) Listen to and respond to oral communications;

     (f) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (g) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect; and

          (2) The use of formal and informal language;

     (h) With assistance, listen for and identify social and academic language;

     (i) Actively listen to a speaker; and

     (j) Listen to and participate in conversations.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) With assistance, use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Speak clearly with prosody;

     (f) With assistance, use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression; and

          (6) Purpose;

     (g) Communicate information while maintaining a clear focus;

     (h) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (i) Participate in group discussions following a process in which pupils take turns;

     (j) Ask relevant questions to clarify and gather information;

     (k) With assistance, communicate information in a logical sequence; and

     (l) Demonstrate phonemic awareness of spoken words through:

          (1) Matching;

          (2) Isolating;

          (3) Blending;

          (4) Segmenting;

          (5) Deleting; and

          (6) Substituting.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.2433  Second grade: Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the second grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize the need for information by giving examples of situations in which information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question.

     (b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.

     (c) Formulate questions by stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information.

     (d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source.

     (e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by listing some ideas for identifying and finding the needed information.

     (f) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information.

     (g) Select information appropriate to a specific problem or question by recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question.

     (h) Organize information for practical application by describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically.

     (i) Integrate new information into a pupil’s existing knowledge by recognizing and understanding new information and ideas.

     (j) Apply information using critical thinking and problem-solving skills by identifying information that meets a particular need for information.

     (k) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information.

     2.  For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:

          (1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and

          (2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.

     (b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest.

     (c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by explaining and discussing various examples of fiction.

     (d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.

     (e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats.

     (f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by retracing the steps the pupil took to find information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information.

     3.  For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question.

     (b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology.

     (c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom.”

     (d) Respect intellectual property rights by giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights.

     (e) Use information technology responsibly by stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks.

     (f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions.

     (g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge the contributions of other pupils by describing their ideas accurately and completely.

     (h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:

          (1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;

          (2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and

          (3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.2435  Second grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify and model basic addition facts for sums through 18 and the corresponding subtraction facts;

     (b) Immediately recall from memory basic addition facts for sums through 18 and the corresponding subtraction facts;

     (c) Add and subtract one-digit and two-digit numbers without regrouping;

     (d) Generate and solve one-step addition and subtraction problems based on practical situations;

     (e) Use the patterns in numbers to skip count;

     (f) Estimate the number of objects in a set through 20 and verify by counting;

     (g) Read and write numbers as words through 20;

     (h) Identify and model the unit fractions 1/2 and 1/4 as equal parts of a whole or set of objects;

     (i) Identify, use and model place value positions of 1s, 10s and 100s;

     (j) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s, 10s and 100s place;

     (k) Identify equal parts of a whole;

     (l) Read, write, compare and order numbers from 0 through 999;

     (m) Identify the 1st through 20th ordinal positions;

     (n) Create, compare and describe sets of objects and numbers from 1 through 100 as greater than, less than or equal to;

     (o) Model addition and subtraction in a variety of ways using pictorial representations and symbols to illustrate subtraction of sets, comparison of sets and missing addends; and

     (p) Reinforce the use of mathematical vocabulary and symbols to describe addition, subtraction and equality.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize, describe, extend, create and use repeating and increasing patterns, symbols, objects and manipulatives to solve problems;

     (b) Use patterns and their extensions to solve problems;

     (c) Model, explain and identify missing operations and missing numbers in open number sentences involving number facts in addition and subtraction;

     (d) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, greater than, less than or equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol; and

     (e) Represent mathematical situations using numbers, symbols and words.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Compare and order objects by various measurable attributes, including, without limitation, time, temperature, length, weight, capacity and area, and describe and define those various attributes;

     (b) Compare objects to standard whole units to ascertain objects that are greater than, less than or equal to a given unit;

     (c) Determine the value of any given set of coins;

     (d) Read the time of day to the nearest half hour and quarter hour;

     (e) Recognize equivalent combinations of coins;

     (f) Use decimals to show amounts of money;

     (g) Use elapsed time in 1-hour increments, beginning on the hour, to determine the start time, end time and elapsed time; and

     (h) Recognize that there are 12 months in 1 year, 7 days in 1 week and 24 hours in 1 day.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Describe, sketch and compare two-dimensional shapes without regard to orientation;

     (b) Identify shapes that are congruent and similar, including, without limitation, circles, triangles, rectangles and squares;

     (c) Identify symmetry in figures as they appear in the environment;

     (d) Identify, name, sort and describe two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometric figures and objects, including, without limitation, a circle, sphere, square and cube; and

     (e) Sort and classify objects by two or more attributes.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Collect, record and classify data in response to questions posed by a teacher and other pupils;

     (b) Use tables, pictographs and bar graphs to represent data; and

     (c) Use informal concepts of probability, including, without limitation, certain and impossible probability, to make predictions about future events.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply previous experience and knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Explain and verify results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful; and

     (d) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Represent and communicate mathematical ideas using physical materials, models, pictures or writing;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Discuss the steps used to solve a mathematical problem; and

     (c) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (b) Identify mathematics used in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.2437  Second grade: Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the second grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the second grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Listen for main ideas in text that is read to the pupil.

          (2) Listen for the main idea and sequence of events in the context of social studies.

          (3) Identify fact and opinion.

          (4) Use reading and writing to respond to literature.

          (5) Identify graphic organizers as a method for organizing information.

          (6) Use vocabulary in sentences.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Research a prescribed topic in social studies.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering and organizing information.

          (3) Present information orally or in writing.

          (4) Use maps, graphs, charts and diagrams.

          (5) Demonstrate acceptable social behaviors when using technology.

          (6) Use technological resources for solving problems, communicating and illustrating thoughts and ideas.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate an understanding of chronology by reading a timeline.

          (2) Identify past, present and future events.

          (3) Discuss sources of information that are appropriate.

          (4) Read or listen, or both, to historical fiction.

          (5) Identify different perspectives.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself and his or her family.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interactions of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare the local community to communities from around the United States.

          (2) Examine artifacts in the United States to understand the daily life of persons from the time period of those artifacts.

          (3) Examine artifacts from around the world for important clues to ascertain the daily life of persons from the time period of those artifacts.

          (4) Explain why important events, persons or customs, or any combination thereof, in the United States are recognized by holidays.

          (5) Explain why important events, persons and customs, or any combination thereof, from around the world are recognized by holidays.

          (6) Recognize similarities and differences of earlier generations, including, without limitation, similarities and differences in occupations, clothes, mannerisms, stories, games and festivals.

          (7) Compare communities from around the world to the local community.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify methods in which persons cooperate to achieve a common goal.

          (2) Explore the importance of both local and national landmarks and explain how those landmarks create a sense of community.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify public and private spaces within the community.

          (2) Compare or contrast, or both, the daily life of the pupil with the daily lives of children from around the world.

          (3) Explain why persons and events are honored by commemorative holidays.

          (4) Demonstrate respect for other pupils and persons in the community.

          (5) Define the term “technology” and identify uses for technology in the daily life of the pupil.

          (6) Listen to and discuss events in the community that are reported by the media.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify titles and symbols on maps.

          (2) Recognize spatial patterns, including, without limitation, political units and physical features, on a map and globe.

          (3) Construct a key from map symbols and choose a map title.

          (4) Give and follow simple oral directions to move from one location to another.

          (5) Use a simple letter and number grid system to find a specific location.

          (6) Identify geographic information within media sources, including, without limitation, maps, books and photographs.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define the term “region” and provide examples of regions.

          (2) Describe neighborhoods and communities as places where persons live, work and play.

          (3) Identify traditions and customs that are practiced by families.  

          (4) Identify patterns of changes in the community.

          (5) Provide examples of geographical uses of machines, tools and technologies, including, without limitation, surveying tools and map navigation programs.

          (6) Demonstrate that different locations have different addresses.

          (7) Locate the city and state in which the pupil resides on a map.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Construct a visual model of the distribution of population, including, without limitation, a graph, table or a choropleth map.

          (2) Categorize different ways to move persons, goods and ideas, including, without limitation, air, water, land, telephones and computers.

          (3) Define the terms “rural community” and “urban community” and compare the characteristics of each.

          (4) List the types of social groups to which persons belong.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Tell how the physical environment affects community activity, including, without limitation, recreation and water usage.

          (2) Provide examples of tools that assist in finding geographic locations.

          (3) Identify how persons shape their physical environment.

          (4) Define the term “natural hazards” and provide examples of natural hazards.

          (5) Identify natural resources and the location of natural resources in the neighborhood.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price, and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Give examples of what is given up when a choice is made.

          (2) Identify consumers and where they make purchases.

          (3) Identify producers in the neighborhood and community in which the pupil lives.

          (4) Discuss why persons work.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss the concept that money is limited.

          (2) Identify reasons for saving money.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change, and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify businesses in the community.

          (2) Describe ways to share classroom resources.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to demonstrate an understanding of trade by providing an example of trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and follow classroom and school rules concerning behavior and resolution of conflicts.

          (2) Identify a pupil’s rights within the classroom and the school.

          (3) Participate in making decisions for the class, including, without limitation, decisions regarding personal responsibilities in the classroom.

          (4) Recognize the Pledge of Allegiance.

          (5) Describe traditional patriotic activities, holidays or symbols from around the world.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the current President of the United States.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify sources of information.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to name the school in which the pupil is enrolled and the community in which the pupil resides.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000; A by R011-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.244  Kindergarten through second grade: Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in kindergarten through the second grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the second grade:

     1.  For the area of science inquiry:

     (a) Understand that science is an active process of systematically examining the natural world;

     (b) Know how to make observations and provide descriptions of such observations using words, numbers and drawings;

     (c) Know that tools can be used safely to gather data and to extend the senses; and

     (d) Know that observable patterns can be used to predict future events or sort items.

     2.  For the areas of science, technology and society:

     (a) Understand that many people contribute to the field of science, including, without limitation, men and women of all ages and backgrounds; and

     (b) Know that teamwork is beneficial to the study of science, including, without limitation, working and sharing findings with others.

     3.  For the area of matter:

     (a) Understand that matter has observable properties;

     (b) Know that matter can exist in a solid form or liquid form;

     (c) Know that certain properties of materials can be changed by heating, freezing, mixing, cutting or bending the material;

     (d) Know that matter can be categorized by observable properties, including, without limitation, color, size, shape and weight; and

     (e) Know that different objects can be made of many different types of materials.

     4.  For the areas of force and motion:

     (a) Understand that the position and motion of an object can be described;

     (b) Know that the position and motion of an object can be changed by pushing or pulling the object;

     (c) Know that an object can move:

          (1) In various manners and directions, including, without limitation, straight lines, zigzags, vibrations and circular motions; and

          (2) At various speeds, including, without limitation, fast and slow;

     (d) Know that magnets can be used to make certain objects move without being touched; and

     (e) Know that an object will fall to the ground unless something holds the object off of the ground.

     5.  For the area of energy:

     (a) Understand that heat, light and sound can be produced;

     (b) Know that the sun is a source of heat and light;

     (c) Know that sound is produced through the vibration of one or more objects; and

     (d) Know that an object can be described as hot or cold in relation to another object.

     6.  For the area of heredity:

     (a) Understand that living things, including, without limitation, plants and animals, pass certain characteristics to their offspring that make them resemble each other; and

     (b) Know that differences exist among individuals of the same kind of plant or animal.

     7.  For the area of the structure of life:

     (a) Understand that living things have identifiable characteristics; and

     (b) Know that humans and other animals use their senses to understand and adapt to their environment.

     8.  For the area of organisms and their environment:

     (a) Understand that living things live in different places and environments;

     (b) Know that plants and animals need certain resources for energy and growth;

     (c) Know that a habitat includes, without limitation, food, water, shelter and space; and

     (d) Know that living things exist almost everywhere on the earth.

     9.  For the area of the diversity of life:

     (a) Understand that there are many kinds of living things on the earth;

     (b) Know that plants and animals can be distinguished by observable characteristics and behaviors; and

     (c) Know that certain plants and animals are extinct.

     10.  For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:

     (a) Understand that changes in the weather can transform the state of water from a liquid form to a solid form or a solid form to a liquid form;

     (b) Know that the sun is a source of heat and light;

     (c) Know that the water on the earth exists in a liquid form or solid form and can transform from one form to the other form;

     (d) Know that the weather changes from day to day and from season to season; and

     (e) Know that the weather can be described in terms of certain measurements, including, without limitation, the degree of the temperature, the direction and speed of the wind, and the amount of precipitation.

     11.  For the areas of the solar system and the universe:

     (a) Understand that there are objects in the sky which display patterns, including, without limitation, how they look, where they are located and how they move;

     (b) Know that the sun rises every day and the moon can rise during the day and night;

     (c) Know that the sun and moon appear to move across the sky; and

     (d) Know that the shape of the moon appears to change over the course of a month.

     12.  For the area of the structure and composition of the earth:

     (a) Understand that the earth is composed of various materials, including, without limitation, rock, soil and water;

     (b) Know that rocks exist in various sizes, shapes, textures and colors;

     (c) Know that different objects are made of different types of materials; and

     (d) Know that the color and texture of soil depends upon the composition of the soil.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)

Instruction: Third Grade

      NAC 389.246  English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Short and long vowels;

               (II) Digraphs;

               (III) Diphthongs;

               (IV) Base words;

               (V) Suffixes;

               (VI) Prefixes;

               (VII) Compound words;

               (VIII) Blends;

               (IX) Word families;

               (X) Spelling patterns; and

               (XI) Syllables;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words using the first and second letters of each word;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

          (5) With assistance, identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (7) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;

          (8) With assistance, identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and

          (9) Read aloud with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) With assistance, use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Describe:

               (I) The setting;

               (II) The sequence of events;

               (III) A conflict; and

               (IV) The resolution of the conflict;

          (2) With assistance, identify:

               (I) The climax;

               (II) The turning point;

               (III) The protagonist and antagonist;

               (IV) The theme of the text;

               (V) The third-person limited point of view;

               (VI) Metaphors;

               (VII) Hyperbole; and

               (VIII) The use of formal and informal language;

          (3) Identify:

               (I) How one event may cause another event;

               (II) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

               (III) The first-person point of view;

               (IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;

               (V) Idioms;

               (VI) Alliteration;

               (VII) Sensory words;

               (VIII) Dialect;

               (IX) Slang; and

               (X) Words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (4) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (5) Describe the:

               (I) Physical traits of a character;

               (II) Personality traits of a character; and

               (III) Motivation for the actions of a character;

          (6) Explain the main idea of a text and support the explanation with evidence from the text;

          (7) Identify examples of:

               (I) Imagery;

               (II) Similes; and

               (III) Personification;

          (8) Compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (9) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (10) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (11) Use information to answer specific questions; and

          (12) With assistance, summarize information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations; and

               (VI) Acronyms;

          (3) Identify:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Metaphors;

               (IV) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;

               (V) Techniques of persuasion and propaganda;

               (VI) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (VII) A problem and the solution to the problem; and

               (VIII) The main idea, which must be supported by evidence from the text;

          (4) With assistance, identify:

               (I) Alliteration;

               (II) Informal and formal language;

               (III) Idioms;

               (IV) Similes;

               (V) Personification;

               (VI) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda; and

               (VII) The theme of the text;

          (5) Explain the topic of the text and support the explanation with evidence;

          (6) With assistance, distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;

          (7) Describe the:

               (I) Sequential order of the text; and

               (II) Chronological order of the text;

          (8) With assistance, trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;

          (9) Compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (10) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (11) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (12) With assistance, develop hypotheses based on information;

          (13) With assistance, summarize information;

          (14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (16) Distinguish between fact and opinion; and

          (17) Read and follow directions to complete a task.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose; and

               (III) Contain supporting details;

          (5) With assistance, draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which include:

               (I) An introduction; and

               (II) A conclusion;

          (6) With assistance, revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (7) Edit paragraphs to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;

          (8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) The beginning of sentences;

               (II) Months of the year;

               (III) Days of the week;

               (IV) Proper nouns;

               (V) Initials; and

               (VI) Titles;

          (9) With assistance, edit for the proper capitalization of abbreviations;

          (10) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas; and

               (III) Apostrophes;

          (11) With assistance, edit punctuation for quotation marks;

          (12) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb; and

               (VI) Verb tenses;

          (13) With assistance, edit for the correct use of adverbs;

          (14) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences; and

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

          (15) With assistance, edit sentences for:

               (I) Compound sentences; and

               (II) Complex sentences; and

          (16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to the purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write paragraphs which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details; and

               (III) A concluding statement;

          (2) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph and which include:

               (I) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (II) A thesis statement;

          (3) Write paragraphs about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and audience that:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters; and

               (III) Describe a setting;

          (4) With assistance, write paragraphs about experiences and events which are appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which include:

               (I) A plot; and

               (II) Dialogue;

          (5) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to literary text;

               (III) Responses to expository text;

               (IV) An opinion statement;

               (V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format; and

               (VI) Directions to complete a task;

          (6) With assistance, write:

               (I) Persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;

               (II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the setting;

               (III) Responses to text that use specific details from the text; and

               (IV) Persuasive essays and compositions that include supporting evidence;

          (7) With assistance, summarize information; and

          (8) Write research papers by:

               (I) Formulating and recording questions;

               (II) Identifying and collecting information;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (V) Documenting the sources from which information was obtained.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to a speaker and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone;

          (6) Dialect; and

          (7) The use of formal and informal language;

     (c) Listen to and retell ideas with supporting details;

     (d) With assistance, listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (e) With assistance, listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (f) Listen to and respond to oral communications;

     (g) With assistance, listen to and evaluate the content of oral communications;

     (h) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (i) With assistance, listen for and identify social and academic language;

     (j) Actively listen to a speaker;

     (k) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (l) With assistance, listen to and evaluate constructive feedback; and

     (m) With assistance, provide constructive feedback.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Speak clearly with prosody;

     (f) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (g) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus; and

          (2) In a logical sequence;

     (h) With assistance, communicate information by illustrating information using media aids;

     (i) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (j) With assistance, defend a position using evidence which supports that position;

     (k) Contribute and respond to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;

     (l) Ask relevant questions to clarify information; and

     (m) With assistance, take a leadership role in conversations and discussions.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.248  Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the third grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize the need for information by:

          (1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;

          (2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) By selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.

     (b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by explaining the differences between accurate and inaccurate information.

     (c) Formulate questions by:

          (1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and

          (2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.

     (d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by listing several sources of information and by explaining the kind of information found in each source.

     (e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed.

     (f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by defining “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications.

     (g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:

          (1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information; and

          (2) Explaining how those concepts are different from the others.

     (h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.

     (i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question.

     (j) Organize information for practical application by:

          (1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically; and

          (2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question.

     (k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:

          (1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas; and

          (2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information.

     (l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:

          (1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information; and

          (2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question.

     (m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:

          (1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information; and

          (2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information from a variety of sources based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question to determine the applicability of that format to a specific information problem or question.

     2.  For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:

          (1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and

          (2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.

     (b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:

          (1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest; and

          (2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.

     (c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:

          (1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction; and

          (2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze.

     (d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.

     (e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:

          (1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and

          (2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.

     (f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:

          (1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information; and

          (2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result.

     (g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by explaining those basic strategies.

     3.  For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question.

     (b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:

          (1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology; and

          (2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use.

     (c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:

          (1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and

          (2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.

     (d) Respect intellectual property rights by:

          (1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights; and

          (2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product.

     (e) Use information technology responsibly by stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks.

     (f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:

          (1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions; and

          (2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects.

     (g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:

          (1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely; and

          (2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members.

     (h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:

          (1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;

          (2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and

          (3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.251  Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Immediately recall and use addition and subtraction facts;

     (b) Immediately recall multiplication facts for products through 81;

     (c) Add and subtract two-digit and three-digit numbers with and without regrouping;

     (d) Generate and solve two-step addition and subtraction problems based on practical situations;

     (e) Generate and solve one-step multiplication problems based on practical situations;

     (f) Add and subtract decimals using money as a model;

     (g) Read, write, compare and order numbers from 0 through 9,999;

     (h) Read and write numbers as words through 100;

     (i) Use, model and identify the place value positions of 1s, 10s, 100s and 1,000s;

     (j) Identify the value of a given digit in the 1s, 10s, 100s and 1,000s place;

     (k) Identify and model the unit fractions 1/2, 1/3, 1/4, 1/6 and 1/8 as equal parts of a whole or set of objects;

     (l) Read and write unit fractions with numbers and with words that represent numbers;

     (m) Model and explain multiplication and division as skip-counting patterns;

     (n) Model and explain multiplication and division as repeated addition or subtraction;

     (o) Estimate the number of objects in a set using a variety of techniques;

     (p) Model addition, subtraction, multiplication and division in a variety of ways; and

     (q) Use mathematical vocabulary and symbols to describe multiplication and division.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize, describe and create patterns by using objects and numbers found in tables, number charts and charts;

     (b) Record results of patterns created by using manipulatives, pictures and numeric representations and describe how they are extended;

     (c) Model, explain and solve open number sentences involving addition, subtraction and multiplication facts;

     (d) Use variables and open sentences to express relationships; and

     (e) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, greater than, less than or equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Compare, order and describe objects by using various measurable attributes for area, volume and capacity;

     (b) Select and use appropriate units of measure;

     (c) Measure to a required degree of accuracy to the nearest 1/2 unit;

     (d) Determine possible combinations of coins and bills to equal given amounts;

     (e) Read, write and use money notations;

     (f) Recognize equivalent relationships between and among bills and coins;

     (g) Tell the time of day to the nearest minute by using analog and digital clocks;

     (h) Determine start, end and elapsed time by using elapsed time in half-hour increments, beginning on the hour or half-hour; and

     (i) Recognize that there are 60 minutes in 1 hour.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Describe, sketch, compare and contrast plane geometric figures;

     (b) Demonstrate and describe the transformational motions of a geometric figure, including, without limitation, a translation or slide, a rotation or turn, and a reflection or flip;

     (c) Sketch, model, build, compare and contrast two-dimensional and three-dimensional geometric figures and objects;

     (d) Create two-dimensional designs that contain a line of symmetry;

     (e) Identify, draw and describe horizontal, vertical and oblique lines; and

     (f) Use the quantifiers all, some and none to describe the characteristics of a set.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use informal concepts of probability such as impossible, unlikely, likely and certain to make predictions about future events;

     (b) Pose questions that can be used to guide data collection, organization and representation; and

     (c) Use graphical representations, including, without limitation, number lines, frequency tables and pictographs, to represent data.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;

     (c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.254  Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies to skim text for main ideas.

          (2) Identify main ideas and the sequences of events in the context of social studies.

          (3) Use reading and writing to respond to literature.

          (4) Identify fact and opinion.

          (5) Increase comprehension using graphic organizers.

          (6) Use content specific vocabulary in sentences.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Research a prescribed topic in social studies.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering and organizing information.

          (3) Present information orally and in writing.

          (4) Read maps, graphs, charts and diagrams for information.

          (5) Demonstrate acceptable social and ethical behaviors when using technology and discuss the consequences of the inappropriate use of technology.

          (6) Use technological resources for solving problems, communicating and illustrating thoughts and ideas.

          (7) Use technology to effectively access information.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate an understanding of chronology by reading a timeline.

          (2) Read and discuss historical fiction.

          (3) Identify different perspectives.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself and his or her family.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interactions of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Learn about persons in the community and discuss the contributions of those persons to the community.

          (2) Use artifacts and other primary resources to investigate the contributions of persons and families to the founding and development of the local community.

          (3) Learn about persons from around the world and discuss the contributions of those persons.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss the resolution of conflicts through compromise.

          (2) Explain how memorials honor and remember persons.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain how the actions of heroes and heroines make a difference.

          (2) Determine what it means to be a citizen of the United States and describe the achievements of famous and ordinary citizens.

          (3) Define the term “ethnicity” and explain that persons who make contributions to their communities include persons who have diverse ethnic origins, customs and traditions.

          (4) Demonstrate respect for other pupils, the community and the world.

          (5) Explain how technology in the pupil’s home and school affects the pupil’s life.

          (6) Discuss the effects of events reported by the media on persons in the community.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and use the cardinal directions on a compass rose to locate places on a map.

          (2) Differentiate between a city and a state using appropriate examples.

          (3) Compare uses of maps and globes.

          (4) Identify and explain simple spatial patterns on a map, including, without limitation, population centers, farmland and mountains.

          (5) Construct a simple map which includes, without limitation, a title, symbols and directions from a bird’s-eye view.

          (6) Recognize different types of maps, including, without limitation, maps of the neighborhood, school and classroom.

          (7) List careers that require the use of geographic tools.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Distinguish between physical and human features.

          (2) Identify characteristics of neighborhoods and communities, including, without limitation, the physical and geographical differences, land use and population density.

          (3) Identify ways persons can express their culture.

          (4) List ways persons view their own communities, including, without limitation, a ranching community and a tourist destination.

          (5) List ways persons use technology for geographic purposes, including, without limitation, for forecasting the weather and taking aerial photographs to measure changes in population over a period of time.

          (6) Locate and name the states that surround Nevada.

          (7) Identify latitude and longitude on a map or globe.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare population distribution across regions using maps and mathematical representations, including, without limitation, tables and graphs.

          (2) Identify the types of transportation and communication networks.  

          (3) List reasons for choosing to live in urban and rural communities.

          (4) Use a map to display information about an economic product.

          (5) Describe the purposes for various organizations.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Predict possible geographic changes that could take place in the neighborhood or community.

          (2) List tools, machines or technologies that persons use to change the physical environment.

          (3) Compare ways persons modify the physical environment.

          (4) Identify persons, groups and organizations that respond to natural hazards.

          (5) Describe ways persons depend on and manage natural resources within their communities.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify needs as high priority wants and identify wants as goods, service or leisure activities.

          (2) Give examples of the prices consumers have paid when buying goods and services.

          (3) Give examples of the prices set by businesses for selling goods and services.

          (4) Demonstrate an understanding of income and give examples.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify forms of money used by persons across time and in different places.

          (2) Define terms used in banking, including, without limitation, “saving,” “interest” and “borrowing.”

          (3) Identify reasons persons use banks.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change, and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and explain what business owners do.

          (2) Identify classroom resources that are limited and must be shared.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to differentiate between barter and monetary trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify rules, laws and authorities that keep persons safe and property secure and discuss examples of each.

          (2) Discuss that the democratic process involves voting, majority rule and the setting of rules.

          (3) Explain personal responsibilities in the classroom and the school.

          (4) Recognize the Pledge of Allegiance and discuss its purpose.

          (5) Explain why we have patriotic activities, holidays and symbols.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Name the current President of the United States.

          (2) Name the current mayor of the town in which the pupil resides, if applicable.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) List the qualities of a leader.

          (2) Discuss why persons form interest groups.

          (3) Introduce sources of information which persons use to form an opinion.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the city, state and country in which the pupil resides.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000; A by R011-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.272  The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the third grade, each pupil must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in the arts offered in public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the third grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  For the area of music:

     (a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Sing folk songs, patriotic songs and multicultural songs with the correct pitch and mood using the head tone;

          (2) Sing simple ostinatos on pitch; and

          (3) Maintain a part while singing a round in an ensemble.

     (b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Play a melodic or rhythmic pattern on instruments in the classroom using the proper technique; and

          (2) Accompany simple folk, traditional and multicultural music using accurate rhythmic and melodic patterns.

     (c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise a rhythmic and melodic phrase while maintaining a steady beat.

     (d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Organize sounds into musical interpretations of stories, rhymes and poetry in large groups;

          (2) With assistance from the teacher, create a two-phrase song or instrumental piece with a beginning, middle and end using a pentatonic scale; and

          (3) Organize simple pieces of music using a variety of sound sources.

     (e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Read quarter notes, quarter rests and eighth notes and perform through speaking, body percussion and instruments that are out of pitch;

          (2) Sing and play simple pentatonic patterns using solfege, numbers or letters;

          (3) Use music symbols such as fermata, repeat signs and double bar lines;

          (4) Notate a simple oral rhythmic pattern; and

          (5) Notate a simple oral melodic pattern.

     (f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify rhythmic and melodic patterns that are repeated within a musical piece;

          (2) Describe a simple musical form;

          (3) Recognize the difference in vocal timbres among the male and female voices of children when presented separately; and

          (4) Recognize instruments that are out of pitch in a musical example.

     (g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use criteria provided by the teacher to evaluate performances and compositions; and

          (2) Evaluate performances and compositions in his or her own words.

     (h) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to:

          (1) Identify various styles of music from diverse cultures; and

          (2) Recognize that various styles of music are used in different settings.

     2.  For the area of theater:

     (a) Understand the components of a theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Write or improvise a simple script based on personal experience, imagination or the retelling of a story;

          (2) Create simple sets and sound effects for a dramatized idea or story; and

          (3) Create props, costumes, masks or makeup for a dramatized idea or story.

     (b) Understand and demonstrate the role of an actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify two of the different traits of a given person, animal or object;

          (2) Portray two of the traits of a given person, animal or object; and

          (3) Vocally and physically portray in a dramatized idea or story the varied emotions of a character.

     (c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Express opinions related to a performance of another student or a visiting artist; and

          (2) Differentiate between what is real and what is make-believe.

     (d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to state the similarities and differences between dramatic characters and real people.

     3.  For the area of visual arts:

     (a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to create works of visual art using different media, techniques and processes and meeting most criteria assigned by the teacher.

     (b) Use knowledge of the characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify selected elements and principles of design in nature and works of visual art; and

          (2) Create works of visual art using various visual characteristics of visual art.

     (c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas for visual art as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to create works of visual art that demonstrate a choice of subject matter and symbols to communicate meaning through such works.

     (d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Match a work of visual art to a particular culture, time or place; and

          (2) Create a work of visual art that is influenced by a particular historical period or culture.

     (e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in the pupil’s own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to brainstorm possible meanings for a work of visual art.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.283  Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the third grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the third grade:

     1.  Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use a vocabulary relating to movement for manipulative, locomotor and nonlocomotor movement activities correctly;

     (b) Apply the basic elements of a form of movement in a dynamic environment;

     (c) Identify simple cues in the performance of the pupil’s peers; and

     (d) Monitor physiological changes which occur during moderate physical activity.

     2.  Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Maintain a mature form in all locomotor and nonlocomotor movements with a partner;

     (b) Perform a variety of manipulative skills in a dynamic environment; and

     (c) Sequence combinations of more complex movements relating to weight transfer and balance.

     3.  Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create, with a partner and with few errors, shapes at high, medium and low levels in a sequence of movement;

     (b) Perform, with a partner, locomotor movements in varying directions and pathways;

     (c) Demonstrate the qualities of movement with a partner;

     (d) Create, with a partner and with or without a prop, a sequence of movement with a beginning, a middle and an end;

     (e) Use appropriate skills with a partner;

     (f) Express emotion through movement;

     (g) Observe and discuss how dance differs from and is the same as sports and everyday activities;

     (h) Perform, with a partner and with or without a prop, various movements to a steady beat;

     (i) Move to a steady beat at various tempos; and

     (j) Perform folk dances or social dances, or both, from various cultures.

     4.  Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe the implications of the results of health-related assessments of fitness;

     (b) Sustain moderate physical activity that will promote the development of the health-related components of fitness;

     (c) Engage in activities that promote the development of the health-related components of fitness; and

     (d) Identify proper techniques for warming up, conditioning and cooling down, and state the reasons for using those techniques.

     5.  Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply class rules, procedures, safety practices and etiquette with limited reinforcement from a teacher;

     (b) Identify acceptable responses to challenges, successes and failures in physical activity;

     (c) Understand the purpose for modifying activities with regard to diversity in physical activity; and

     (d) Understand the connection between a dance, game or sport and the culture in which the dance, game or sport originates.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)

Instruction: Fourth Grade

      NAC 389.293  English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the fourth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fourth grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Short and long vowels;

               (II) Digraphs;

               (III) Diphthongs;

               (IV) Base words;

               (V) Suffixes;

               (VI) Prefixes;

               (VII) Compound words;

               (VIII) Blends;

               (IX) Word families;

               (X) Spelling patterns; and

               (XI) Syllables;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

          (5) With assistance, use resources to confirm the origin of a word;

          (6) Identify the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (7) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (8) Apply knowledge of high-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension;

          (9) Identify content-specific vocabulary in a text; and

          (10) Read aloud with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Explain:

               (I) The setting;

               (II) The sequence of events;

               (III) A conflict;

               (IV) The resolution of the conflict;

               (V) The climax;

               (VI) The turning point; and

               (VII) The main idea and supporting details;

          (2) With assistance, describe an internal conflict and an external conflict;

          (3) With assistance, identify and discuss the main plot and a subplot;

          (4) Identify:

               (I) How one event may cause another event;

               (II) The theme;

               (III) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

               (IV) The first-person point of view;

               (V) The third-person limited point of view;

               (VI) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text; and

               (VII) Words and phrases that reveal tone;

          (5) Describe the:

               (I) Physical traits of a character;

               (II) Personality traits of a character; and

               (III) Motivation for the actions of a character;

          (6) Make inferences and draw conclusions about a character based on evidence from the text;

          (7) With assistance, identify:

               (I) The third-person omniscient point of view; and

               (II) Examples of irony;

          (8) Explain how the author of a text uses:

               (I) Imagery;

               (II) Similes;

               (III) Personification;

               (IV) Metaphors;

               (V) Idioms;

               (VI) Alliteration;

               (VII) Sensory words;

               (VIII) Hyperbole;

               (IX) Dialect;

               (X) Slang;

               (XI) Formal language; and

               (XII) Informal language;

          (9) With assistance, explain:

               (I) How words and phrases create tone and mood;

               (II) The influence of historical events;

               (III) The influence of cultures; and

               (IV) The influence of the time period;

          (10) Compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (11) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (12) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (13) Use information to answer specific questions; and

          (14) Summarize information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations; and

               (VI) Acronyms;

          (3) Identify:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Alliteration;

               (IV) Informal and formal language;

               (V) Idioms;

               (VI) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;

               (VII) Techniques of persuasion and propaganda; and

               (VIII) The theme;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) Idioms;

               (II) Similes;

               (III) Personification;

               (IV) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;

               (V) A cause and its effect on events and relationships; and

               (VI) A problem and a solution to the problem;

          (5) With assistance, explain:

               (I) How analogies are used;

               (II) How an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas; and

               (III) The influence of historical events and cultures;

          (6) With assistance, identify how language is used for persuasion and propaganda;

          (7) Describe the:

               (I) Sequential order of the text; and

               (II) Chronological order of the text;

          (8) With assistance, describe the importance of sequential order and chronological order;

          (9) Distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;

          (10) With assistance, analyze:

               (I) A cause and its effect on events and relationships; and

               (II) The accuracy of facts;

          (11) Describe a main idea based on evidence from the text;

          (12) With assistance, compare events;

          (13) With assistance, trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;

          (14) Compare texts from different:

               (I) Cultures; and

               (II) Time periods;

          (15) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (16) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (17) With assistance, develop hypotheses based on information;

          (18) Summarize information;

          (19) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (20) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (21) Distinguish between fact and opinion; and

          (22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain supporting details;

               (IV) Contain an introduction; and

               (V) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) With assistance, draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which include transitions;

          (6) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (7) Edit paragraphs and documents to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words, content words and patterned words;

          (8) Edit for the proper capitalization of:

               (I) The beginning of sentences;

               (II) Months of the year;

               (III) Days of the week;

               (IV) Proper nouns;

               (V) Initials;

               (VI) Titles; and

               (VII) Abbreviations;

          (9) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas;

               (III) Apostrophes; and

               (IV) Quotation marks;

          (10) With assistance, edit punctuation for:

               (I) Abbreviations; and

               (II) Colons;

          (11) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses; and

               (VII) Adverbs;

          (12) With assistance, edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Clauses;

               (II) Phrases; and

               (III) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;

          (13) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences; and

               (IV) For complex sentences;

          (14) With assistance, edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (15) With assistance, select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write paragraphs which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (IV) A concluding statement;

          (2) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph and which include:

               (I) Transitions; and

               (II) A thesis statement;

          (3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot; and

               (V) Contain dialogue;

          (4) With assistance, write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which use:

               (I) Figurative language; and

               (II) Sensory details;

          (5) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the setting;

               (III) Responses to text that use specific details from the text;

               (IV) Persuasive paragraphs that include supporting evidence;

               (V) Friendly letters adhering to an established format; and

               (VI) Directions to complete a task or a procedure;

          (6) With assistance, write:

               (I) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the development and motivation of a character;

               (II) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text;

               (III) Persuasive essays and compositions which include a thesis statement, supporting evidence and relevant evidence;

               (IV) Business and professional letters adhering to an established format; and

               (V) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;

          (7) Summarize information;

          (8) Write research papers by:

               (I) Formulating and recording questions;

               (II) Identifying and collecting information;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Documenting the sources from which information was obtained; and

          (9) With assistance, demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone;

          (6) Dialect;

          (7) Slang; and

          (8) The use of formal and informal language;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) With assistance, listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Delivery;

          (2) Point of view; and

          (3) Ideas;

     (e) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (f) With assistance, listen for and identify techniques of persuasion;

     (g) Listen to and evaluate the content of oral communications;

     (h) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (i) Actively listen to a speaker;

     (j) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (k) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (l) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (m) With assistance, focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;

     (j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information;

     (l) With assistance, take a leadership role in conversations and discussions; and

     (m) With assistance, distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.2932  Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the fourth grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the fourth grade:

     1.  For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize the need for information by:

          (1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question.

     (b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:

          (1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information; and

          (2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.

     (c) Formulate questions by:

          (1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and

          (2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.

     (d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:

          (1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source; and

          (2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information.

     (e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:

          (1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding the needed information; and

          (2) Explaining and applying a plan to access the needed information.

     (f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:

          (1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications; and

          (2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic.

     (g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:

          (1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information; and

          (2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others.

     (h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:

          (1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information; and

          (2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.

     (i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by:

          (1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question; and

          (2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question.

     (j) Organize information for practical application by:

          (1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically; and

          (2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question.

     (k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:

          (1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas; and

          (2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information.

     (l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:

          (1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information; and

          (2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question.

     (m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:

          (1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information; and

          (2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question.

     2.  For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:

          (1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;

          (2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and

          (3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.

     (b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:

          (1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest; and

          (2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.

     (c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:

          (1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;

          (2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and

          (3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.

     (d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.

     (e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:

          (1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and

          (2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.

     (f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:

          (1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information; and

          (2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result.

     (g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by explaining those strategies.

     3.  For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:

          (1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question; and

          (2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question.

     (b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:

          (1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology; and

          (2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use.

     (c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:

          (1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and

          (2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.

     (d) Respect intellectual property rights by:

          (1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights; and

          (2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product.

     (e) Use information technology responsibly by:

          (1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and

          (2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks.

     (f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:

          (1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions; and

          (2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects.

     (g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:

          (1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely; and

          (2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members.

     (h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:

          (1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;

          (2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and

          (3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.

     (i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information to create and evaluate simple products of information.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.2933  Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the fourth grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fourth grade:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Skim text for main ideas.

          (2) Identify the main idea, sequence of events, and cause and effect in the context of social studies.

          (3) Identify fact and opinion.

          (4) Use reading and writing to respond to historical literature.

          (5) Increase comprehension by taking notes and using graphic organizers.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Ask questions to identify a research topic.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering and organizing information.

          (3) Present information orally and in writing.

          (4) Create maps, graphs, charts and diagrams to demonstrate knowledge.

          (5) Demonstrate acceptable social and ethical behaviors when using technology and discuss the consequences of the inappropriate use of technology.

          (6) Use technological tools for personal and collaborative writing, communication and publishing.

          (7) Use technology to efficiently and effectively access information.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate an understanding of chronology by recording events on a timeline.

          (2) Read folk tales and legends regarding the history of Nevada.

          (3) Discuss multiple perspectives of history.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself and his or her family.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

          (3) Participate as a member of the school community.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interaction of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the lifestyles of the Desert Archaic culture of Nevada.

          (2) Define the term “hunter-gatherer.”

          (3) Describe the lifestyles of the Native American cultures of Nevada.

          (4) Discuss the interactions of pioneers with the Native Americans in the Great Basin region.

          (5) Identify the contributions of immigrants in Nevada.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss examples of compromise and conflict within Nevada, including, without limitation, the Pyramid Lake Wars, water allocation and the Sagebrush Rebellion.

          (2) Describe the experiences of pioneers who moved west.

          (3) Identify explorers and settlers in preterritorial Nevada.

          (4) Identify the diversity within the population of early settlers in Nevada and discuss their experiences.

          (5) Explain the symbols, mottos and slogans related to Nevada, including, without limitation, the phrase “Battle Born,” the State Seal and the phrase “Silver State.”

          (6) Explain how the conflicts of the United States affected life and society in Nevada.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare or contrast, or both, the daily life of the pupil to children who lived in Nevada in the past.

          (2) Recognize that communities include persons who have diverse ethnic origins, customs and traditions.

          (3) Recognize persons in the community who make contributions to Nevada.

          (4) Define the term “social responsibility.”

          (5) Explain how advances in technologies have affected Nevada, including, without limitation, advances in railroads, mining and gaming.

          (6) Discuss major events at the local and state level that are reported by the media.

     (d) Understand the interactions and interdependence among nations around the world and the impact of economics, politics, religions and cultures on international relationships, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to describe the economic and cultural influences of other nations on Nevada.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and use intermediate directions on a compass rose to locate places on a map of Nevada.

          (2) Identify spatial patterns on a map of Nevada, including, without limitation, deserts, mountains and populations.

          (3) Construct a map of Nevada displaying human and physical features.

          (4) Use different types of maps of Nevada to understand spatial distribution, including, without limitation, population maps and physical maps.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the distinguishing features of the historical regions of Nevada, including, without limitation, the tribal territories of Native Americans, pioneer trails and settlement areas.

          (2) Identify the regional changes in Nevada over a period of time.

          (3) Identify and describe the diversity and cultural traditions of the residents of Nevada, including, without limitation, Native Americans and the Basque community.

          (4) Demonstrate how regional change in Nevada from one decade to the next decade has affected the characteristics of a place, including, without limitation, how plows allow farmers to prepare the land for planting and how pick axes assist in mining operations.

          (5) Locate the counties of Nevada and their county seats.

          (6) Identify the equator, prime meridian and international date line.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe differences in the distribution of population within regions of Nevada.

          (2) List examples of the movement of persons, goods and ideas into and across Nevada.

          (3) Describe the differences among rural, suburban and urban settlements in Nevada.

          (4) Describe historical and current economic issues in Nevada using geographic resources, including, without limitation, illustrating demographic changes due to mining and gaming.

          (5) Describe why types of organizations may differ by geographic region in Nevada.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe ways physical environments affect human activity in Nevada using historical and contemporary examples.

          (2) Describe how technologies altered the physical environment in Nevada and the effects those changes have on the residents of Nevada.

          (3) Explore the impact of human modifications to the physical environment of Nevada on the residents of Nevada.

          (4) Identify natural hazards in Nevada and the impact of those hazards on the population of Nevada.

          (5) Describe the distribution patterns of natural resources in Nevada.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Give examples of incentives and determine whether those incentives are positive or negative.

          (2) Give reasons why consumers choose to purchase a good or service, including, without limitation, why consumers purchase more of a good or service when the price for the good or service is low and why consumers purchase less of a good or service when the price for the good or service is high.

          (3) Identify factors within the control of a person that affect the likelihood of employment.

          (4) Explain why persons who trade must benefit from the trade, including, without limitation, trading lunch items.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss how the discovery of silver in Nevada affected the forms of money in circulation.

          (2) Identify instances in which persons might pay interest or receive interest.

          (3) Discuss the reasons persons use banks.

          (4) Define the term “productive resources.”

          (5) Define the term “per capita.”

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change, and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify a for-profit and a not-for-profit organization within the community and a service each such organization provides.

          (2) Define the term “entrepreneur” and identify entrepreneurs in Nevada.

          (3) Describe resources that are limited in Nevada and ways in which resources are shared.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define the terms “imports” and “exports.”

          (2) Identify goods that would not be readily available in Nevada without international trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify rules, laws and authorities that keep persons safe and property secure in Nevada and discuss examples of each.

          (2) Explain that democracy involves voting, majority rule and setting rules.

          (3) Describe the criteria for Nevada residency.

          (4) Discuss the symbolic importance of the Pledge of Allegiance.

          (5) Explain why we celebrate Nevada Day.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the relationship between classroom rules and school rules.

          (2) Name the current President of the United States.

          (3) Name the current Governor of Nevada.

          (4) Explain why local governments are created.

          (5) Name the three branches of State Government.

          (6) Understand the role of courts.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the qualities of a leader.

          (2) Define and give examples of state and local interest groups.

          (3) Identify sources of information persons use to form opinions.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to identify the county, city, state and country in which the pupil resides.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R011-09, eff. 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.2934  Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fourth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the fourth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fourth grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Immediately recall and use multiplication and corresponding division facts through products of 144;

     (b) Generate and solve addition, subtraction, multiplication and division problems using whole numbers in practical situations;

     (c) Multiply and divide multidigit numbers by one-digit numbers with regrouping, including, without limitation, monetary amounts as decimals;

     (d) Read, write, order and compare whole numbers;

     (e) Use estimation to determine the reasonableness of an answer in mathematical and practical situations;

     (f) Use and identify place value positions of whole numbers to 1,000,000;

     (g) Identify and compare fractions with like denominators using numbers, models and drawings;

     (h) Read and write numbers as words;

     (i) Count by multiples of a given number;

     (j) Explain relationships between skip counting, repeated addition and multiples; and

     (k) Add and subtract multidigit numbers.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify, describe and represent patterns and relationships in the number system, including, without limitation, arithmetic and geometric sequences;

     (b) Model, explain and solve open number sentences involving addition, subtraction, multiplication and division;

     (c) Select the solution to an equation from a given set of numbers; and

     (d) Complete number sentences using the words plus, minus, multiplied by, divided by, greater than, less than and equal to, as appropriate, or using the corresponding symbol.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Define and determine the perimeter of polygons and the area of rectangles, including squares;

     (b) Determine totals for monetary amounts in practical situations;

     (c) Estimate and convert units of measure for length, area and weight within the same measurement system, including customary and metric;

     (d) Estimate temperature in practical situations;

     (e) Measure length, area, temperature and weight to a required degree of accuracy using the customary and metric systems;

     (f) Use money notation to add and subtract given monetary amounts;

     (g) Describe time using “a.m.” and “p.m.” designations appropriately;

     (h) Determine start, end and elapsed time using elapsed time in quarter-hour increments, beginning on the quarter hour; and

     (i) Recognize the number of weeks in a year, days in a year and days in a month.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify, draw, and classify angles, including, without limitation, straight, right, obtuse or acute angles;

     (b) Identify, describe and classify two-dimensional and three-dimensional figures by relevant properties including the number of vertices, edges and faces using models;

     (c) Identify, label, describe and draw points, line segments, rays and angles;

     (d) Identify shapes that are congruent, similar or symmetrical, or any combination thereof, using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, transformational motions;

     (e) Identify coordinates for a given point in the first quadrant;

     (f) Locate points of given coordinates on a grid in the first quadrant; and

     (g) Use the connectors “and,” “or” and “not” to describe the members of a set.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Conduct simple probability experiments using concrete materials;

     (b) Pose questions that can be used to guide the collection of categorical and numerical data;

     (c) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, frequency tables and line plots;

     (d) Model and compute range;

     (e) Model the measures of central tendency for mode and median;

     (f) Interpret data and make predictions using frequency tables and line plots; and

     (g) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as fractions to make predictions about future events.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;

     (c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

Instruction Through Fifth Grade

      NAC 389.2938  Third through fifth grades: Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in third grade, fourth grade and fifth grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe the relationship between behaviors concerning the health of a person and personal health;

     (b) Explain the basic structure, function and developmental processes of the systems of the human body, including, without limitation, the human reproductive system in accordance with NRS 389.065;

     (c) Describe the physical, emotional and intellectual differences of persons and how those differences affect the well-being of those persons;

     (d) Identify the nutrients that are essential to a person’s health, the functions served by such nutrients and the role those nutrients have in the promotion of health;

     (e) Identify the health-related components of an active lifestyle;

     (f) Explain how the use of substances can affect the way a person makes decisions and performs tasks;

     (g) Describe methods for preventing injuries and avoiding hazards common to children;

     (h) Explain the safety procedures a person can take when confronted with violence or other hazards;

     (i) Differentiate between contagious and noncontagious diseases and illnesses and explain ways to prevent and control those diseases and illnesses;

     (j) Identify programs that are designed to promote community health, including, without limitation, recycling, proper disposal of garbage and trash, and water conservation; and

     (k) Explain the relationship between the environment and:

          (1) Positive behaviors concerning the health of a person; and

          (2) The prevention of injury, illness, disease and premature death.

     2.  Access reliable health information, products and services to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Locate resources which provide reliable health information, including, without limitation, resources from home, school and the community; and

     (b) Describe situations which require services from providers of health care.

     3.  Practice health-enhancing behaviors and avoid and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate behaviors that avoid or reduce health risks;

     (b) Demonstrate the ability to interpret information regarding nutrition, including, without limitation, food labels;

     (c) Engage in behaviors that promote physical activity;

     (d) Explain how substances can affect the way people make decisions and perform tasks;

     (e) Describe basic procedures in first aid and proper responses to common emergency situations;

     (f) Assess situations and practices that are dangerous and situations and practices that are not dangerous; and

     (g) Demonstrate personal health care practices that prevent the spread of communicable diseases and chronic diseases.

     4.  Analyze the influence of family, peers, culture, media, technology and other factors on behaviors concerning health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify how different sources affect a person’s thoughts, feelings and behaviors concerning health;

     (b) Discuss nutrition and physical activity habits in diverse cultures;

     (c) Describe the influence of sources, including, without limitation, family, peers and information, on the practice and behaviors of a person;

     (d) Describe the influence of technology on the health of a person and the person’s risk of contracting a disease; and

     (e) Analyze how stated and implied messages from the media influence behaviors concerning health.

     5.  Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health and to reduce or avoid health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Model types of effective verbal and nonverbal communications;

     (b) Discuss ways to communicate with other persons about the stages of growth and development;

     (c) Demonstrate refusal and negotiation skills;

     (d) Recognize refusal skills when the pupil is confronted with situations that are not healthy for the pupil, including, without limitation, situations involving alcohol, tobacco and other drugs; and

     (e) Demonstrate nonviolent strategies to manage or resolve conflicts.

     6.  Use goal-setting skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Set short-term personal health goals and long-term personal health goals and track the progress of the pupil in achieving those goals;

     (b) Implement other personal health goals to enhance the daily health habits of the pupil; and

     (c) Compare resources available to a pupil in developing personal health goals, including, without limitation, products for oral health, safety precautions while exposed to the sun and food choices.

     7.  Promote and support personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe ways to influence and support a person in making positive health choices; and

     (b) Compare messages regarding consumer and environmental health.

     8.  Use decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply a choice that is healthy when making decisions regarding personal health;

     (b) Predict consequences relating to the use and abuse of substances, including, without limitation, the consequences to the person making the decision and to other persons;

     (c) Predict consequences relating to decisions regarding behaviors concerning the health of a person; and

     (d) Analyze when a person needs assistance in making a decision regarding health.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R013-09, 10-27-2009)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.2944)

      NAC 389.2939  Third through fifth grades: Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must understand, know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the third grade through the fifth grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the area of science inquiry:

     (a) Understand that the study of science involves asking and answering questions and comparing the answers to what scientists already know about the world;

     (b) Know that scientific progress is made by conducting careful investigations, recording data and communicating the results of investigations and data in an accurate manner;

     (c) Know how to compare the results of a scientific experiment to what scientists already know about the world;

     (d) Know how to draw conclusions from scientific evidence;

     (e) Know that graphic representations of recorded data can be used to make predictions;

     (f) Know how to plan and conduct a safe and simple investigation; and

     (g) Know that a model is a tool which can be used to learn about the object or properties the model is designed to resemble.

     2.  For the areas of science, technology and society:

     (a) Understand that people from all cultures and levels of education, experience and ability contribute to the fields of science and technology;

     (b) Know that people of diverse cultures have contributed to scientific knowledge and technology throughout history;

     (c) Know that technology has positive and negative impacts on society; and

     (d) Know that there are benefits to working with others in a team and sharing findings.

     3.  For the area of matter:

     (a) Understand the properties of objects and materials;

     (b) Know that matter exists in different states which have distinct physical properties, including, without limitation, solids, liquids and gases;

     (c) Know that heating and cooling can change some common materials from one state to another, including, without limitation, water;

     (d) Know that materials can be classified by their observable physical and chemical properties, including, without limitation, magnetism, conductivity, density and solubility;

     (e) Know that a material can be created by combining two or more different materials and that the properties of the newly created material may be different from the properties of the original materials;

     (f) Know that the mass of a material remains constant whether the material is together, separated into parts or changed to a different state or form; and

     (g) Know that materials are composed of certain elements that are too small to be seen without magnification.

     4.  For the areas of force and motion:

     (a) Understand that certain forces applied to an object can change the position or motion of the object, including, without limitation, gravitational, electrical and magnetic forces;

     (b) Know that an object will speed up, slow down or move in a different direction if an unbalanced force is applied to the object;

     (c) Know that the strength of a force which is applied to an object and the mass of the object will influence the amount of change in the motion of the object;

     (d) Know that a magnetic force can cause certain objects to attract or repel each other;

     (e) Know that an electrically charged particle can attract or repel another electrically charged particle or material; and

     (f) Know that the gravity of the earth can pull any object toward the surface of the earth without touching the object.

     5.  For the area of energy:

     (a) Understand that energy exists in different forms;

     (b) Know that light can be described in terms of simple properties, including, without limitation, color, brightness and reflection;

     (c) Know the wave characteristics of sound;

     (d) Know that heat can be produced as a by-product when one form of energy converts to another form of energy, including, without limitation, the conversion of stored energy to motion through the use of a machine or a living organism;

     (e) Know that heat can transfer from one object to another by conduction and that certain materials conduct heat better than other materials; and

     (f) Know the organization of a simple electrical circuit, including, without limitation, a battery, generator or a wire through which an electrical current can pass.

     6.  For the area of heredity:

     (a) Understand that certain characteristics in living things are inherited and certain characteristics are not inherited;

     (b) Know certain physical characteristics and behaviors that are inherited in animals and plants;

     (c) Know that reproduction is an essential characteristic for the continuation of every species;

     (d) Know that the offspring of an animal or plant can:

          (1) Resemble the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated;

          (2) Resemble other offspring of the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated; and

          (3) Exhibit differences in characteristics from the animal or plant from which the offspring was generated;

     (e) Know how to observe and describe differences between different persons of the human population; and

     (f) Know that certain behaviors of animals are learned behaviors.

     7.  For the area of the structure of life:

     (a) Understand that living things have specialized structures that perform a variety of life functions;

     (b) Know that plants and animals have structures that enable them to grow, reproduce and survive; and

     (c) Know that living things have predictable life cycles.

     8.  For the area of organisms and their environment:

     (a) Understand that there are a variety of ecosystems on the earth and that different organisms interact with one another within their ecosystems;

     (b) Know the organization of simple food webs;

     (c) Know that organisms interact with one another and with the nonliving elements of their ecosystem;

     (d) Know that changes to an environment can be beneficial or detrimental to certain organisms;

     (e) Know that all organisms, including, without limitation, human beings, can cause changes to their environment; and

     (f) Know that plants and animals can adapt in certain ways to survive in certain ecosystems.

     9.  For the area of the diversity of life:

     (a) Understand that living things can be classified according to physical characteristics, behaviors and habitats;

     (b) Know that animals and plants can be classified according to their observable characteristics;

     (c) Know that fossils are evidence of past life on the earth; and

     (d) Know that certain differences between each animal or plant within a species can provide the animal or plant with advantages or disadvantages for survival and reproduction.

     10.  For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:

     (a) Understand the relationship between the weather and the cycle of water;

     (b) Know that the sun is the main source of energy for the earth;

     (c) Know the processes of the cycle of water and the role of the sun in the cycle of water;

     (d) Know that most of the surface of the earth is covered with fresh water or salt water;

     (e) Know the role of water in various phenomena involving the weather, including, without limitation, the role of water in thunderstorms, snowstorms, floods and droughts; and

     (f) Know that air is a substance that surrounds the earth, takes up space and moves around the earth in the form of wind.

     11.  For the areas of the solar system and the universe:

     (a) Understand that there are many components in the solar system, including, without limitation, the earth;

     (b) Know that there are more stars than can easily be counted by the human eye;

     (c) Know that stars are not the same color or brightness and are not scattered evenly throughout the solar system;

     (d) Know that the solar system includes, without limitation, the sun, planets and moons;

     (e) Know that the sun is a star;

     (f) Know that stars other than the sun are so far away from the earth that they look like points of light;

     (g) Know that there are cyclical patterns of observable objects in the solar system; and

     (h) Know that the patterns of stars in the sky stay the same, except that the patterns of stars appear to move across the sky each night and that different stars can be seen in different seasons.

     12.  For the area of the composition and structure of the earth:

     (a) Understand that features on the surface of the earth are constantly changed by a combination of slow and rapid processes;

     (b) Know that fossils are evidence of past life;

     (c) Know that water, wind and ice constantly change the surface of the land on the earth through erosion of rock and soil in some geographic locations and the deposit of rock and soil in other geographic locations;

     (d) Know that landforms can be created from:

          (1) Slow processes, including, without limitation, erosion and deposition of rock and soil; and

          (2) Fast processes, including, without limitation, volcanoes, earthquakes, landslides, floods and human activity;

     (e) Know that rock is composed of various combinations of minerals; and

     (f) Know that soil varies from place to place and contains biological and mineral components.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.2947)

      NAC 389.2941  Fifth grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using phonics and structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Spelling patterns;

               (II) Base words;

               (III) Root words;

               (IV) Suffixes;

               (V) Prefixes;

               (VI) Syllables; and

               (VII) Compound words;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text; and

               (II) Origin of an unknown word;

          (5) With assistance, use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Greek root of a word; and

               (II) Latin root of a word;

          (6) Identify the differences between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (7) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (8) Apply knowledge of:

               (I) High-frequency words in a text to build fluency and comprehension; and

               (II) Content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and

          (9) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Explain:

               (I) The setting;

               (II) The sequence of events;

               (III) A conflict;

               (IV) The resolution of the conflict;

               (V) The climax;

               (VI) The turning point; and

               (VII) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

          (2) With assistance, describe the development of the plot with a focus on:

               (I) Exposition;

               (II) Rising action; and

               (III) Falling action;

          (3) Describe:

               (I) The physical traits of a character;

               (II) The personality traits of a character;

               (III) The motivation for the actions of a character;

               (IV) An internal conflict and an external conflict;

               (V) The main plot and the subplots;

               (VI) How one event may cause another event;

               (VII) The theme based on evidence from the text; and

               (VIII) An example of the first-person point of view;

          (4) Identify:

               (I) The protagonist and the antagonist;

               (II) The third-person limited point of view;

               (III) The third-person omniscient point of view;

               (IV) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on text;

               (V) Words and phrases that reveal tone; and

               (VI) Examples of irony;

          (5) With assistance, distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;

          (6) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (7) Explain the author’s use of:

               (I) Imagery;

               (II) Figurative language;

               (III) Sound devices;

               (IV) Dialect;

               (V) Slang;

               (VI) Formal language; and

               (VII) Informal language;

          (8) With assistance, explain how the author of a text uses flashback and foreshadowing;

          (9) Explain:

               (I) How words and phrases create tone and mood;

               (II) The influence of historical events;

               (III) The influence of cultures; and

               (IV) The influence of the time period;

          (10) With assistance, identify elements of characterization;

          (11) With assistance, compare texts from the same historical period which relate to a single topic;

          (12) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (13) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (14) Use information to answer specific questions; and

          (15) Summarize information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify the purpose of and gain information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Acronyms; and

               (VII) Parenthetical expressions;

          (3) Identify:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Informal and formal language;

               (IV) Idioms;

               (V) Words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone; and

               (VI) Language used for persuasion and propaganda;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) Figurative language;

               (II) Analogies;

               (III) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;

               (IV) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (V) A problem and a solution to the problem;

               (VI) The influence of historical events;

               (VII) The influence of cultures; and

               (VIII) The influence of the time period;

          (5) With assistance, explain the use of organizational structure by the author;

          (6) With assistance, describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;

          (7) Describe:

               (I) The importance of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;

               (II) A main idea based on evidence from the text; and

               (III) The theme based on evidence from the text;

          (8) Distinguish the theme of the text from the topic of the text;

          (9) Compare events;

          (10) Trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;

          (11) With assistance, compare texts from the same historical period which relate to the same topic;

          (12) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (13) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (14) Develop hypotheses based on information;

          (15) Summarize information;

          (16) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (17) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (18) Distinguish between fact and opinion;

          (19) Analyze the accuracy of facts;

          (20) With assistance, determine the accuracy of evidence;

          (21) With assistance, verify information from one source by consulting other sources; and

          (22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain supporting details;

               (IV) Contain an introduction;

               (V) Contain transitions; and

               (VI) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;

          (7) Edit for proper capitalization;

          (8) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas;

               (III) Apostrophes;

               (IV) Quotation marks;

               (V) Abbreviations; and

               (VI) Colons;

          (9) With assistance, edit punctuation for:

               (I) Hyphens; and

               (II) Semicolons;

          (10) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses;

               (VII) Adverbs;

               (VIII) Clauses;

               (IX) Phrases; and

               (X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;

          (11) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences; and

               (IV) For complex sentences;

          (12) Edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (13) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (14) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story, and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A thesis statement;

               (IV) Transitions;

               (V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (VI) A concluding statement;

          (2) With assistance, write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:

               (I) Compare and contrast; and

               (II) Show cause and effect;

          (3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot;

               (V) Contain dialogue;

               (VI) Use figurative language; and

               (VII) Use sensory details;

          (4) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of the development and motivation of a character;

               (III) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text; and

               (IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;

          (5) With assistance, write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features;

          (6) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A thesis statement;

               (II) Supporting evidence; and

               (III) Relevant evidence;

          (7) With assistance, write responses which demonstrate an understanding of plot in literary selections;

          (8) Summarize information;

          (9) Write research papers by:

               (I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;

               (II) Locating and collecting information from primary and secondary sources;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained; and

          (10) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify the:

          (1) Main idea;

          (2) Purpose;

          (3) Message;

          (4) Mood; and

          (5) Tone;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Content;

          (2) Delivery;

          (3) Point of view; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (e) With assistance, listen to and evaluate the purpose and value of oral communications;

     (f) With assistance, listen for and explain the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;

     (g) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (h) With assistance, listen for and identify techniques of persuasion;

     (i) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (j) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect;

          (2) Slang; and

          (3) The use of formal and informal language;

     (k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;

     (l) Actively listen to oral communications;

     (m) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (o) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;

     (j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;

     (l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions; and

     (m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.29415  Fifth grade: Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the fifth grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize the need for information by:

          (1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;

          (2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) Assessing whether a range of information problems or questions can be resolved based on the pupil’s own knowledge or whether additional information is required.

     (b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:

          (1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information; and

          (2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and complete and incomplete information.

     (c) Formulate questions by:

          (1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information; and

          (2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information.

     (d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:

          (1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source;

          (2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information; and

          (3) Using a full range of sources of information to meet different needs for information.

     (e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:

          (1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed; and

          (2) Explaining and applying a plan to access information that is needed.

     (f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:

          (1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their applications; and

          (2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic.

     (g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:

          (1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information;

          (2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others; and

          (3) Assembling them, as appropriate, in the pupil’s own work.

     (h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:

          (1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information; and

          (2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions.

     (i) Select information that is appropriate to a specific problem or question by:

          (1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question;

          (2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question; and

          (3) Integrating accurate, relevant and comprehensive information to resolve that information problem or question.

     (j) Organize information for practical application by:

          (1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically;

          (2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question; and

          (3) Organizing a product of information that presents different types of information in the most effective ways.

     (k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:

          (1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas;

          (2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information; and

          (3) Integrating the pupil’s existing knowledge with information from a variety of sources to create new meaning.

     (l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:

          (1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information;

          (2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) Devising creative approaches to use information to resolve information problems or questions.

     (m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:

          (1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information;

          (2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question; and

          (3) Choosing the most appropriate format for presenting information and justifying that choice.

     2.  For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:

          (1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;

          (2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and

          (3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.

     (b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:

          (1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest;

          (2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest; and

          (3) Judging the quality of the pupil’s own solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.

     (c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:

          (1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;

          (2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and

          (3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.

     (d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.

     (e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:

          (1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and

          (2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.

     (f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:

          (1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information;

          (2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result; and

          (3) Evaluating the process of obtaining information at each step as it occurs and making such adjustments as are necessary to improve both the process and the outcome.

     (g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by:

          (1) Explaining those strategies; and

          (2) Selecting and applying such strategies as are appropriate.

     3.  For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:

          (1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question; and

          (2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question.

     (b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:

          (1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology;

          (2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use; and

          (3) Proposing strategies for ensuring that pupils and other people have equitable access to information, information sources and information technology.

     (c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:

          (1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”; and

          (2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center.

     (d) Respect intellectual property rights by:

          (1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights;

          (2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product; and

          (3) Avoiding plagiarism, correctly citing sources and making copies and incorporating text and images only with appropriate approval when creating products of information.

     (e) Use information technology responsibly by:

          (1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks;

          (2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and

          (3) Following all guidelines and policies of the school relating to the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks when resolving information problems or questions.

     (f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:

          (1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions;

          (2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects; and

          (3) Integrating the pupil’s own knowledge and information with that of other pupils in the group.

     (g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:

          (1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely;

          (2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members; and

          (3) Helping to organize and integrate the contributions of all the members of the group into products of information.

     (h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek solutions by:

          (1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;

          (2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and

          (3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions to information problems that integrate the information and ideas of group members.

     (i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information to create and evaluate simple products of information.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.2942  Fifth grade: Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the area of social studies skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Skim text for the main ideas.

          (2) Use reading strategies to identify key words and supporting details to build comprehension.

          (3) Identify cause and effect, and fact and opinion.

          (4) Use reading and writing to respond to historical literature.

          (5) Gather information by making outlines and creating graphic organizers.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Ask questions to identify a research topic.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering and organizing information using online and print resources.

          (3) Present information orally, in writing and through the use of a multimedia presentation.

          (4) Explain information through the use of maps, graphs, charts and diagrams.

          (5) Demonstrate acceptable social and ethical behaviors when using technology and discuss the consequences of the inappropriate use of technology.

          (6) Use technological tools that are specific for the purpose of supporting learning.

          (7) Evaluate the accuracy, relevancy and bias of online, print and media resources.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate an understanding of chronology by creating a timeline and interpreting the events on the timeline.

          (2) Identify and discuss primary and secondary resources.

          (3) Read folk tales and legends regarding the history of America.

          (4) Discuss multiple perspectives of history.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself and his or her family.

          (2) Listen and participate as a member of a group in the classroom.

          (3) Participate as a member of the school community.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interaction of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and describe lifeways of Native Americans living in North America and the various cultural regions before European contact.

          (2) Identify and describe the attributes of Native American nations in the local region and in North America.

          (3) Discuss the interactions of early explorers with native cultures.

          (4) Identify the contributions of Native Americans, Europeans and Africans to North American beliefs and traditions.

          (5) Describe the social, political and religious lives of persons in the New England, Middle and Southern colonies.

          (6) Identify persons and groups responsible for founding and settling the American colonies.

          (7) Examine the cultural exchange among Native Americans, Europeans and Africans.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the motivations for European exploration of the Americas and describe the expeditions of the European explorers.

          (2) Describe issues of compromise and conflict within the United States.

          (3) Describe the competition among the English, French, Spanish, Dutch and Indian nations for control of North America.

          (4) Explain why slavery was introduced into colonial America.

          (5) Explain how the interactions among Native Americans, Europeans and Africans during colonial America resulted in unique economic, social and political institutions.

          (6) Identify the events that led to the Declaration of Independence.

          (7) Identify the causes, key events and key persons of the American Revolution.

          (8) Explain the relationship between the American colonies and England and discuss the impact of that relationship on the independence of the American colonies.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare or contrast, or both, the daily lives of children throughout the United States in the past and in the present.

          (2) Recognize that communities include persons who have diverse ethnic origins, customs and traditions.

          (3) Recognize persons in the community who make contributions to the United States.

          (4) Describe ways in which a person displays social responsibility.

          (5) Explain how technologies throughout the history of the United States changed the way persons lived.

          (6) Discuss major events at the local, state, national and global level that are reported by the media and provide an example.

     (d) Understand the interactions and interdependence among nations from around the world and the impact of economics, politics, religions and cultures on international relationships, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to discuss the economic, political and cultural relationships of the United States with other countries.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify and locate major geographic features of Nevada and the United States using maps and map elements.

          (2) Identify spatial patterns of the United States.

          (3) Describe the purposes of different types of maps and globes, including, without limitation, topographical, political and physical maps.

          (4) Construct maps, graphs and charts to display information about human and physical features in the United States.

          (5) Identify the purpose and content of various maps of the United States.

          (6) Derive geographic information from photographs, maps, graphs, books and technological resources.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Provide examples of the interactions between humans and the environment in the United States.

          (2) Identify regions in the United States in which historical events occurred, including, without limitation, the 13 colonies, the Underground Railroad and the California gold fields.

          (3) Provide examples of cultural identity in communities or regions from different perspectives.

          (4) Demonstrate how regional change in the United States from one decade to the next decade has affected the characteristics of a place, including, without limitation, the use of salt and sand to melt ice, flood basins and levees.

          (5) Label a map of the United States by identifying each state and the capital of each state.

          (6) Define the term “absolute location.”

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain differences in the distribution of population in the United States.

          (2) List the “push-pull” factors that influence human migration and settlement in the United States.

          (3)  Describe the differences among rural, suburban and urban settlements in the United States.

          (4) Describe historical and current economic issues in the United States using geographic resources, including, without limitation, illustrating demographic changes as a result of mining and gaming.

          (5) Describe why the types of organizations are different based upon geographic regions in the United States.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe ways physical environments affect activity of persons in the United States using historical and contemporary examples.

          (2) Describe how technologies altered the physical environment in the United States and the effect those changes had on the residents of the United States.

          (3) Explore the impact of human modifications to the physical environment of the United States on the residents of the United States.

          (4) Identify and locate potential natural hazards in the United States and the impact those hazards have on the land and population.

          (5) Describe and compare the patterns of distribution of natural resources and the use of those resources in the United States.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe how scarcity requires a person to make a choice and identify the costs associated with that choice.

          (2) Demonstrate an understanding that a person can be a consumer and producer at the same time.

          (3) Identify the resources that are needed for production in households, schools and community groups.

          (4) Describe how income reflects the choices persons make about education, training, development of skills, lifestyles and careers.

          (5) Demonstrate an understanding of supply and demand in a market.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define the terms “trade” and “commodity.”

          (2) Identify how interest rates affect borrowing, saving and purchasing of goods or services using credit.

          (3) Identify services offered by different types of financial institutions.

          (4) Illustrate how a person’s spending becomes another person’s income.

          (5) Recognize the three types of productive resources.

          (6) Define the terms “inflation” and “deflation.”

          (7) Define the terms “labor force” and “unemployment.”

          (8) Demonstrate per capita measures in the classroom.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain the purposes for establishing for-profit and not-for-profit organizations.

          (2) Provide an example of how purchasing a tool or acquiring an education can increase the ability to produce goods.

          (3) Describe the steps an entrepreneur would take to start a business.

          (4) Explain why specialization increases productivity and interdependence.

          (5) Describe what it means to compete and give examples of ways sellers compete.

          (6) Define the term “mercantilism.”

          (7) Identify resources that are scarce and identify how those resources are allocated in the United States.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain why the United States exports and imports goods.

          (2) Define the term “exchange rate.”

          (3) Define the term “globalization” and explain how the United States economy is affected by international trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain that the United States Constitution, the Declaration of Independence and the Bill of Rights are written documents that are the foundation of the government of the United States.

          (2) Describe the operation of a representative government.

          (3) Describe the criteria for United States citizenship.

          (4) Explain the symbolic importance of the Pledge of Allegiance and the Fourth of July.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe examples of national, state and local laws.

          (2) Identify the three branches of the Federal Government.

          (3) Name the two houses of the Congress of the United States and explain how representation in those houses is determined.

          (4) Identify powers of the Congress of the United States, including, without limitation, the power to tax, the power to declare war and the power to impeach the President of the United States.

          (5) Identify the duties of the President of the United States within the Executive Branch.

          (6) Explain that the United States Supreme Court is the highest court of the country.

          (7) Describe the purpose of a judge and a jury in a trial as they relate to resolving disputes.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain the qualities of leadership.

          (2) Name the two major political parties.

          (3) Give examples of national interest groups.

          (4) Compare sources of information which persons use to form opinions.

          (5) Define the term “propaganda” and give examples.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to describe the influence of other nations on the development of the political system of the United States.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000; A by R011-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.2943  Fifth grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generate and solve addition, subtraction, multiplication and division problems using whole numbers and decimals in practical situations;

     (b) Identify and use place value positions of whole numbers and decimals to the hundredths;

     (c) Add and subtract fractions with like denominators using models, drawings and numbers;

     (d) Compare fractions with unlike denominators by using models and drawings and by finding common denominators;

     (e) Identify, model and compare improper fractions and mixed numbers;

     (f) Read, write, compare and order integers in mathematical and practical situations;

     (g) Use multiples of 10 to expand knowledge of basic multiplication and division facts;

     (h) Estimate to determine the reasonableness of an answer in mathematical and practical situations involving decimals;

     (i) Add and subtract decimals;

     (j) Multiply and divide decimals by whole numbers in problems that represent practical situations; and

     (k) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions with whole numbers.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify, describe and represent patterns and relationships in the number system, including, without limitation, triangular numbers and perfect squares;

     (b) Find possible solutions to an inequality involving a variable using whole numbers as a replacement set;

     (c) Solve equations with whole numbers using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, inverse operations, mental math and guess and check; and

     (d) Complete number sentences using the words greater than or equal to, less than or equal to and not equal to, as appropriate, and using the corresponding symbol.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Estimate and convert units of measure for weight, volume and capacity within the same measurement system, including customary and metric;

     (b) Measure volume and weight to a required degree of accuracy in the customary and metric systems;

     (c) Describe the difference between perimeter and area, including, without limitation, the difference in units of measure;

     (d) Determine total, differences and change due for monetary amounts in practical situations; and

     (e) Determine equivalent periods of time, including, without limitation, relationships between and among seconds, minutes, hours, days, months and years.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw, identify, describe and classify triangles and quadrilaterals based on their properties;

     (b) Identify and draw circles and parts of circles and describe the relationships between the various parts;

     (c) Represent concepts of congruency, similarity or symmetry using a variety of methods, including, without limitation, transformational motions and dilation;

     (d) Graph coordinates representing geometric shapes in the first quadrant;

     (e) Predict and describe the effects of combining, dividing and changing shapes into other shapes;

     (f) Identify, draw, label and describe planes, parallel lines, intersecting lines and perpendicular lines;

     (g) Describe the characteristics of right, acute, obtuse, scalene, equilateral and isosceles triangles; and

     (h) Represent relationships using Venn diagrams.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Model and compute measures of central tendency for mean, median and mode;

     (b) Pose questions that can be used to guide the collection of categorical and numerical data;

     (c) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, stem and leaf plots and histograms;

     (d) Compute range;

     (e) Interpret data and make predictions using stem and leaf plots and histograms;

     (f) Represent and solve problems involving combinations using a variety of methods;

     (g) Conduct simple probability experiments using concrete materials;

     (h) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as decimals to make predictions about future events; and

     (i) Select an appropriate type of graph to accurately represent the data and justify the selection.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize and apply previous experiences and strategies to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Try more than one strategy to solve a problem when the first strategy proves unsuccessful;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Use technology, including, without limitation, a calculator, to develop mathematical concepts.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use inquiry techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Use a variety of methods to represent and communicate mathematical ideas through oral, verbal and written formats;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations; and

     (d) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Draw logical conclusions about mathematical problems;

     (b) Follow a logical argument and judge the validity of the argument;

     (c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (d) Justify and explain the solutions to problems using manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use physical models to explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (d) Identify, explain and use mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.2946  Fifth grade: Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the knowledge and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use vocabulary correctly to differentiate between more complex gamelike strategies, including, without limitation, strategies for offense and for defense;

     (b) Identify the intermediate elements of forms of movement;

     (c) Apply simple strategies to gamelike situations;

     (d) Identify the characteristics of a skilled performance in a few forms of movement; and

     (e) Explain the physiological factors affecting individual differences in levels of physical fitness.

     2.  Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use locomotor and nonlocomotor movements in physical activities;

     (b) Execute a combination of manipulative skills in a new dynamic environment; and

     (c) Create and perform a sequence of movement, alone or within a group, that combines movements relating to weight transfer and balance.

     3.  Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create, within a group, sequences of movement which clearly demonstrate the use of shapes, levels and pathways;

     (b) Perform a range of qualities of movement clearly;

     (c) Observe and identify actions and elements of movement within brief sequences of movement;

     (d) Create and perform, with or without rhythmic accompaniment, a brief sequence of movement which has an identifiable beginning, middle and end;

     (e) Apply one partner skill while creating a sequence of movement with another person;

     (f) Create a brief movement phrase, accurately repeat the phrase and then vary the phrase by making changes in time, space or qualities of movements, or any combination thereof;

     (g) Recognize the elements of movement found in dance, sport and everyday activities;

     (h) Create a sequence of movement to express an idea or a concept;

     (i) Discuss interpretations and reactions to a sequence of movement;

     (j) Create and perform, within a group and with or without a prop, various movements to a steady beat;

     (k) Move to a musical beat and respond to changes in tempo; and

     (l) Perform more technically complex folk dances or social dances, or both, from various cultures, and identify the cultural and historical context of the folk or social dance.

     4.  Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create personal goals related to an assessment of his or her physical fitness;

     (b) Maintain a continuous aerobic activity for a specified time;

     (c) Engage in physical activity at a target heart rate for a specified time;

     (d) Identify the health-related components of fitness in various activities; and

     (e) Use proper techniques for warming up, conditioning and cooling down.

     5.  Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Make correct decisions in applying rules and procedures and using proper etiquette;

     (b) Respond in a positive manner to challenges, successes and failures in physical activity;

     (c) Manage conflict positively, regardless of differences with other persons, with reinforcement from a teacher;

     (d) Demonstrate teamwork and positive sportsmanship while interacting with other persons, regardless of differences; and

     (e) Identify similarities of and differences between games, sports and dances from different cultures.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.2948  Fifth grade: Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the fifth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the fifth grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the areas of creativity and innovation, demonstrate creative thinking, build knowledge and develop innovative products and processes using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Process new ideas that are based on prior knowledge to brainstorm solutions to a problem that arises in an everyday situation using digital tools;

     (b) With limited assistance from the teacher, create an original work in a digital format to demonstrate personal or group expression;

     (c) Use digital models and simulations to explore complex systems and issues; and

     (d) Identify and represent trends to make predictions using data from the classroom.

     2.  For the areas of communication and collaboration, use digital media and environments to communicate and work in collaboration with other pupils, including pupils outside of the classroom, to support the learning of the pupil and the learning of other pupils, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Collaborate with other pupils to create and publish a digital product and make the product available outside the classroom;

     (b) Communicate information and ideas using digital text, images and sound;

     (c) Describe the appropriate media and format for a specific audience;

     (d) Use digital resources to research places, persons and different cultures from around the world;

     (e) Contribute to a group to produce an original work in a digital format; and

     (f) Describe the different ways to interact with other persons and contribute to a digital product.

     3.  For the area of fluency of research and information, gather, evaluate and use information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) For a research project, use digital tools to plan a timeline and track the progress of the project;

     (b) Use keywords to search, organize, locate and synthesize information in multiple sources to create an original product;

     (c) Explain the importance of using more than one source and recognize the possible biases in digital resources;

     (d) Discern the differences between fact and opinion in digital content;

     (e) Choose and use a digital tool that is appropriate for a task; and

     (f) Collect, organize, analyze and manipulate data using digital tools and report the results in a format that is appropriate to the task.

     4.  For the areas of critical thinking, problem solving and decision making, use critical thinking skills to plan and conduct research, manage projects, solve problems and make informed decisions using the digital tools and resources that are appropriate for the specific task, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Develop questions that will guide the pupil in the investigation of a problem that arises in an everyday situation using digital resources;

     (b) Plan and manage projects using a digital planning tool;

     (c) Propose a solution to a problem that arises in an everyday situation using digital tools and data that has been collected; and

     (d) Explore alternative solutions to and diverse perspectives on problems that arise in everyday situations and propose a solution to those problems using digital tools.

     5.  For the area of the appropriate use of technology, understand human, cultural and societal issues relating to technology and practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe the code of conduct for the use of technology at the school in which the pupil is enrolled and the consequences of violating that code of conduct;

     (b) Describe unacceptable and unsafe behaviors when using technology, including, without limitation, cyber-bullying, divulging personal information and plagiarism;

     (c) Use technological resources for solving problems, directing personal learning, collaborating and extending learning activities;

     (d) Describe why a pupil needs lifelong learning in a world that is global and dynamic; and

     (e) Explain the concepts of using technology in an appropriate manner, accessing technology in an appropriate manner and technological literacy, and explain the personal and societal responsibilities associated with those concepts.

     6.  For the areas of technological operations and concepts, demonstrate an understanding of technological concepts, systems and operations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Give examples of technological systems;

     (b) Demonstrate appropriate keyboarding skills;

     (c) Choose the appropriate digital tools for a specific learning activity;

     (d) Analyze and apply specific strategies for solving common hardware and software problems; and

     (e) Generalize routine procedures for a variety of technologies.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R008-10, 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.2949  Fifth grade: The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the fifth grade, each pupil must know and be able to do everything required in previous grades for courses in the arts offered in public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the fifth grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the fifth grade:

     1.  For the area of music:

     (a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Sing folk songs, patriotic songs and multicultural songs demonstrating correct pitch, mood and tempo while using the head voice;

          (2) Respond to cues from a conductor;

          (3) Consistently sing complex ostinatos on pitch; and

          (4) Maintain his or her own parts while singing descants, partner songs and three-part rounds in a large ensemble.

     (b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Play a melodic, rhythmic and chordal pattern on instruments in the classroom using the proper technique;

          (2) Echo an eight-beat rhythmic and melodic pattern; and

          (3) Play or accompany folk, traditional and multicultural music using accurate rhythm and melodic patterns.

     (c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:

          (1) Two rhythmic and melodic phrases while maintaining a steady beat; and

          (2) By playing, speaking or singing a specific section of music, such as introductions and codas.

     (d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Organize sounds into musical representations of characters, places, objects, actions, events or feelings to accompany readings and dramatizations in a large group; and

          (2) With assistance from the teacher, create and perform songs and instrumental pieces in a specific form using a variety of sound sources.

     (e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate knowledge of whole, half, dotted half, quarter and eighth notes and rests through speaking and body percussion;

          (2) Read melodic patterns in the treble clef with solfege, letters or numbers;

          (3) Define and use musical symbols such as dynamics and tempo;

          (4) Sight-read a rhythmic and pentatonic pattern;

          (5) Notate an eight-beat rhythmic pattern in standard notation; and

          (6) Notate an eight-beat melodic pattern in standard notation.

     (f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify groups of repeated rhythmic and melodic patterns in a listening selection and recognize simple form;

          (2) Describe musical examples using appropriate musical terminology such as tempo, dynamics and mood; and

          (3) Identify families of instruments.

     (g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Construct criteria for evaluating musical performances and compositions; and

          (2) Evaluate performances and compositions using standard musical vocabulary.

     (h) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to:

          (1) Connect music with various historical periods and various cultures of the world; and

          (2) Identify roles of musicians and offer an example of each.

     2.  For the area of theater:

     (a) Understand the components of a theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Write or improvise a script with two or more characters which has a beginning, middle and end and which has a setting and character descriptions;

          (2) Plan, rehearse and present a dramatized idea or story in a cooperative setting;

          (3) Draw or build a simple model set utilizing basic craft materials; and

          (4) Use materials in the classroom or home to create props and costumes to suggest a specific time and locale in a dramatized event.

     (b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the traits of characters by examining their specific actions and what they say;

          (2) Demonstrate character through movement, pantomime, improvisation or voice; and

          (3) Portray the traits of a character through appropriate movement, voice and language in a dramatized idea or story.

     (c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss what the pupil sees and hears in a performance;

          (2) Explain how a performance made him or her feel and state his or her preference for a particular genre; and

          (3) Explain two differences between comedy and tragedy, giving examples.

     (d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Cite two examples from movies or television that give historical and cultural information; and

          (2) Identify the conflict between characters in a dramatized event.

     3.  For the area of visual arts:

     (a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Cite one example that demonstrates the different uses of media, techniques and processes in works of art;

          (2) Describe how the response of the audience changes because of different media, techniques and processes; and

          (3) Identify and demonstrate the appropriate use of various media, techniques and processes to communicate ideas.

     (b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe selected visual characteristics of visual art;

          (2) Explain purposes and functions of selected works of visual art;

          (3) Explain how visual characteristics, purposes and functions of selected works of visual art cause different responses from the audience; and

          (4) Choose visual characteristics to create a work that communicates an intended purpose to the audience.

     (c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain what a work of visual art is about by identifying subject matter, symbols and ideas;

          (2) Create a work of visual art that integrates subject matter and symbols with ideas to convey meaning to the audience; and

          (3) Explain how and why subject matter, symbols and ideas are chosen to present meaning in the pupil’s work.

     (d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Place accurately a variety of works of visual art in historical or cultural contexts; and

          (2) Create works of visual art that show the influence of a particular time and place.

     (e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in the pupil’s own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare and contrast two works of visual art based on the observations of the pupil;

          (2) Identify merits in various works of visual art;

          (3) Present various interpretations of a work of visual art; and

          (4) Identify preferred characteristics or meanings in works of visual art.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

Instruction: Sixth Through Eighth Grades

      NAC 389.298  Sixth grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the sixth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the sixth grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Spelling patterns;

               (II) Base words;

               (III) Root words;

               (IV) Suffixes;

               (V) Prefixes;

               (VI) Syllables; and

               (VII) Compound words;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

               (II) Origin of an unknown word;

               (III) Greek root of a word; and

               (IV) Latin root of a word;

          (5) Explain the difference between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and

          (8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Explain the setting;

          (2) Describe the development of the plot with a focus on:

               (I) Climax;

               (II) Resolution;

               (III) The turning point;

               (IV) Exposition;

               (V) Rising action; and

               (VI) Falling action;

          (3) Describe:

               (I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;

               (II) The main plot and the subplots;

               (III) How one event may cause another event;

               (IV) The motivation for the actions of a character;

               (V) The theme based on evidence from the text;

               (VI) The effect of the use of first-person point of view;

               (VII) The effect of the use of third-person limited point of view; and

               (VIII) The effect of the use of third-person omniscient point of view;

          (4) Explain the author’s use of:

               (I) Flashback;

               (II) Characterization;

               (III) Imagery;

               (IV) Figurative language;

               (V) Sound devices;

               (VI) Dialect;

               (VII) Slang;

               (VIII) Formal language; and

               (IX) Informal language;

          (5) Explain:

               (I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

               (II) How the use of words and phrases reveal tone;

               (III) Examples of irony;

               (IV) The influence of cultures; and

               (V) The influence of time periods;

          (6) With assistance, analyze the use of foreshadowing by an author;

          (7) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (8) Identify:

               (I) The protagonist and the antagonist; and

               (II) The effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;

          (9) With assistance, compare themes that relate to a single topic;

          (10) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;

          (11) Analyze how words and phrases create mood;

          (12) Compare texts from the same historical period which were written by different authors;

          (13) With assistance, make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of an author;

          (14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (15) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (16) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (17) Summarize information; and

          (18) With assistance, synthesize information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Evaluate information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Acronyms; and

               (VII) Parenthetical expressions;

          (3) Describe the use of:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Informal and formal language; and

               (IV) Idioms;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) The use of figurative language;

               (II) The use of analogies;

               (III) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;

               (IV) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda; and

               (V) The influence of cultures;

          (5) Identify words and phrases that reveal an author’s tone;

          (6) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;

          (7) With assistance, explain the intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda on an audience;

          (8) Describe, based on evidence from the text:

               (I) The main idea; and

               (II) The theme;

          (9) With assistance, compare themes relating to a single topic;

          (10) Compare events;

          (11) Evaluate:

               (I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;

               (II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (III) A problem and a solution to the problem; and

               (IV) Hypotheses based on information;

          (12) Compare texts from the same historical period which were written by different authors;

          (13) With assistance, make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;

          (14) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (15) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (16) Summarize information;

          (17) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (18) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (19) Evaluate the author’s use of facts and opinions;

          (20) Analyze the accuracy of facts;

          (21) Determine the reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;

          (22) Verify information from one source by consulting other sources;

          (23) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and

          (24) With assistance, evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft paragraphs about a single topic that:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain supporting details;

               (IV) Contain an introduction;

               (V) Contain transitions; and

               (VI) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;

          (7) Edit for proper capitalization;

          (8) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas;

               (III) Apostrophes;

               (IV) Quotation marks;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Colons; and

               (VII) Hyphens;

          (9) With assistance, edit punctuation for semicolons and parentheses;

          (10) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses;

               (VII) Adverbs;

               (VIII) Clauses;

               (IX) Phrases; and

               (X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent;

          (11) With assistance, edit for the correct pronoun case;

          (12) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences; and

               (IV) For complex sentences;

          (13) Edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (14) With assistance, edit sentences for compound-complex sentences;

          (15) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (16) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A thesis statement;

               (IV) Transitions;

               (V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (VI) A concluding statement;

          (2) With assistance, write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:

               (I) Compare and contrast; and

               (II) Show cause and effect;

          (3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot;

               (V) Contain dialogue;

               (VI) Use figurative language; and

               (VII) Use sensory details;

          (4) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of plot in literary selections;

               (III) Responses to text that analyze the elements of exposition and their effects on the text; and

               (IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication;

          (5) With assistance, write:

               (I) Responses to text which demonstrate an understanding of the characters and setting;

               (II) Persuasive essays appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

               (III) Persuasive essays and compositions that include a structure of cause and effect;

          (6) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A thesis statement;

               (II) Supporting evidence; and

               (III) Relevant evidence;

          (7) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features;

          (8) Summarize information;

          (9) Write research papers by:

               (I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;

               (II) Locating and collecting information from primary and secondary sources;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained;

          (10) With assistance, evaluate the credibility of resources; and

          (11) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone; and

          (6) Techniques of persuasion;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Content;

          (2) Delivery;

          (3) Point of view;

          (4) Ideas;

          (5) Purpose; and

          (6) Value;

     (e) With assistance, listen for and explain the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;

     (f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (g) With assistance, listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;

     (h) Evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;

     (i) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (j) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect;

          (2) Slang; and

          (3) The use of formal and informal language;

     (k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;

     (l) Actively listen to oral communications;

     (m) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (o) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Contribute to conversations and discussions about a specified topic;

     (j) Respond to questions to clarify and expand ideas;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;

     (l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;

     (m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and

     (n) With assistance, negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.299  Sixth grade: Information literacy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the 6th grade, and continuing through the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades to be information literate. Instruction in the 6th grade, regardless of whether it takes place in the library or the classroom, must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards for information literacy by the completion of the 6th grade and continuing through the completion of the 12th grade:

     1.  For the areas of understanding the process of obtaining information in such a manner as to access information efficiently and effectively, evaluate information critically and competently, and use information accurately and creatively, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize the need for information by:

          (1) Giving examples of situations in which additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question;

          (2) Determining whether additional information beyond the pupil’s own knowledge is needed to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) Assessing whether a range of information problems or questions can be resolved based on the pupil’s own knowledge or whether additional information is required.

     (b) Recognize that accurate and comprehensive information is the basis for intelligent decision making by:

          (1) Selecting examples of accurate and inaccurate information and of complete and incomplete information;

          (2) Explaining the difference between accurate and inaccurate information and between complete and incomplete information; and

          (3) Judging the quality of decisions in terms of the accuracy and completeness of the information on which they are based.

     (c) Formulate questions by:

          (1) Stating at least one broad question that will help in finding the needed information;

          (2) Stating both broad and specific questions that will help in finding the needed information; and

          (3) Revising, adding and deleting questions as the needs for information change.

     (d) Identify a variety of potential sources of information by:

          (1) Listing several sources of information and explaining the kind of information found in each source;

          (2) Brainstorming a range of sources of information that will meet a need for information; and

          (3) Using a full range of information sources to meet different needs for information.

     (e) Develop and use successful strategies for locating information by:

          (1) Listing some ideas for identifying and finding information that is needed;

          (2) Explaining and applying a plan to access information that is needed; and

          (3) Formulating and revising plans for accessing information for a range of needs and situations.

     (f) Determine accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness by:

          (1) Defining the terms “accuracy,” “relevance” and “comprehensiveness” and giving examples of their application;

          (2) Comparing and contrasting sources related to a topic; and

          (3) Judging the accuracy, relevance and comprehensiveness of sources of information in relation to a range of topics and information problems.

     (g) Distinguish among fact, point of view and opinion by:

          (1) Recognizing those concepts in various sources and products of information;

          (2) Explaining how each concept is different from the others; and

          (3) Assembling them, as appropriate, in the pupil’s own work.

     (h) Identify inaccurate and misleading information by:

          (1) Recognizing inaccurate and misleading information in sources and products of information;

          (2) Explaining how such information can lead to faulty conclusions; and

          (3) Judging, and supporting judgments of, the degree of inaccuracy, bias or misleading information in sources and products of information.

     (i) Select information appropriate to a specific problem or question by:

          (1) Recognizing information that is applicable to that problem or question;

          (2) Analyzing information from a variety of sources to determine its applicability to that problem or question; and

          (3) Integrating accurate, relevant and comprehensive information to resolve that problem or question.

     (j) Organize information for practical application by:

          (1) Describing several ways to organize information, including chronologically, topically and hierarchically;

          (2) Organizing the information in different ways according to the specific information problem or question; and

          (3) Organizing a product of information that presents different types of information in the most effective ways.

     (k) Integrate new information into the pupil’s existing knowledge by:

          (1) Recognizing and understanding new information and ideas;

          (2) Combining what is already known about a topic with new information and drawing conclusions using the combined information; and

          (3) Integrating the pupil’s existing knowledge with information from a variety of sources to create new meaning.

     (l) Apply information in critical thinking and problem solving by:

          (1) Identifying information that meets a particular need for information;

          (2) Using information from a variety of sources to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) Devising creative approaches to use information to resolve information problems or questions.

     (m) Produce and communicate information and ideas in appropriate formats by:

          (1) Naming a variety of different formats for presenting different kinds of information;

          (2) Choosing an appropriate format for presenting information based on the information itself, the audience, and the nature of the information problem or question; and

          (3) Choosing the most appropriate format for presenting information and justifying that choice.

     2.  For the areas of pursuing information related to personal interests, appreciating literature and other creative expressions of information, and striving for excellence in seeking information and generating knowledge, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information relating to various dimensions of personal well-being, such as vocational interests, involvement in community, matters concerning health and recreational pursuits by:

          (1) Occasionally seeking information about topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being;

          (2) Generally expanding beyond the pupil’s own knowledge to seek information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being; and

          (3) Exploring a range of sources to obtain information concerning topics of personal interest or aspects of well-being.

     (b) Design, develop and evaluate information and conclusions based upon that information relating to topics of personal interest to the pupil by:

          (1) Organizing and presenting basic information gathered by the pupil relating to those topics of personal interest;

          (2) Creating solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest; and

          (3) Judging the quality of the pupil’s own solutions and methods of conveying information concerning those topics of personal interest.

     (c) Function as a competent and self-motivated reader by:

          (1) Explaining and discussing various examples of fiction;

          (2) Choosing fiction and other types of literature to read and analyze; and

          (3) Reading avidly and evaluating the strengths and weaknesses of literature read.

     (d) Derive meaning from information presented creatively in a variety of formats by explaining and discussing films, plays and other creative presentations of information.

     (e) Develop creative methods of conveying information in a variety of formats by:

          (1) Expressing information and ideas creatively in simple formats; and

          (2) Expressing information and ideas creatively in ways that combine several formats.

     (f) Assess the quality of the process and outcome of the pupil’s efforts to obtain information by:

          (1) Retracing the steps the pupil took to obtain information and explaining which were most useful for resolving a problem or question concerning the information;

          (2) Assessing each step the pupil took to obtain information with respect to a specific problem concerning the information and assessing the result; and

          (3) Evaluating the process of obtaining information at each step as it occurs and making such adjustments as are necessary to improve both the process and the outcome.

     (g) Devise basic strategies for revising, improving and updating self-generated knowledge by:

          (1) Explaining those strategies;

          (2) Selecting and applying such strategies as are appropriate; and

          (3) Recognizing gaps in the pupil’s own knowledge and applying appropriate strategies for filling those gaps.

     3.  For the areas of recognizing the importance of information to a democratic society, practicing ethical behavior in regard to information and information technology, and participating effectively in groups to pursue and generate information, a pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Seek information from diverse sources, contexts, disciplines and cultures by:

          (1) Identifying several appropriate sources for resolving an information problem or question;

          (2) Using a variety of sources covering diverse perspectives to resolve an information problem or question; and

          (3) Seeking sources representing a variety of contexts, disciplines and cultures and evaluating their usefulness for resolving an information problem or question.

     (b) Respect the principle of equitable access to information by:

          (1) Explaining why it is important for all pupils to have access to information, information sources and information technology;

          (2) Using information, information sources and information technology efficiently so that they are available for other pupils to use; and

          (3) Proposing strategies for ensuring that pupils and others have equitable access to information, information sources and information technology.

     (c) Respect the principles of intellectual freedom by:

          (1) Defining or giving examples of “intellectual freedom”;

          (2) Analyzing a situation in terms of its relationship to intellectual freedom, including, without limitation, issuing a personal opinion of a book or video in the library media center; and

          (3) Predicting what might happen if the principles of intellectual freedom were ignored in the pupil’s own community.

     (d) Respect intellectual property rights by:

          (1) Giving examples of what it means to respect intellectual property rights;

          (2) Analyzing situations to determine the steps necessary to respect intellectual property rights, including, without limitation, the creation of a term paper or the development of a multimedia product; and

          (3) Avoiding plagiarism, citing sources properly and making copies and incorporating text and images only with appropriate approval when creating products of information.

     (e) Use information technology responsibly by:

          (1) Stating the main points of the policy of the pupil’s school regarding the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks;

          (2) Locating appropriate information efficiently with the school’s computing and communications hardware, software and networks; and

          (3) Following all guidelines and policies of the school relating to the use of computing and communications hardware, software and networks when resolving information problems or questions.

     (f) Share and contribute knowledge and information with other pupils in groups by:

          (1) Seeking and communicating specific facts, opinions and points of view related to information problems or questions;

          (2) Using information sources and selecting information and ideas that will contribute directly to the success of group projects; and

          (3) Integrating the pupil’s own knowledge and information with that of other pupils in the group.

     (g) Respect the ideas and backgrounds of other pupils and acknowledge their contributions by:

          (1) Describing the ideas of other pupils accurately and completely;

          (2) Encouraging consideration of ideas and information from all group members; and

          (3) Helping to organize and integrate the contributions of all the members of the group into products of information.

     (h) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to identify information problems and to seek a solution by:

          (1) Expressing the pupil’s own ideas appropriately and effectively, in person and remotely through technologies, while working in groups to identify and resolve information problems;

          (2) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to analyze information problems and suggest solutions; and

          (3) Participating actively in discussions with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to devise solutions that integrate the information and ideas of group members.

     (i) Collaborate with others, both in person and through technologies, to design, develop and evaluate products and solutions of information by:

          (1) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate simple products of information;

          (2) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate products of information that communicate complex information and ideas; and

          (3) Working with others, in person and remotely through technologies, to create and evaluate complex products of information that integrate information in a variety of formats.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R071-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R013-03, 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.301  Sixth grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the sixth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the sixth grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Compare, read, write and order groups of fractions, groups of percents and groups of decimals;

     (b) Estimate using decimals, fractions and percents;

     (c) Add and subtract fractions with unlike denominators;

     (d) Identify and use place value positions to the thousandths;

     (e) Multiply and divide with fractions using models, drawings and numbers;

     (f) Use models to translate among fractions, decimals and percents;

     (g) Identify equivalent expressions between and among fractions, decimals and percents;

     (h) Use estimation strategies in mathematical and practical situations;

     (i) Calculate using fractions, decimals and percents in mathematical and practical situations;

     (j) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions with integers; and

     (k) Use the concepts of number theory, including, without limitation, prime and composite numbers, factors, multiples and rules of divisibility, to solve problems.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use and create tables and charts to extend a pattern to describe a rule for input and output tables and to find missing terms in a sequence;

     (b) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions using whole number values;

     (c) Solve and graphically represent equations and simple inequalities in one variable;

     (d) Write simple expressions and equations using variables to represent mathematical situations; and

     (e) When given a rule relating two variables, create a table and represent the ordered pairs on a coordinate plane.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Explain how the size of the unit of measure used affects the precision;

     (b) Given two measurements of the same object, select the one that is more precise;

     (c) Estimate and compare, using customary and metric systems, the corresponding units of measure for temperature, length, weight and mass;

     (d) Select, model and apply formulas to find the perimeter, circumference and area of plane figures;

     (e) Compare and use unit cost in practical situations;

     (f) Write and apply ratios in mathematical and practical problems involving measurement and monetary conversions; and

     (g) Use equivalent periods of time to solve practical problems.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Measure angles using a protractor;

     (b) Determine actual measurements represented on scale drawings;

     (c) Using a coordinate plane, identify and locate points;

     (d) Graph coordinates representing geometric shapes in all four quadrants on a coordinate plane;

     (e) Make a model of a three-dimensional prism from a two-dimensional drawing;

     (f) Make a two-dimensional drawing of a three-dimensional prism;

     (g) Model slope, including, without limitation, pitch and angle of inclination, using concrete objects and practical examples;

     (h) Draw, identify and find measures of complementary and supplementary angles using arithmetic and geometric methods;

     (i) Determine the measures of missing angles of triangles based on the Triangle Sum Theorem;

     (j) Construct circles, angles and triangles based on given measurements using a variety of methods and tools, including, without limitation, a compass, straight edge, paper folding and technology;

     (k) Identify, classify, compare and draw regular and irregular quadrilaterals;

     (l) Identify, draw and use central angles to represent fractions of a circle;

     (m) Convert actual measurements to scale; and

     (n) Identify counterexamples to disprove a conditional statement.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Interpret data and make predictions using circle graphs and scatter plots;

     (b) Find experimental probability using concrete materials;

     (c) Find the number of outcomes for a specific event by constructing sample spaces and tree diagrams;

     (d) Analyze the effect a change of type of graph will have on the interpretation of a set of data;

     (e) Analyze various representations of a set of data to draw conclusions and make predictions;

     (f) Pose questions that guide the collection of data;

     (g) Organize and represent data using a variety of graphical representations, including, without limitation, circle graphs and scatter plots;

     (h) Select and apply the measures of central tendency to describe data;

     (i) Represent the results of simple probability experiments as fractions, decimals, percents and ratios to make predictions about future events; and

     (j) Describe the limitations of a variety of graphical representations.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;

     (d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and

     (e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems by using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;

     (b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;

     (d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.321  Seventh grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the seventh grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the seventh grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the seventh grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Base words;

               (II) Root words;

               (III) Suffixes;

               (IV) Prefixes;

               (V) Syllables; and

               (VI) Compound words;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

               (II) Origin of an unknown word;

               (III) Greek root of a word; and

               (IV) Latin root of a word;

          (5) Explain the difference between the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and

          (8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Analyze the setting;

          (2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:

               (I) Climax;

               (II) Resolution;

               (III) The turning point;

               (IV) Exposition;

               (V) Rising action; and

               (VI) Falling action;

          (3) Describe:

               (I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;

               (II) The main plot and the subplots;

               (III) How one event may cause another event;

               (IV) The motivation for the actions of a character; and

               (V) The theme based on evidence from the text;

          (4) Analyze the effect of the author’s use of:

               (I) First-person point of view;

               (II) Third-person limited point of view; and

               (III) Third-person omniscient point of view;

          (5) Explain the author’s use of:

               (I) Flashback; and

               (II) Characterization;

          (6) Analyze the author’s use of:

               (I) Foreshadowing;

               (II) Imagery;

               (III) Figurative language;

               (IV) Sound devices;

               (V) Dialect;

               (VI) Slang;

               (VII) Formal language; and

               (VIII) Informal language;

          (7) Explain:

               (I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

               (II) How the use of words and phrases reveal tone;

               (III) The use of irony;

               (IV) The influence of cultures;

               (V) The influence of time periods; and

               (VI) The relationships among the protagonists, antagonists and supporting characters;

          (8) With assistance, analyze the use of flashback by an author;

          (9) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (10) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;

          (11) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;

          (12) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;

          (13) Analyze how words and phrases create mood;

          (14) With assistance, identify various types of irony;

          (15) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of an author;

          (16) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (17) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (18) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (19) Summarize information;

          (20) Synthesize information; and

          (21) With assistance, paraphrase information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Evaluate information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Acronyms; and

               (VII) Parenthetical expressions;

          (3) Describe the use of:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Informal and formal language; and

               (IV) Idioms;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) The use of figurative language;

               (II) The use of analogies;

               (III) How words and phrases reveal the author’s tone;

               (IV) How language clarifies ideas and concepts;

               (V) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;

               (VI) The influence of cultures; and

               (VII) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda on an audience;

          (5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;

          (6) Describe, based on evidence from the text:

               (I) The main idea; and

               (II) The theme;

          (7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;

          (8) Compare events;

          (9) Evaluate:

               (I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;

               (II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (III) A problem and a solution to the problem; and

               (IV) Hypotheses based on information;

          (10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;

          (11) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (12) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (13) Summarize information;

          (14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (16) Evaluate the author’s use of facts and opinions;

          (17) Analyze the accuracy of facts;

          (18) Determine the reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;

          (19) Verify information from one source by consulting other sources;

          (20) Explain the author’s use of organizational structure;

          (21) Trace the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;

          (22) Synthesize information;

          (23) With assistance, paraphrase information;

          (24) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and

          (25) Evaluate directions to complete a task or procedure for:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain supporting details;

               (IV) Contain an introduction;

               (V) Contain transitions; and

               (VI) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;

          (7) Edit for proper capitalization;

          (8) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas;

               (III) Apostrophes;

               (IV) Quotation marks;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Colons;

               (VII) Hyphens;

               (VIII) Semicolons; and

               (IX) Parentheses;

          (9) With assistance, edit punctuation for varied sentence structure;

          (10) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses;

               (VII) Adverbs;

               (VIII) Clauses;

               (IX) Phrases;

               (X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and

               (XI) The pronoun case;

          (11) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences;

               (IV) For complex sentences; and

               (V) For compound-complex sentences;

          (12) Edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (13) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (14) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A thesis statement;

               (IV) Transitions;

               (V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (VI) A concluding statement;

          (2) Write essays and compositions using patterns of organization which:

               (I) Compare and contrast; and

               (II) Show cause and effect;

          (3) With assistance, write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;

          (4) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot;

               (V) Contain dialogue;

               (VI) Use figurative language; and

               (VII) Use sensory details;

          (5) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of plot, character and setting;

               (III) Responses to text that demonstrate an understanding of exposition supported by evidence from the text;

               (IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and

               (V) Persuasive essays appropriate to the audience and purpose;

          (6) With assistance, write responses to text that make connections between the text and other texts, experiences or ideas;

          (7) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A thesis statement;

               (II) Supporting evidence;

               (III) Relevant evidence; and

               (IV) A structure of cause and effect;

          (8) With assistance, write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and

               (II) Rhetorical strategies;

          (9) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features;

          (10) Summarize information;

          (11) Write research papers by:

               (I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;

               (II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Adhering to an established format to document the sources from which information was obtained;

          (12) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and

          (13) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone; and

          (6) Techniques of persuasion;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Content;

          (2) Delivery;

          (3) Point of view;

          (4) Ideas;

          (5) Purpose; and

          (6) Value;

     (e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;

     (f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;

     (h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;

     (i) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (j) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect;

          (2) Slang; and

          (3) The use of formal and informal language;

     (k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;

     (l) Actively listen to oral communications;

     (m) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (o) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody.

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Provide constructive feedback when participating in conversations and discussions;

     (j) Respond to questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to clarify information and expand ideas;

     (l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;

     (m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and

     (n) With assistance, negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.323  Seventh grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the seventh grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the seventh grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the seventh grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Translate among fractions, decimals and percents, including, without limitation, fractional percents;

     (b) Identify and use place value in mathematical and practical situations;

     (c) Write, identify and use powers of 10 from 10-3 through 106;

     (d) Compare and order a combination of rational numbers, including, without limitation, fractions, decimals, percents and integers, in mathematical and practical situations;

     (e) Identify absolute values of integers;

     (f) Generate a reasonable estimate for a computation using a variety of methods;

     (g) Select and round to the appropriate significant digit;

     (h) Calculate with integers and other rational numbers to solve mathematical and practical situations;

     (i) Use order of operations to evaluate expressions and solve one-step equations containing rational numbers; and

     (j) Identify and apply the distributive, commutative and associative properties of rational numbers to solve problems.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions for given integer values;

     (b) Model and solve equations using concrete and visual representations;

     (c) Generate and graph a set of ordered pairs that represent a linear equation;

     (d) Use and create tables, charts and graphs to extend a pattern to describe a linear rule, including, without limitation, integer values;

     (e) Solve and graphically represent equations and inequalities in one variable with integer solutions;

     (f) Simplify algebraic expressions by combining like terms; and

     (g) Identify linear equations and inequalities.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Estimate and compare, using the customary and metric systems, the corresponding units of measure for area, capacity and volume;

     (b) Given a measurement, identify the greatest possible error;

     (c) Select, model and apply formulas to find the volume and surface area of solid figures;

     (d) Calculate simple interest in monetary problems;

     (e) Write and apply proportions to solve mathematical and practical problems involving measurement and monetary conversions; and

     (f) Use elapsed time to solve practical problems.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify, classify, compare, and draw regular and irregular polygons;

     (b) Find and verify the sum of the measures of interior angles of triangles and quadrilaterals;

     (c) Use ratios and proportions to create scale drawings;

     (d) Use coordinate geometry and models to demonstrate translation, reflection and rotation;

     (e) Make a model of a three-dimensional figure from a two-dimensional drawing;

     (f) Make a two-dimensional drawing of a three-dimensional object;

     (g) Determine the slope of a line, midpoint of a segment, and horizontal and vertical distance between two points using coordinate geometry;

     (h) Describe the geometric relationships of parallel lines, perpendicular lines, bisectors, triangles and quadrilaterals;

     (i) Model the Pythagorean Theorem and solve for the hypotenuse;

     (j) Construct and identify congruent angles, parallel lines and perpendicular lines;

     (k) Describe the location of the original figure and its transformation on a coordinate plane; and

     (l) Make and test conjectures to explain observed mathematical relationships and to develop logical arguments to justify conclusions.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Organize, display and read data, with and without the assistance of technology, using the appropriate graphical representations;

     (b) Formulate questions that guide the collection of data;

     (c) Interpret graphical representations of data to describe patterns, trends and data distribution;

     (d) Analyze the effect that a change of scale will have on statistical charts and graphs;

     (e) Find the number of permutations possible for an event in mathematical and practical situations;

     (f) Find the theoretical probability of an event using different counting methods, including, without limitation, sample spaces, and compare that probability with experimental results;

     (g) Represent the probability of an event as a number between 0 and 1; and

     (h) Interpolate and extrapolate from a given set of data to make predictions for the data.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;

     (d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and

     (e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;

     (b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;

     (d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.372  Sixth through eighth grades: Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the sixth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth, seventh and eighth grades in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Read text using reading strategies, including, without limitation, strategies that employ prior knowledge, use key vocabulary words and employ context clues.

          (2) Read text to identify cause and effect relationships, compare and contrast information, identify fact and opinion and identify author bias.

          (3) Apply reading and writing strategies to construct and express knowledge.

          (4) Use reading and writing to respond to historical literature.

          (5) Gather information by taking notes, making outlines and creating graphic organizers.

          (6) Formulate essential questions on a prescribed topic.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Formulate appropriate research questions.

          (2) Conduct research by locating, gathering, organizing and evaluating information and data from online and print resources and evaluating those resources.

          (3) Effectively communicate and present information orally, in writing and by developing multimedia presentations and using other forms of technology.

          (4) Identify propaganda, censorship and bias in the media.

          (5) Explain information through the use of maps, graphs, charts and diagrams.

          (6) Use technological resources for problem solving, self-directed learning and extended learning activities.

          (7) Demonstrate acceptable social and ethical behaviors when using technology and discuss the consequences of the inappropriate use of technology.

          (8) Use technological tools that are specific for the purpose of supporting learning and research.

          (9) Evaluate the accuracy, relevancy, appropriateness and bias of online and print resources.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Develop a sense of historical time to identify the sequence in which events occurred, including, without limitation, a sense of the past, present and future.

          (2) Identify primary and secondary resources which contain historical content.

          (3) Identify historical myths and historical facts.

          (4) Apply social studies to situations involving actual events that are currently taking place.

          (5) Formulate questions pertaining to history.

          (6) Interpret history through the use of primary and secondary resources.

          (7) Identify multiple perspectives of historical events.

          (8) Answer a question pertaining to history through the interpretation of primary resources.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Accept responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself, his or her family and the community in which he or she lives.

          (2) Identify issues and events that have an impact on persons at local, state, national and global levels.

          (3) Actively participate in civics and community life at the local, state, national and global level.

          (4) Ask meaningful questions to evaluate information.

          (5) Use effective decision-making and problem-solving skills in public and private life.

          (6) Collaborate effectively as a member of a group.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interaction of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the cultural contributions of Native Americans in Nevada and in the United States.

          (2) Investigate ways in which Native Americans and immigrants helped create North American culture.

          (3) Describe the interaction among Native Americans, Europeans and Africans.

          (4) Compare lifestyles in the New England, Middle and Southern colonies as determined by race, class and gender.

          (5) Identify American industrialists and discuss their contributions to the social, economic and political way of life.

          (6) Explain how literature, music, architecture and visual arts reflect time periods.

          (7) Explore the attraction of the American West and the reality of life on the frontier as it relates to communication, farming, issues regarding water, mining and ranching.

          (8) Describe the contributions of immigrant groups to the emerging American culture.

          (9) Discuss the characteristics of American culture.

          (10) Describe the role of farming, railroads and mining in the settlement of the American West.

          (11) Explain the effects of World War I and World War II on social and cultural life in Nevada and in the United States.

          (12) Identify and describe the characteristics of preagricultural societies.

          (13) Identify and describe the technological innovations of early agrarian societies.

          (14) Identify the characteristics of pre-Columbian civilizations in South America that became part of the American culture.

          (15) Evaluate factors that contributed to the fall of the pre-Columbian civilizations.

          (16) Identify the characteristics of a civilization.

          (17) Explain how the geographic location of a civilization influences the development of the civilization.

          (18) Describe the achievements of ancient and classical civilizations.

          (19) Locate ancient, classical and regional civilizations and describe their contributions to social structures, religions and political systems.

          (20) Describe the origins, traditions, customs and spread of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism.

          (21) Describe the cultural achievements of societies in the Middle East, the Far East, the Americas, Africa, South Asia and Europe.

          (22) Identify contributions of persons from around the world during the Middle Ages.

          (23) Explain the impact of the Crusades, trade and the bubonic plague on societies during the Middle Ages.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Summarize the contributions of the diverse populations of the early settlers of Nevada.

          (2) Explain the events that led to Nevada attaining statehood.

          (3) Describe how compromise and conflict among persons contributed to political, economic and cultural divisions.

          (4) Identify and explain the importance of immigrant and native groups to mining, ranching, railroads and commerce in Nevada and in the United States.

          (5) Describe the impact of the United States military and atomic testing on Nevada.

          (6) Describe the effects of tourism and gaming on Nevada.

          (7) Describe the goals and accomplishments of labor unions in Nevada.

          (8) Determine the significance of the First Continental Congress and Second Continental Congress and committees of correspondence.

          (9) Describe the events, course and results of the American Revolution, including, without limitation, the contributions of women, African Americans and Native Americans.

          (10) Explain how the failures of the Articles of Confederation led to the creation of the United States Constitution.

          (11) Explain the issues involved in the creation and ratification of the United States Constitution and the government established by the United States Constitution.

          (12) Identify the rights of persons and rights of states that are protected by the Bill of Rights and the continued significance of those rights.

          (13) Evaluate the influences of persons in the development of a national identity, including, without limitation, Chief Pontiac, George Washington and Abigail Adams.

          (14) Describe the factors that contributed to the development of national identity following the War of 1812.

          (15) Describe the patterns of colonization, immigration and settlement in the United States, including, without limitation, the role of economic incentives, the effects of geography and politics, and the role of transportation systems.

          (16) Define the concept of Manifest Destiny and explain the events that led to the expansion of the United States.

          (17) Discuss and analyze the interactions between the pioneers and Native Americans during the expansion of the American West.

          (18) Describe the institutionalization of slavery in America, the resistance of persons who were enslaved and the ongoing struggle between proponents and opponents of slavery.

          (19) Identify and describe the causes, important persons and events of the Civil War.

          (20) Identify and discuss the immediate outcomes and long-term effects of the Civil War.

          (21) Summarize the successes and failures of the Reconstruction.

          (22) Describe the effects of industrialization and new technologies on the development of the United States.

          (23) Explain the causes of the Great Depression and the impact of the Great Depression on society and the political policies of the United States.

          (24) Identify the characteristics that led to the emergence and decline of empires around the world.

          (25) Identify the characteristics of various political systems of ancient civilizations.

          (26) Explain how feudal relationships provided a foundation for political order in Europe and Japan.

          (27) Determine the causes and consequences of political revolutions.

          (28) Define the term “nation-state” and explain the political development of nation-states.

          (29) Define the term “mercantilism” and explain how mercantilism influenced patterns of economic activity.

          (30) Explore how a desire for foreign goods led to an increase in economic and cultural diversity.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the similarities and differences of the political, religious, linguistic, economic and social customs among the European colonial communities in North America.

          (2) Explain the political and economic causes and effects of the American Revolution.

          (3) Describe the important political ideas that influenced the American Revolution and the formation of the United States.

          (4) Explain the major ideas expressed in the Declaration of Independence.

          (5) Describe the social reform and religious movements of antebellum America.

          (6) Define the term “abolition” and identify important persons and events of the Abolitionist Movement.

          (7) Explain the struggle between the rights of states and the idea of federalism and the impact of those struggles on the national identity of the United States.

          (8) Explore the causes, events, major inventions and technologies of the Industrial Revolution and explain their impact on the way of life in Nevada and the United States.

          (9) Identify the 13th, 14th and 15th Amendments to the United States Constitution and explain their impact on the expansion of human rights.

          (10) Identify the Black Codes and Jim Crow Laws and explain how they reflected attitudes about race.

          (11) Discuss the rise of the Populist and Progressive Movements and explain how they reflected social change.

          (12) Explain the major social, technological and cultural developments of the 1920s.

          (13) Explain how democratic principles introduced by the Greeks and Romans developed the concept of social responsibility.

          (14) Analyze the social impact of technology, including, without limitation, the introduction of ships, iron, a water delivery system, the wheel and the printing press.

          (15) Explain the spread of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism and the impact of those religions on society.

          (16) Identify institutions of social responsibility, including, without limitation, churches, governments and families, and explain the impact of those institutions on society.

          (17) Compare the economic and social importance of slavery with other forms of coerced labor from ancient times to the present.

          (18) Explain how civilizations create order through social groupings, including, without limitation, caste systems, class systems and feudalism.

     (d) Understand the interactions and interdependence among nations from around the world and the impact of economics, politics, religions and cultures on international relationships, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe major local, national and world issues and explain the impact of those issues on international relations.

          (2) Describe the causes and effects of the French and Indian War on the political policies of the United States and the expansion of the territory of the United States.

          (3) Describe the influence of the American Revolution on Europe and the Americas.

          (4) Describe the contributions of foreign persons and nations to the outcome of the American Revolution.

          (5) Examine the involvement of the United States in World War I.

          (6) Examine the political and economic effects of World War I on the United States.

          (7) Identify the causes of World War II and the reasons for the United States entering the war.

          (8) Discuss the effects of World War II on the economic and political policies of the United States.

          (9) Identify the motivations for groups coming to the United States and discuss the political policies of the United States regarding immigration.

          (10) Examine how the Crusades led to a diffusion of ideas throughout Europe and Asia.

          (11) Examine how decisions made in the settlement of the American West affected modern foreign commerce, including, without limitation, energy, mining and multinational corporations.

          (12) Explain the significance of major events in Nevada, in the United States and throughout the world that are reported by the media.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use map elements, including, without limitation, scale, to locate physical and human features in the United States and in the world.

          (2) Compare the characteristics and purposes of several types of maps, map projections and other geographic representations.

          (3) Make and defend a spatial decision applying basic geographic vocabulary, tools and concepts.

          (4) Construct a mental map from memory.

          (5) Create maps about human and physical features around the world and compare those maps for purpose, accuracy, content, form and design.

          (6) Provide oral directions to move from one location to another.

          (7) Compare the physical and human features of Earth using maps, fieldwork, graphic representations, aerial photographs, satellite images and technological resources.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe physical and human features, including, without limitation, the cultural characteristics of places and regions in Nevada, the United States and the world.

          (2) Locate major civilizations from ancient times to current times and describe how and why those civilizations changed over time.

          (3) Illustrate the relationship between the physical and cultural characteristics of a region.

          (4) Evaluate the role regions have played in historical events.

          (5) Define geographic terms, including, without limitation, “archipelago,” “gulf,” “basin” and “tundra.”

          (6) Describe the relationships between regions and belief systems and state how these relationships are important to cultural identity.

          (7) Compare how cultural characteristics affect different points of view of places and regions.

          (8) Compare the uses of technology across cultures in the world.

          (9) Use absolute and relative location, including, without limitation, longitude and latitude, to locate prominent countries, cities and physical features in different regions of the world.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the characteristics of developed and developing countries using demographic concepts.

          (2) Describe how movements of persons, goods, ideas and resources have affected events and conditions in the past and present.

          (3) Identify the conditions necessary for the development of civilizations and the cultural, political and economic characteristics resulting from the growth of civilizations.

          (4) Identify patterns of rural and urban settlements in developed and developing countries.

          (5) Identify a regional or international economic issue and explain that issue from a spatial perspective.

          (6) Explain how the physical and human geography of a region influences the allocation of resources in that region.

          (7) Compare cultural, political and economic organizations in the United States.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe and predict the regional or global impact of changes in the physical environment.

          (2) Evaluate the role of technology in the human modification of the physical environment.

          (3) Describe the changes caused by human modification of the physical environment.

          (4) Discuss the impact of natural hazards on the use and distribution of resources.

          (5) Research a specific natural hazard and document its effect on human systems.

          (6) Define renewable resources, nonrenewable resources and artificially created resources.

          (7) Categorize and locate examples of renewable resources, nonrenewable resources and artificially created resources.

          (8) Evaluate different viewpoints regarding a resource.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss choices persons make, including, without limitation, the concepts of opportunity cost and total benefit of making a choice.

          (2) Identify factors, including, without limitation, price, income, availability of substitutes and self-interest, that affect purchasing decisions.

          (3) Identify factors, including, without limitation, output prices, input prices and technology, that affect the decision of a producer to supply goods.

          (4) Discuss career paths, taking into consideration the specific skills required for a career, the wages that may be earned in a career and the impact of the skills of a person on the wages he or she can earn.

          (5) Demonstrate and explain an understanding of supply and demand in a market, including, without limitation, the law of supply and demand.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the transition from the use of commodities as money to the use of modern forms of money.

          (2) Illustrate how prices that are stated in terms of money help persons compare the values of products.

          (3) Explain why loans that are considered a high risk to the lender have a higher interest rate than loans that are considered safe.

          (4) Identify the advantages and disadvantages of using cash and the advantages and disadvantages of using a credit card.

          (5) Compare the rewards and risks of saving money in a financial institution.

          (6) Explain the circular flow of economic activity.

          (7) Explain how the current use of a productive resource affects the availability of that resource in the future.

          (8) Explain how inflation affects persons as they use their incomes to buy goods and services.

          (9) Identify factors that can affect the likelihood that a person will be unemployed and give examples of the costs of unemployment to the economy as a whole.

          (10) Determine the per capita gross domestic product using data on population and determine the gross domestic product for several countries and compare those gross domestic products with the gross domestic product of the United States.

          (11) Explain gross domestic product and how it is used to describe the economic output of a country.

          (12) Compare the buying power of the United States dollar in one year with the buying power of the United States dollar in another year by using the consumer price index.

          (13) Distinguish between a high rate of unemployment for the United States economy and a low rate of unemployment for the United States economy over a period of time.

          (14) Explain the purposes and functions of financial institutions by comparing and contrasting the services the financial institutions provide and evaluate the risks and rewards to persons who borrow and save at those financial institutions.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe for-profit and not-for-profit organizations and explain why not-for-profit organizations are exempt from paying certain taxes.

          (2) Explain how investment in either physical capital or human capital improves the standard of living by increasing productivity.

          (3) Determine the advantages and disadvantages of being an entrepreneur.

          (4) Give examples of how specialization is facilitated by trade.

          (5) Illustrate how competition among sellers decreases prices, while competition among buyers increases prices.

          (6) Identify the role of government in a market economy regarding public goods, externalities, monopoly power, redistribution of income and the definition and protection of property rights.

          (7) Discuss the rise of the merchant class, the development of mercantilism and the move toward industrialization.

          (8) Define stereotypical economic systems by contrasting capitalism and socialism, and command economy and market economy.

          (9) Explain ways in which households, schools or community groups allocate resources.

          (10) Explain how the reactions of consumers and producers to changes in prices affects the allocation of resources.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe how the exchange of goods and services around the world creates interdependence among persons in different countries and affects the standard of living in those countries.

          (2) Explain how a change in the exchange rate affects purchasing power.

          (3) Describe the rise of international economies, the emergence of capitalism and the emergence of free markets around the world.

          (4) Explain how governments use tariffs or quotas to restrict trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain the difference between the rule of law and the rule of mankind, including, without limitation, the difference between the divine right of monarchs and dictatorships.

          (2) Identify major social, political and economic conflicts and analyze the role of compromise in the resolution of those conflicts.

          (3) Describe the significance of the Declaration of Independence and the United States Constitution as the foundation of democracy in the United States.

          (4) Describe how the Nevada Constitution and the United States Constitution preserve state and national principles and serve as methods of change, including, without limitation, the process for amending a constitution.

          (5) Explain the influence of ancient civilizations on the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens.

          (6) Explain the necessity of protecting personal rights in a democratic society.

          (7) Define the term “popular sovereignty” and explain popular sovereignty and the need for citizen involvement at all levels of government.

          (8) Identify and explain the rights, privileges and responsibilities that are associated with being a citizen of Nevada and the United States, including, without limitation, voting, holding office, serving on a jury and serving in the military.

          (9) Explain the significance of mottos and symbols to the cultural and political identities of various societies.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define the term “federalism.”

          (2) Give examples of governmental powers that are distributed between national and state governments, including, without limitation, the power to tax, the power to declare war and the power to issue drivers’ licenses.

          (3) Explain how the Supremacy Clause of the United States Constitution defines the relationship between the Federal Government and state governments.

          (4) Explain the purpose of a tribal government.

          (5) Explain the functions of the Executive, Legislative and Judicial Branches of government found in the United States Constitution and the Nevada Constitution.

          (6) Explain the system of checks and balances and the principle of limited powers in the design of the United States Constitution.

          (7) Explain the organization and function of state and local governments.

          (8) Explain the historic compromises that created a two-house Congress and identify the responsibilities of each house.

          (9) Describe the powers of the United States Congress.

          (10) Describe the duties of the President of the United States and other officials within the Executive Branch.

          (11) Describe the function of the United States Supreme Court, including, without limitation, judicial review and the use of landmark court cases.

          (12) Identify the state and local judicial process, including, without limitation, juvenile, civil and criminal court systems.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the election process.

          (2) Provide examples of how political parties have changed.

          (3) Identify the impact of interest groups and public opinion on the political process.

          (4) Identify the influence of the media in forming public opinion.

          (5) Identify propaganda and persuasion in political advertising and literature.

          (6) Provide examples of contemporary public issues that may require public solutions.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define the characteristics of a country, including, without limitation, sovereignty, territory, population and organized government.

          (2) Define the major political systems of the world, including, without limitation, monarchies, totalitarian dictatorships, presidential systems, parliamentary systems, socialism and communism.

          (3) Identify nations that play a significant role in the foreign policy of the United States.

          (4) Define the term “foreign policy” and describe the ways in which nations interact diplomatically, including, without limitation, through the use of treaties, trade, humanitarian aid and military intervention.

          (5) List and describe international organizations, including, without limitation, the United Nations, the World Bank, Amnesty International and the International Red Cross.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000; A by R011-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.381  Sixth through eighth grades: Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in sixth grade, seventh grade and eighth grade in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Analyze the relationship between behaviors concerning the health of a person and personal health;

     (b) Identify the behaviors of a person that affect the function and development of the systems of the human body, including, without limitation, the human reproductive system in accordance with NRS 389.065;

     (c) Explain the interrelationships between the physical, emotional, intellectual and social health in adolescence;

     (d) Describe how age, gender, physical activity, lifestyle and heredity affect the nutrient needs of a person;

     (e) Analyze the use of a substance that is beneficial to a person and the use of a substance that is harmful to a person;

     (f) Develop a plan for personal safety to reduce or prevent injuries;

     (g) Examine the likelihood that a person will suffer a serious injury or illness if the person engages in behaviors that increase the risk of such an injury or illness;

     (h) Describe how behaviors of a person, pathogens, heredity and other factors relate to the prevention of illnesses and diseases;

     (i) Discuss how the behaviors concerning the health of a person affect that person’s risk of contracting an illness or a disease;

     (j) Identify the applicable laws and regulations which protect community health; and

     (k) Apply the actions a person may take to contribute to the enhancement of the environment.

     2.  Access reliable health information, products and services to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe situations which may require services from providers of health care; and

     (b) Determine the accessibility of products and services that enhance health.

     3.  Practice health-enhancing behaviors and avoid and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Explain the importance of a person assuming responsibility for healthy behaviors;

     (b) Create a wellness plan that meets dietary guidelines and includes moderate to vigorous physical activity;

     (c) Demonstrate methods of responding to behaviors that put a pupil at risk, including, without limitation, the use of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs;

     (d) Understand basic procedures in safety, first aid and life-saving measures, including, without limitation, the use of and procedures for using recreational safety equipment;

     (e) Evaluate the behaviors of the pupil that put the pupil at risk for injury, including, without limitation, self-harming behaviors and harmful trends; and

     (f) Analyze the behaviors of a pupil that increase the risk of the pupil spreading communicable diseases, including, without limitation, sexually transmitted diseases, mononucleosis, tuberculosis and influenza.

     4.  Analyze the influence of family, peers, culture, media, technology and other factors on behaviors concerning health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Explain how different sources affect the practices and behaviors concerning the health of a person;

     (b) Explain how a person’s perceptions of norms affect the behaviors concerning his or her health and the health-related risks taken by him or her;

     (c) Examine how different sources influence a person’s food choices;

     (d) Examine the influence of family, peers and information on the decision of a person to use, misuse and abuse substances;

     (e) Explain how school policies and public health policies affect the promotion of health and the prevention of diseases; and

     (f) Critique a variety of consumer influences that affect decisions concerning the health of a person.

     5.  Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health and to reduce or avoid health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Practice refusal and negotiation skills that avoid or reduce health risks;

     (b) Express ways to communicate with other persons about the pupil’s perceived body image;

     (c) Practice appropriate methods for responding to situations that present a risk of harm to a person, including, without limitation, situations involving the use of alcohol, tobacco and other drugs;

     (d) Demonstrate the ways to ask for assistance to enhance the health of the pupil and other persons; and

     (e) Implement refusal and negotiation skills to resolve conflicts.

     6.  Use goal-setting skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply skills and strategies for the efficient management of time to reach a long-term personal health goal;

     (b) Analyze how short-term personal health goals and long-term personal health goals change throughout a person’s life; and

     (c) Analyze how short-term personal health goals and long-term personal health goals affect the community and environment.

     7.  Promote and support personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate ways to influence and support a person in making positive health choices; and

     (b) Analyze how a message influences community practices affecting the environment and consumer health.

     8.  Use decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Defend the selection of choices that are healthy and eliminate choices that are not healthy when making a decision;

     (b) Compare the short-term and long-term consequences of a person’s choice regarding the use and abuse of substances;

     (c) Compare the short-term and long-term consequences of a person’s health decisions; and

     (d) Apply a decision-making process to a health issue or significant problem.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R013-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.386  Eighth grade: Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  Pupils must understand and be able to apply concepts relating to movement to the learning and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe, using the appropriate vocabulary, strategies relating to movement and games;

     (b) Describe and apply the advanced elements of forms of movement and game strategies;

     (c) Evaluate forms of movement for the improvement of skills; and

     (d) Recognize the physical benefits of exercise during and after physical activity.

     2.  Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Refine locomotor and nonlocomotor movements in a sports setting;

     (b) Refine previously learned manipulative skills;

     (c) Demonstrate the basic elements of more advanced manipulative skills; and

     (d) Explain how scientific principles apply to movements relating to weight transfer and balance.

     3.  Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify and demonstrate basic dance steps, positions and patterns from two different theatrical styles or traditional styles, or both theatrical and traditional styles;

     (b) Observe and describe the actions and qualities of movement in a dance sequence, using appropriate vocabulary relating to movement;

     (c) Accurately transfer a rhythmic pattern from the aural, verbal or visual form, or any combination thereof, to a kinesthetic form, with some assistance from a teacher; and

     (d) Perform traditional style dance or theatrical style dance, or both, from different times, periods or cultures, and describe the differences in the steps and style of movement.

     4.  Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Design a personal health-related program of fitness based on an accurately assessed profile of fitness;

     (b) Understand principles of training or conditioning and apply those principles to regular activities for fitness;

     (c) Identify or participate in, or both identify and participate in, a variety of health-related activities in both the school and the community; and

     (d) Compare exercises which are safe with exercises which are unsafe, and demonstrate exercises which are safe.

     5.  Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Analyze potential consequences when confronted with a choice in behavior;

     (b) Work cooperatively within a group to achieve goals in cooperative and in competitive situations;

     (c) Engage in behaviors that are supportive and inclusive of all levels of abilities of other persons in settings in which physical activities occur; and

     (d) Demonstrate a sport, dance or game, or any combination thereof, from another culture.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.3905  Eighth grade: Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the areas of creativity and innovation, demonstrate creative thinking, build knowledge and develop innovative products and processes using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Independently apply prior knowledge to develop new ideas, products or processes using digital tools;

     (b) Create an original work in a digital format to demonstrate personal or group expression;

     (c) Use digital models and simulations to answer questions or solve problems; and

     (d) Use technology to track trends, predict possibilities, and make and justify predictions using evidence, experiments and collaboration.

     2.  For the areas of communication and collaboration, use digital media and environments to communicate and work in collaboration with other pupils, including pupils outside of the classroom, to support the learning of the pupil and the learning of other pupils, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Collaborate with other pupils to create and publish digital products for real audiences in a variety of digital environments;

     (b) Communicate information and ideas using digital text, images, sounds and video;

     (c) Create digital products in formats that are appropriate for specific audiences and purposes;

     (d) Use digital resources to communicate with other pupils and persons from a variety of cultures and places;

     (e) Contribute to a group project to produce original works or solve problems; and

     (f) Choose a method of interacting electronically for a specific goal or purpose.

     3.  For the area of fluency of research and information, gather, evaluate and use information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use digital tools to plan and organize a research-based inquiry;

     (b) For a research project, use digital tools to plan a timeline, track the progress of the project and cite the sources the pupil used for the project;

     (c) Use techniques for advanced searches to locate, access, synthesize and evaluate information in multiple sources to create an original product;

     (d) Use digital tools to organize information with main ideas and supporting documents;

     (e) Evaluate and compare facts and opinions in different sources of digital content and describe the point of view of the content;

     (f) Choose and justify the use of appropriate digital resources to accomplish a variety of tasks;

     (g) Use multiple digital tools to collect and process data to test theories and hypotheses; and

     (h) Use a variety of formats to report results and evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of those formats.

     4.  For the areas of critical thinking, problem solving and decision making, use critical thinking skills to plan and conduct research, manage projects, solve problems and make informed decisions using the digital tools and resources that are appropriate for the specific task, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use digital resources to identify a problem that arises in an everyday situation and develop questions that will guide the pupil in the investigation of the problem;

     (b) Choose the appropriate digital planning tools for a project and use those tools to complete the project;

     (c) Use data, examine patterns and use digital tools to research a problem that arises in an everyday situation and present a solution to the problem; and

     (d) Use multiple processes to explore alternative solutions to and diverse perspectives on problems that arise in everyday situations and use digital tools to present a solution to the problems.

     5.  For the area of the appropriate use of technology, understand human, cultural and societal issues relating to technology and practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Model legal and ethical behaviors while using information and technology, including, without limitation, properly selecting, acquiring and citing a resource;

     (b) Develop an argument for using technological resources in a safe, legal and responsible manner;

     (c) Explain the value of current and emerging technologies to persons, society and the world;

     (d) Assess the potential of current and emerging technologies to address personal, societal, lifelong learning and career needs; and

     (e) Describe principles of leadership and ways to use current and emerging technologies in a responsible manner to foster leadership skills.

     6.  For the areas of technological operations and concepts, demonstrate an understanding of technological concepts, systems and operations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Explain the uses for and advantages of technological systems;

     (b) Demonstrate keyboarding skills by completing a variety of assignments in a timely manner;

     (c) Choose and justify the use of digital tools and resources to accomplish a variety of tasks;

     (d) Develop and apply strategies for solving common hardware and software problems; and

     (e) Apply prior knowledge of technology to a current or emerging technology to answer a question that arises in everyday situations.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R008-10, 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.391  Eighth grade: Introduction to technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in the study of biological, informational, communicative and physical technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the eighth grade to:

     1.  Demonstrate how the evolution in each area of technology has contributed to a progression from the agricultural era to the industrial era to the information era.

     2.  Describe the evolution of a modern tool, device or method within each area of technology and describe how each has changed daily routines and contributed to human progress.

     3.  Describe examples of technological innovation in each area of technology.

     4.  List examples of the seven resources of technology—people, information, tools, materials, capital, energy and time—and identify their different forms.

     5.  Use technological resources to produce a given product.

     6.  Identify technological alternatives for satisfying a given human need in two selected nations of differing cultural conditions and differing amounts of nonrenewable resources.

     7.  Design and carry out an optimal solution to a given technological problem.

     8.  Recognize the limitations of resources which limit solutions to technological problems.

     9.  Describe examples of common technological systems in each area of technology.

     10.  Apply the model for technological systems to the safe assembly or construction and operation of a technological system.

     11.  Demonstrate a functional open-loop system, add feedback to close the loop and operate the system to produce a given result.

     12.  Identify the subsystems of a modern, complex technological system in each area of technology and describe how each is combined to generate a new system resulting in improved or additional human capabilities.

     13.  Demonstrate a technological system in each area of technology and describe results that are desired, undesired, expected and unexpected in one of the areas.

     14.  Identify instances of conflict between a technological system, the human user and the resulting environment made by humans in each area of technology and demonstrate techniques for resolving each instance of conflict.

     15.  Identify instances of conflict between a technological system and the natural environment in each area of technology, and demonstrate techniques for improving each instance of conflict.

     16.  Demonstrate a solution to a problem within each area of technology and identify needed and alternative resources to solve the problem.

     17.  Investigate the properties of various synthetic, raw and biological materials through testing and describe why materials are often chosen on the basis of their properties.

     18.  Demonstrate a functional technological system by substituting the use of different resources to optimize the results of the system within given constraints.

     19.  Demonstrate a variety of traditional and modern processes for converting materials within each area of technology.

     20.  Process information and communicate a message using graphic, photographic or electronic means.

     21.  Use information from data stored in a computer to solve a problem in a technological system.

     22.  Perform a variety of processes for converting energy within each area of technology.

     23.  Use a computer to apply computer software to verify the solution to a problem related to processing resources in a technological system.

     24.  Describe examples of open-loop and closed-loop systems in each area of technology using graphic illustrations.

     25.  Demonstrate how human and technological sensors are used to monitor the results of a technological process.

     26.  Assemble and operate a closed-loop technological system.

     27.  Use a computer to control a technological system.

     28.  Use techniques of extrapolating the effect of changes in society on the future to anticipate the consequences of a new technology.

     29.  Describe how technology has created new jobs and made other jobs obsolete.

     30.  Describe a local, national and global problem, propose alternative technological solutions to each problem and demonstrate a solution to one of the problems.

     31.  Draw and label a diagram depicting a systems approach to solving a problem in each area of technology.

     32.  Use a systems approach to solve a technological problem.

     33.  Use a computer to document progress toward reaching the optimal solution to a technological problem.

     34.  Demonstrate basic math skills and concepts regarding whole numbers, common fractions, decimal fractions and percents in the solution of a technological problem.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-93; A 5-27-92)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.444)

      NAC 389.393  Eighth grade: Home and career skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in home and career skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the eighth grade to:

     1.  Describe how decisions are made.

     2.  Describe how different types of decisions differ with regard to frequency, level and complexity when given the opportunity to analyze typical activities of teenagers.

     3.  Explain how human needs, wants, values, goals and standards affect decision making when given a variety of life situations.

     4.  Apply the principles of making decisions to given life situations.

     5.  Apply the process of solving problems to a given life situation and select a solution from a group of alternatives.

     6.  Demonstrate how human and nonhuman resources can be used to accomplish a given task.

     7.  Apply the principles of management to demonstrate the interchangeable nature of resources.

     8.  Demonstrate the interrelationship among the skills of decision making, problem solving and management.

     9.  Relate self concept and factors which affect its formation and development to the pupil’s own situation.

     10.  Recognize that personal judgments of others are affected by appearance, behavior and gender.

     11.  Establish a goal for personal improvement.

     12.  Identify and resolve concerns common to adolescents.

     13.  Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to attain a goal established for personal improvement.

     14.  Develop a plan to manage personal time that incorporates personal values, standards and goals.

     15.  Analyze the influence of peers and “significant others” on personal development.

     16.  Analyze the influence of the family on personal development.

     17.  Develop communication skills used in interpersonal relationships.

     18.  Recognize the adolescent’s role in providing for the needs of others who are dependent upon him or her.

     19.  Analyze how roles and responsibilities change in relation to personal development.

     20.  Identify the factors that influence the practices of the consumer.

     21.  Identify the rights and responsibilities of the consumer and the alternative choices that a consumer possesses regarding money, nutrition, wardrobe and the management of his or her personal environment.

     22.  Demonstrate skills related to comparative shopping.

     23.  Apply the principles of managing money to a personal spending plan.

     24.  Evaluate safe, efficient and profitable methods of saving money to manage personal resources.

     25.  Apply procedures that will protect personal money and avoid unnecessary risks.

     26.  Describe the significance of the cultural, social, psychological, biological, economic, political, global and leisure conditions which affect a person’s choice of food.

     27.  Evaluate dietary patterns to meet nutritional needs.

     28.  Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to purchasing food and preparing meals.

     29.  Plan a wardrobe and accessories based on personal wants, values and finances.

     30.  Demonstrate care and maintenance of a personal wardrobe and accessories.

     31.  Describe the human need for personal privacy and the respect for the property of others.

     32.  Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management in selecting, using and maintaining living accommodations.

     33.  Identify the reasons for working, using descriptions of different work environments.

     34.  Identify characteristics of workers that contribute to individual and group success.

     35.  Predict the effects of technology and the changing roles of society on work and workers in the 21st century.

     36.  Apply the skills of decision making, problem solving and management to planning a career.

     37.  Determine alternative career interests and the suitability of entrepreneurship as a career choice.

     38.  Analyze factors that lead to the success of a small enterprise.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.442)

      NAC 389.395  Seventh and eighth grades: Required courses where subjects taught by different teachers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  The following courses of study are required for the seventh and eighth grades where the subjects offered by the school are taught by different teachers:

     1.  Mathematics.

     2.  Science.

     3.  Social studies, which must include instruction in at least three of the following areas by completion of the eighth grade:

     (a) Civics.

     (b) Economics.

     (c) The history of Nevada.

     (d) The history of the United States.

     (e) The geography of the world.

     4.  English language arts.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90; 5-27-92; R076-99, 11-4-99; R074-00, 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.401  Eighth grade: English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Base words;

               (II) Root words;

               (III) Suffixes;

               (IV) Prefixes;

               (V) Syllables; and

               (VI) Compound words;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate words in resources;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

               (II) Origin of an unknown word;

               (III) Greek root of a word; and

               (IV) Latin root of a word;

          (5) Evaluate the author’s use of the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and

          (8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Analyze the setting;

          (2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:

               (I) Climax;

               (II) Resolution;

               (III) The turning point;

               (IV) Exposition;

               (V) Rising action; and

               (VI) Falling action;

          (3) Describe:

               (I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;

               (II) The main plot and the subplots;

               (III) The motivation for the actions of a character; and

               (IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;

          (4) Analyze:

               (I) How one event may cause another event;

               (II) Methods of characterization used by the author;

               (III) How words and phrases create mood; and

               (IV) The influence of historical events and cultures;

          (5) Analyze the effect of the author’s use of:

               (I) First-person point of view;

               (II) Third-person limited point of view; and

               (III) Third-person omniscient point of view;

          (6) Analyze the author’s use of:

               (I) Flashback;

               (II) Foreshadowing;

               (III) Sound devices;

               (IV) Dialect;

               (V) Slang;

               (VI) Formal language; and

               (VII) Informal language;

          (7) Analyze the author’s use of and the purpose of imagery and figurative language;

          (8) Explain:

               (I) The author’s development of a character;

               (II) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character;

               (III) How the use of a stylistic device creates tone and mood; and

               (IV) The use of irony;

          (9) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (10) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;

          (11) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;

          (12) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;

          (13) With assistance, identify various types of irony;

          (14) With assistance, analyze the influence of the work of an author on historical events;

          (15) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (16) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (17) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (18) Summarize information;

          (19) Synthesize information; and

          (20) Paraphrase information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Evaluate information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Acronyms; and

               (VII) Parenthetical expressions;

          (3) Analyze the use of:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Informal and formal language;

               (IV) Idioms;

               (V) Figurative language; and

               (VI) Analogies;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) How words and phrases reveal an author’s tone;

               (II) How language clarifies ideas and concepts; and

               (III) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;

          (5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;

          (6) Describe the main idea based on evidence from the text;

          (7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;

          (8) Compare events;

          (9) Evaluate:

               (I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;

               (II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (III) A problem and a solution to the problem;

               (IV) Hypotheses based on information;

               (V) The author’s use of facts and opinions; and

               (VI) The author’s use of organizational structure;

          (10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;

          (11) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (12) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (13) Summarize information;

          (14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (16) Analyze:

               (I) The accuracy of facts;

               (II) The reasonableness and accuracy of evidence;

               (III) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda in various media;

               (IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;

               (V) The influence of historical events and culture; and

               (VI) Information from one source by consulting other sources;

          (17) Analyze the development of the argument, viewpoint or perspective of the author;

          (18) Synthesize information;

          (19) Paraphrase information;

          (20) With assistance, synthesize information from two or more texts;

          (21) With assistance, predict events and relationships if:

               (I) The sequence is altered; and

               (II) The chronological order is altered;

          (22) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure; and

          (23) Evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain an introduction;

               (IV) Contain supporting details;

               (V) Contain transitions; and

               (VI) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;

          (7) Edit for proper capitalization;

          (8) Edit punctuation for:

               (I) Punctuation at the end of a sentence;

               (II) Commas;

               (III) Apostrophes;

               (IV) Quotation marks;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Colons;

               (VII) Hyphens;

               (VIII) Semicolons;

               (IX) Parentheses; and

               (X) Varied sentence structure;

          (9) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses;

               (VII) Adverbs;

               (VIII) Clauses;

               (IX) Phrases;

               (X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and

               (XI) The pronoun case;

          (10) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences;

               (IV) For complex sentences; and

               (V) For compound-complex sentences;

          (11) Edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (12) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and are appropriate to purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A thesis statement;

               (IV) Transitions;

               (V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (VI) A concluding statement;

          (2) Write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;

          (3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot;

               (V) Contain dialogue;

               (VI) Use figurative language; and

               (VII) Use sensory details;

          (4) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) Responses to text that make connections between the text and other texts, experiences or ideas;

               (III) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and

               (IV) Persuasive essays and compositions appropriate to the audience and purpose;

          (5) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A thesis statement;

               (II) Supporting evidence;

               (III) Relevant evidence;

               (IV) A structure of cause and effect;

               (V) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and

               (VI) Rhetorical strategies;

          (6) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features;

          (7) Write research papers by:

               (I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;

               (II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Adhering to an established format to document and cite the sources from which information was obtained;

          (8) With assistance, write:

               (I) An analysis of an expository text that addresses the effectiveness of the writing technique; and

               (II) A literary analysis;

          (9) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and

          (10) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone; and

          (6) Techniques of persuasion;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Content;

          (2) Delivery;

          (3) Point of view;

          (4) Ideas;

          (5) Purpose; and

          (6) Value;

     (e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;

     (f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;

     (h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;

     (i) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (j) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect;

          (2) Slang; and

          (3) The use of formal and informal language;

     (k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;

     (l) Actively listen to oral communications;

     (m) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (o) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids appropriate to audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using logic and citing evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Provide constructive feedback using established procedures;

     (j) Respond to questions with evidence in support of an opinion;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;

     (l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;

     (m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and

     (n) Negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.

    (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.406  Eighth grade: Mathematics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the eighth grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Calculate with real numbers to solve problems in mathematical and practical situations;

     (b) Compare and order real numbers, including, without limitation, powers of whole numbers, in mathematical and practical situations;

     (c) Use estimation strategies to determine the reasonableness of answers in mathematical and practical situations;

     (d) Represent numbers using scientific notation in mathematical and practical situations;

     (e) Translate among fractions, decimals and percents, including, without limitation, percents greater than 100 and percents less than 1;

     (f) Explain and use the relationship among equivalent representations of rational numbers in mathematical and practical situations;

     (g) Identify perfect squares to 225 and their corresponding square roots;

     (h) Use order of operations to solve equations in the real number system; and

     (i) Identify and apply the identity property, inverse property and the absolute value of real numbers to solve problems.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Describe how a change in the value of one variable affects the remaining variables in a mathematical relationship;

     (b) Add and subtract binomials;

     (c) Translate among verbal descriptions, graphic, tabular and algebraic representations of mathematical situations, with and without the assistance of technology;

     (d) Find the missing term in a numerical sequence or a pictorial representation of a sequence;

     (e) Evaluate formulas and algebraic expressions using rational numbers, with and without the assistance of technology;

     (f) Solve and graphically represent equations and inequalities in one variable, including, without limitation, absolute value;

     (g) Identify, model, describe and evaluate functions, with and without the assistance of technology;

     (h) Solve linear equations and represent the solution graphically; and

     (i) Solve inequalities and represent the solution on a number line.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate an understanding of precision, error of measure and tolerance in measurement when using the appropriate tool of measurement;

     (b) Estimate and convert units of measure for mass and capacity using the same system of measurement, including the customary and metric systems;

     (c) Identify how changes in a dimension of a figure effect changes in its perimeter, area and volume;

     (d) Calculate percents in monetary problems; and

     (e) Apply ratios and proportions to calculate rates and solve mathematical and practical problems using indirect measure.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Apply the properties of equality and proportionality to congruent or similar shapes;

     (b) Verify and explain the Pythagorean Theorem using a variety of methods;

     (c) Construct geometric figures using a variety of tools;

     (d) Find and use the sum of the measures of interior angles of polygons;

     (e) Demonstrate dilation using coordinate geometry and models;

     (f) Describe the relationship between an original figure and its transformation or dilation;

     (g) Calculate slope, midpoint and distance using equations and formulas, with and without the assistance of technology;

     (h) Determine the x- and y- intercepts of a line;

     (i) Form generalizations and validate conclusions about geometric figures and their properties;

     (j) Determine the measure of the missing side of a right triangle; and

     (k) Represent logical relationships using conditional statements.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Organize, display and read data, with and without the assistance of technology, by using box and whisker plots;

     (b) Differentiate between the probability of an event and the odds of an event;

     (c) Determine the number of combinations possible in mathematical and practical situations;

     (d) Evaluate the accuracy and validity of statistical arguments based on data analysis;

     (e) Formulate reasonable inferences and predictions based on interpolations and extrapolations of data to solve practical problems;

     (f) Formulate questions and design a study that guides the collection of data;

     (g) Select and apply appropriate measures of data distribution using interquartile range and central tendency; and

     (h) Distinguish between permutations and combinations.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution; and

     (g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use formulas, algorithms, inquiry and other techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;

     (c) Identify and translate key words and phrases that imply mathematical operations;

     (d) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods; and

     (e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;

     (b) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments; and

     (c) Justify answers and the steps taken to solve problems with and without manipulatives and physical models.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Use manipulatives and physical models to explain the relationships between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;

     (d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R073-01, 11-1-2001; R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.411  Eighth grade: Science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the eighth grade, pupils must understand, know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the sixth grade through the eighth grade in science must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the area of science inquiry:

     (a) Understand that scientific knowledge requires critical consideration of verifiable evidence which is obtained from scientific inquiry and appropriate investigation;

     (b) Know how to identify and critically evaluate information in data, tables and graphs;

     (c) Know how to critically evaluate information to distinguish between scientific fact and opinion;

     (d) Know that various explanations can be made for the same evidence;

     (e) Know how to design and conduct a controlled experiment;

     (f) Know how to use appropriate technology and laboratory procedures safely to observe, measure, record and analyze data; and

     (g) Know that scientific inquiry includes, without limitation, evaluation of the results of scientific investigations, experiments, observations, theoretical and mathematical models and explanations proposed by other scientists.

     2.  For the areas of science, technology and society:

     (a) Understand the interactions and relationships between science and society in a world which is constantly changing;

     (b) Understand that technology can cause various consequences to the environment, including, without limitation:

          (1) The depletion of environmental resources and degradation to the environment; and

          (2) An increase in the availability of environmental resources, the mitigation of degradation to the environment and the use of new resources in a more economical manner; and

     (c) Know that scientific knowledge is revised through a process of incorporating new evidence which is obtained through ongoing scientific research, investigation and collaborative discussion.

     3.  For the area of matter:

     (a) Understand the properties of matter and the changes that can occur to the properties of matter;

     (b) Know that matter is made up of tiny particles called atoms;

     (c) Know that a substance which contains only one kind of atom is an element that cannot be broken into smaller pieces by normal laboratory processes;

     (d) Know that atoms combine to form molecules;

     (e) Know that a compound is formed when two or more different kinds of atoms are chemically bonded together;

     (f) Know that the particles of the same matter are arranged differently based upon whether the matter is a solid, liquid or gas;

     (g) Know that elements can be arranged in the periodic table in a manner which shows repeating patterns that group certain elements with similar properties;

     (h) Know the characteristics of electrons, protons and neutrons;

     (i) Know methods for separating mixtures based on the properties of the components; and

     (j) Know that mass is conserved in physical and chemical changes.

     4.  For the areas of force and motion:

     (a) Understand that the position and motion of an object depend on the forces acting on the object;

     (b) Know the effect that balanced and unbalanced forces have on the motion of an object;

     (c) Know that electric currents can produce magnetic forces and that magnets can cause electric currents; and

     (d) Know that every object exerts a gravitational force on every other object and that the magnitude of the gravitational force depends on the mass of the objects and the distance between the objects.

     5.  For the area of energy:

     (a) Understand how energy is transferred;

     (b) Know that light which is visible is a narrow band within the electromagnetic spectrum;

     (c) Know that vibrations, including, without limitation, sound and earthquakes:

          (1) Move at various speeds in different materials;

          (2) Have different wavelengths; and

          (3) Create disturbances in a wavy pattern that spread away from the source of the vibration in a uniform manner;

     (d) Know that physical, chemical and nuclear changes involve a transfer of energy;

     (e) Know that energy can only be changed from one form to another and cannot be created or destroyed through a chemical or physical reaction;

     (f) Know that energy which is produced from heat flows from warmer materials or regions to cooler materials or regions through the process of conduction, convection or radiation; and

     (g) Know that heat, light, sound and other chemical changes can be produced by transferring electrical energy through electrical circuits.

     6.  For the area of heredity:

     (a) Understand the role of genetic information in the continuation of a species;

     (b) Know that heredity is the passage of genetic instructions from one generation to the next generation;

     (c) Know that changes in the genes of an egg or sperm can cause changes in the characteristics which are inherited;

     (d) Know that specific organisms can be bred to produce specific characteristics; and

     (e) Know that certain characteristics of an organism are caused by interaction with the environment and genetic information.

     7.  For the area of the structure of life:

     (a) Understand that all living things are composed of cells, which are the fundamental units of life;

     (b) Understand that multicellular organisms have specialized cells which perform a variety of life functions;

     (c) Know that a cell can grow, divide and take in nutrients which are used to provide energy for the cell to function;

     (d) Know that certain organisms are composed of only one cell and that multicellular organisms can consist of millions of cells which work together to allow the organism to function;

     (e) Know that tissues, organs and organ systems work together to perform the functions of life and that:

          (1) Tissue can be formed when cells combine; and

          (2) Organs and systems of organs can be formed when tissues combine; and

     (f) Know that disease can result from defects in certain systems of the body or from damage caused by certain infections.

     8.  For the area of organisms and their environment:

     (a) Understand various interactions between living and nonliving components of various ecosystems;

     (b) Know how matter and energy are transferred through food webs in an ecosystem;

     (c) Know how to characterize an organism in an ecosystem based on the functions of the organism;

     (d) Know how to evaluate whether changes in the environment of an organism can be beneficial or harmful; and

     (e) Know that interrelated factors affect the number and type of organisms an ecosystem can support.

     9.  For the area of the diversity of life:

     (a) Understand that living things change over time and contribute to the variety of organisms existing on the earth;

     (b) Know that a species can be identified and classified based upon its characteristics;

     (c) Know that fossils provide evidence of how life and environmental conditions have changed throughout geological time; and

     (d) Know that the behavior of an organism is based on experience and the evolutionary history of the species of the organism.

     10.  For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:

     (a) Understand the relationship between the atmosphere, topography, weather and climate of the earth;

     (b) Know that seasons are caused by variations in the amounts of the energy transferred from the sun to the surface of the earth based on the axial tilt of the earth;

     (c) Know how the processes involved in the cycle of water affect patterns in the climate;

     (d) Know the properties that make water an essential component of various systems of the earth;

     (e) Understand the composition of the atmosphere of the earth, with an emphasis on the role of the atmosphere in the weather and climate of the earth;

     (f) Know the difference between local weather and regional climates; and

     (g) Know the topography of the earth and the patterns of global and local atmospheric movement which influence local weather and which occur primarily in the lower atmosphere.

     11.  For the area of the solar system and the universe:

     (a) Understand the characteristics of the solar system which is part of the Milky Way Galaxy, including, without limitation, the characteristics of the planets in the solar system;

     (b) Know that the universe contains many billions of galaxies and each galaxy contains many billions of stars;

     (c) Know that the solar system includes, without limitation, a great variety of planetary moons, asteroids and comets;

     (d) Know that the earth is part of the solar system located within the Milky Way Galaxy;

     (e) Know that the sun is many thousands of times closer to the earth than any other star and billions of times closer to the earth than the farthest end of the Milky Way Galaxy;

     (f) Know that the sun is a star in the Milky Way Galaxy which is medium in size in relation to other stars in the Milky Way Galaxy, part of which can be seen as a glowing band of light which spans across the sky; and

     (g) Know that regular and predictable patterns of movement by the earth around the sun and by the moon around the earth explain certain phenomena, including, without limitation, the day, the year, phases of the moon and eclipses.

     12.  For the area of the composition and structure of the earth:

     (a) Understand that landforms result from a combination of constructive and destructive processes;

     (b) Know that sedimentary rocks and fossils provide evidence of changing environments and the constancy of geological processes;

     (c) Know that rocks at the surface of the earth can weather and form sediments that are buried, compacted, heated and recrystallized into new rock;

     (d) Know that the earth is composed of:

          (1) A continental and oceanic crust;

          (2) A mantle which contains hot convection currents; and

          (3) A dense metallic core;

     (e) Know that the very slow movement of large crustal plates results in geological events;

     (f) Know that geological processes produce state and regional topography;

     (g) Know that minerals have different properties and different distributions according to how they form;

     (h) Know the characteristics, amounts and locations of renewable and nonrenewable resources found in Nevada; and

     (i) Know that soil:

          (1) Has various properties, including, without limitation, color, texture and the amount of water the soil can retain; and

          (2) Provides nutrients for life in accordance with the manner in which the living thing is formed.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)

Elective Courses of Study

      NAC 389.432  Foreign language: Instruction in kindergarten. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective in a public kindergarten must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of kindergarten to:

     1.  Communicate in the foreign language by:

     (a) Singing songs.

     (b) Following simple directions.

     (c) Naming familiar objects.

     (d) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.

     (e) Recognizing numbers and counting from 1 to 10.

     (f) Comprehending brief oral directions, commands and information.

     (g) Responding to personal questions.

     2.  Understand the culture studied by:

     (a) Identifying how people in the culture celebrate important traditions, holidays and events.

     (b) Exploring the products of the culture, including, without limitation, the food, musical instruments, clothing and toys of the culture.

     (c) Practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, numbers, colors, animals, nursery rhymes and fairy tales.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.241)

      NAC 389.434  Foreign language: Instruction through third grade. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public elementary school through the third grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.432 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the second grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the third grade to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide and obtain information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Counting and performing simple arithmetic problems.

     (b) Participating in brief guided conversations.

     (c) Making simple requests.

     (d) Asking and answering simple questions.

     (e) Expressing the pupil’s state of being and feelings.

     (f) Using simple commands.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:

     (a) Comprehending brief written and oral directions, commands and information.

     (b) Reading familiar words.

     (c) Reading numbers, dates, words related to the family and weather, and other thematic vocabulary.

     (d) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.

     3.  Present information, concepts and ideas to an audience in the foreign language by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues with limited vocabulary.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by exploring the verbal and nonverbal communication of the culture, including, without limitation, gestures, body language, dance, art and music.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Exploring the products of the culture studied.

     (b) Understanding the relationship between those products and the environment in which they are produced.

     6.  Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, numbers, colors, animals, nursery rhymes, fairy tales, the calendar, weather, money and mathematics.

     7.  Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by comparing cognates, word families and language patterns.

     8.  Understand the concept of culture through comparisons of the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by:

     (a) Exploring and recognizing the contributions of the culture studied to the American culture, including, without limitation, music, food, art, toys and folk tales.

     (b) Demonstrating an awareness of ways of expressing respect and communicating differences in status in the pupil’s language and the foreign language.

     9.  Use the foreign language in and outside of school by participating in performances at school or in the community in the foreign language or relating to the culture studied.

     10.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:

     (a) Playing sports or games from the culture studied that are appropriate for the pupil’s age.

     (b) Listening to music, singing songs or playing musical instruments from the culture studied.

     (c) Planning real or imaginary travel to a country in which the foreign language is spoken.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.291)

      NAC 389.436  Foreign language: Instruction through fifth grade. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public elementary school through the fifth grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.434 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the fourth grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the fifth grade to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide and obtain information, express feelings and emotions and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Identifying common objects after listening to an oral description.

     (b) Telling time.

     (c) Using the calendar.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:

     (a) Reading combinations of familiar words in short sentences.

     (b) Reading all words that the pupil is able to use orally.

     (c) Comprehending brief written directions, narratives and other information.

     3.  Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:

     (a) Responding to personal questions.

     (b) Writing familiar words or phrases, including, without limitation, colors, dates, numbers, lyrics of songs and words related to the family and weather.

     (c) Writing simple text on familiar topics, including, without limitation, filling in the blanks or labeling pictures in simple stories.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Becoming aware of the effects of important people, holidays, geography and history on the lives of the people of the culture studied.

     (b) Demonstrating an awareness of the different patterns of daily life within the culture studied and the pupil’s culture.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by comparing the products with the environments in which they are produced.

     6.  Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by practicing familiar concepts in the foreign language, including, without limitation, telling time and identifying the seasons.

     7.  Understand the concept of culture through comparisons of the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by developing an awareness of cultural diversity and some of the contributions of the foreign language to American culture.

     8.  Understand the concept of language by recognizing some of the contributions of the foreign language to American culture.

     9.  Use the language in and outside of school by:

     (a) Writing format letters, including, without limitation, letters to a pen pal.

     (b) Identifying professions that require proficiency in another language.

     (c) Exploring careers that require the ability to communicate in the foreign language.

     10.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:

     (a) Playing sports or games of the culture studied that are appropriate for the age of the pupil.

     (b) Listening to music, singing songs or playing musical instruments from the culture studied.

     (c) Planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.2945)

      NAC 389.438  Foreign language: Instruction in middle school or junior high school through ninth grade. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public middle school or junior high school through the ninth grade must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.436 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the eighth grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the ninth grade to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Talking and writing about activities of daily life using memorized phrases, short sentences, numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     (b) Giving and following simple oral and written instructions and commands using visual cues when appropriate.

     (c) Recognizing commonly used verbs and phrases in discussions about past and future events.

     (d) Participating in structured conversations on a variety of topics, including, without limitation, state of being and feelings.

     (e) Making simple oral and written requests.

     (f) Telling and writing a simple narrative about a personal experience or event in the present tense.

     (g) Restating in the present tense, with assistance, what another person has said.

     (h) Recognizing the standard rules of usage and grammar.

     (i) Demonstrating accuracy in the imitation of modeled words.

     (j) Demonstrating occasional creativity in the production of language.

     (k) Asking and responding to basic questions.

     (l) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:

     (a) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.

     (b) Comprehending written and spoken numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     (c) Reading and comprehending phrases, short sentences, brief written directions and simple narratives.

     (d) Writing numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     3.  Use familiar thematic words and phrases by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Identifying the manner in which important traditions, events and holidays are celebrated in the culture.

     (b) Recognizing various forms of communications in the culture, including gestures, body language, dance, art and music.

     (c) Identifying the important persons, holidays, geography and history of the culture.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Understanding the messages found in highly contextualized materials, including, without limitation, signs and posters.

     (b) Identifying the artistic achievements and contributions of the culture.

     (c) Recognizing certain unique products of the culture.

     6.  Understand other disciplines by using the foreign language to read, write and discuss familiar topics studied in other courses.

     7.  Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:

     (a) Recognizing cognates, adopted words and expressions, and word families.

     (b) Demonstrating that languages have important sound distinctions that must be mastered to communicate meaning.

     (c) Analyzing and comparing the writing systems of both languages.

     (d) Comparing and using language and grammatical patterns.

     8.  Understand the cultural differences and similarities between the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by demonstrating that there are culturally specific phrases and idioms that do not translate directly from one language to another.

     9.  Use the foreign language in and outside of school by reporting about the use of the foreign language outside the classroom.

     10.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken and collecting information concerning travel to that country and careers that require the use of that foreign language.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R065-97, eff. 12-10-97; A by R164-99, 2-16-2000)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.447)

      NAC 389.443  The arts: Instruction in sixth through eighth grades. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.520)  Each pupil who elects to take a class in the arts in the sixth, seventh or eighth grade must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for the elected course of study that is offered in the public elementary schools. Instruction in the arts in the sixth, seventh or eighth grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the eighth grade:

     1.  For the area of music:

     (a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to sing:

          (1) With expression, technical accuracy, good breath control and correct intonation, articulation and rhythm throughout the singing ranges of the pupil while singing alone and with others;

          (2) In small and large ensembles while following a conductor; and

          (3) A repertoire in two and three parts, with and without accompaniment, maintaining the pupil’s own part.

     (b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to play:

          (1) With expression, technical accuracy and appropriate ensemble skills on at least one instrument and with a varied repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 2 in small and large ensembles while following a conductor;

          (2) A mixed-meter repertoire, making a smooth transition from one meter to another; and

          (3) Diverse genres with stylistic accuracy and appropriate expression.

     (c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:

          (1) Simple musical phrases in a given key;

          (2) Simple harmonies in a given key; and

          (3) Melodic and rhythmic embellishments on given pentatonic melodies.

     (d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compose short pieces of music in groups using the elements of music; and

          (2) Arrange simple pieces of music for voices or instruments.

     (e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Read whole, half, quarter, eighth, sixteenth and dotted notes and rests in various meters through speaking or body percussion in two or three parts;

          (2) Read simple melodies in clefs that are appropriate for the pupil;

          (3) Apply standard symbols of music within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 2;

          (4) Sight-read music with technical accuracy and expression and with a level of musical difficulty of 1; and

          (5) Use standard notation to record simple musical ideas.

     (f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Apply knowledge of rhythm, melody and musical forms to aural examples using musical terminology that is appropriate; and

          (2) Describe the uses of the elements of music in aural examples representing diverse genres and cultures.

     (g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Develop musical criteria for evaluating the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions; and

          (2) Evaluate the quality of the pupil’s own performance and composition and the performances and compositions of others and offer justification for his or her evaluation.

     (h) Demonstrate relationships between music, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to compare:

          (1) Similar themes found in music and other art forms; and

          (2) Concepts common to music and other disciplines outside the arts.

     (i) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, without limitation, the ability to discuss:

          (1) Distinguishing characteristics of styles of music from various historical periods and cultures; and

          (2) The roles of musicians and the conditions under which they perform in several cultures of the world and in various historical periods.

     2.  For the area of theater:

     (a) Understand the components of theatrical production, including, without limitation, scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Create an original script that is properly formatted, incorporating a cast of characters, prop list, costume list, simple stage directions and technical needs;

          (2) Use vocabulary that is appropriate for stage directing to direct actors or to be directed on stage;

          (3) Explain the roles and responsibilities of the various personnel involved in a stage production;

          (4) Explain the intention of the playwright in a play;

          (5) Design and create a program and one of the following promotional materials for production:

               (I) Posters;

               (II) Flyers;

               (III) Tickets; or

               (IV) Public service announcements;

          (6) Work in a group and in a safe manner to design and construct a unit set for a production;

          (7) Design and assemble all the props, costumes and makeup for characters with attention to age, culture and overall interpretation of a production;

          (8) Describe simple sound and lighting effects for any dramatized event; and

          (9) Implement specific sound effects and suggested lighting conditions for a dramatized event.

     (b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Examine the text to determine logically the actions and intentions of a character;

          (2) Use basic acting skills, including, without limitation, focus, concentration, breathing and vocal techniques, memory and sensory recall, and physical movement; and

          (3) Portray characters that are believable to an audience in informal productions.

     (c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Write a review of a dramatized production that addresses two or more of the elements of theater;

          (2) Present through any artistic media a clear representation of the emotional impact on an audience of the visual, aural or kinesthetic elements of a performance; and

          (3) In most instances, differentiate between farce, satire, high and low comedy, and epic tragedy.

     (d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Cite two examples from theater that give historical and cultural information; and

          (2) Give reasons for conflicts among characters.

     (e) Make connections between theater and other academic disciplines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Find common components used in at least two works from two of the three areas of the arts and explain how they relate to one another;

          (2) Identify and explain the roots of theater in western civilization; and

          (3) Describe how three scientific advances have improved dramatic events.

     3.  For the area of visual arts:

     (a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare and contrast the use of media, techniques and processes in works of visual art;

          (2) Give purposeful responses to the use of media, technique and processes; and

          (3) Communicate ideas and experiences through the works of visual art of the pupil using media, techniques and processes.

     (b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Define and evaluate the effects of visual characteristics in works of visual art;

          (2) Define and evaluate the effects of purposes in works of visual art;

          (3) Discuss the effectiveness of visual characteristics, purposes and functions in works of visual art; and

          (4) Use various visual characteristics to communicate original ideas in the works of visual art of the pupil.

     (c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discuss the visual, spatial, temporal and formal aspects of a work of visual art as it relates to history and culture;

          (2) Plan and create an original work of visual art that uses subject matter, symbols and ideas which demonstrate knowledge of culture; and

          (3) Discuss in groups whether subject matter, symbols and ideas successfully convey an intended result to the audience.

     (d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Discover and organize visual characteristics of selected works of visual art with regard to history and culture;

          (2) Describe and discuss the purposes and meanings of works of visual art from various cultures, times and places; and

          (3) Create a work of visual art based on cultural research that shows how time and place influence visual characteristics of the work.

     (e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in the pupil’s own works of visual art and the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain works of visual art based on themes, styles, purposes and subject matter;

          (2) Compare and contrast the degrees of merit in works of visual art;

          (3) Analyze and generate new interpretations of works of visual art; and

          (4) Develop and explain, with guidance from the teacher, an aesthetic position and use it to critique a work of visual art.

     (f) Demonstrate relationships between the visual arts, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain how the principles of the visual arts are similar to principles of other disciplines;

          (2) Discover and explain the relationships between the visual arts and other arts in terms of principles and subject matter; and

          (3) Create a work of visual art that reflects principles common to the arts and multiple disciplines.

     4.  As used in this section:

     (a) “High comedy” means farce and satirical forms of comedy.

     (b) “Low comedy” means burlesque and slapstick forms of comedy.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

Requirements for Promotion to High School

      NAC 389.445  Required units of credit; pupils with disabilities; pupils who transfer between schools; recognition of certain programs of homeschool study. (NRS 385.080, 392.033)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in a junior high or middle school for the 1999-2000 school year must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:

     (a) One unit of credit in language with a passing grade; and

     (b) One unit of credit in mathematics with a passing grade.

     2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in a junior high or middle school after the 1999-2000 school year and who enrolls in the seventh grade before the 2008-2009 school year must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:

     (a) One and one-half units of credit in language with a passing grade; and

     (b) One and one-half units of credit in mathematics with a passing grade.

     3.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 6, a pupil who enrolls in the seventh grade for the 2008-2009 school year or after must earn at least the following units of credit during the seventh and eighth grades for promotion to high school:

     (a) One and one-half units of credit in English with a passing grade;

     (b) One and one-half units of credit in mathematics with a passing grade;

     (c) One unit of credit in science with a passing grade; and

     (d) One unit of credit in social studies with a passing grade.

     4.  A pupil may apply units of credit toward promotion to high school if the pupil earned the units of credit:

     (a) At a public or private junior high or middle school located in this State.

     (b) At a public or private junior high or middle school located outside of this State if the school district approves a transfer of the units in accordance with the procedure adopted by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 392.033.

     (c) At the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.

     (d) During summer school in courses offered by a public or private junior high or middle school. Such units must be earned in courses which are equivalent to the courses offered in the programs of the junior high or middle school in which the pupil is enrolled.

     (e) While being homeschooled in this State or homeschooled outside of this State if the school district approves the units in accordance with NRS 392.033.

     5.  If a pupil earns units of credit for sectarian religious courses, he or she may not apply those units toward promotion to high school.

     6.  A pupil with a disability who is enrolled in a program of special education may be promoted to high school if the pupil meets the requirements for promotion to high school that are prescribed in his or her individualized educational program.

     7.  If a pupil transfers to a junior high or middle school from a junior high or middle school in this State or from a school outside of this State, the courses of study and units of credit completed by the pupil before transferring must be evaluated by the school district that the pupil transfers to in accordance with the procedure adopted by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to subsection 3 of NRS 392.033.

     8.  For purposes of paragraph (a) of subsection 5 of NRS 392.033, the board of trustees of a school district may consider recognition of the programs of homeschool study accredited by the following national or regional accrediting associations:

     (a) Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools;

     (b) New England Association of Schools and Colleges;

     (c) North Central Association of Colleges and Schools;

     (d) Northwest Accreditation Commission;

     (e) Southern Association of Colleges and Schools;

     (f) Western Association of Schools and Colleges;

     (g) Commission on International and Trans-Regional Accreditation; or

     (h) Any other national or regional accrediting association recognized by the board of trustees of the school district.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R064-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R076-99, 11-4-99; R015-06, 9-18-2007; R154-07, 1-30-2008)

HIGH SCHOOL

Required Courses of Study

     NAC 389.450  Prescribed courses of study for graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360, 389.0185)  In addition to the courses of study required in chapter 389 of NRS, the State Board of Education prescribes the following courses of study for graduation from a public high school:

     1.  Arts and humanities, or career and technical education;

     2.  Health education;

     3.  English;

     4.  Mathematics, which may include the following courses of study:

     (a) Basic mathematics;

     (b) Mathematics for everyday living;

     (c) Prealgebra;

     (d) Algebra I;

     (e) Geometry;

     (f) Algebra II;

     (g) Trigonometry;

     (h) Analytic geometry;

     (i) Precalculus;

     (j) Calculus; and

     (k) Probability and statistics;

     5.  Physical education or personal fitness;

     6.  Science, which may include the following courses of study:

     (a) Life science;

     (b) Earth science;

     (c) Physical science;

     (d) Environmental science; and

     (e) General science;

     7.  Use of computers, which may include the following courses of study:

     (a) Accounting and computing;

     (b) Processing business information;

     (c) Word processing;

     (d) Introduction to computers;

     (e) Application of computers; and

     (f) Science of computers; and

     8.  Academic achievement, career exploration, and personal and social development.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 5-19-88; 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; 3-27-92, eff. 9-1-92; 10-8-93; R061-02, 9-6-2002; R010-03, 10-30-2003; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.452  Arts and humanities. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  The required course of study in arts and humanities may be one of the following:

     1.  Visual arts.

     2.  Music.

     3.  Theater.

     4.  Foreign language, as set forth in NAC 389.570, in the third, fourth and fifth years of instruction.

     5.  Other courses which are submitted to and approved by the State Board of Education, which may include the following:

     (a) American literature.

     (b) Mythology.

     (c) The novel.

     (d) Shakespearean literature.

     (e) The short story.

     (f) Modern literature.

     (g) English literature.

     (h) World literature.

     (i) Creative writing.

     (j) The history of humans.

     (k) Psychology.

     (l) Creative thinking.

     (m) Humanities.

     (n) Sociology.

     (o) Cultural anthropology.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 5-19-88; R073-00, 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.455  Health. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Instruction in high school in health must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of high school:

     1.  Comprehend concepts related to the promotion of health and the prevention of disease to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Evaluate the effect of family history, health choices and level of stress on the health of a person;

     (b) Formulate a strategy for personal health that includes the use of self-reflection to achieve overall wellness;

     (c) Apply knowledge of food and nutrient needs when making decisions regarding food choices and meal plans;

     (d) Apply knowledge of physical activity and health to develop a plan for daily activity;

     (e) Analyze the physiological, psychological and social effects of the use and abuse of a substance;

     (f) Examine ways to reduce or prevent injuries and violence;

     (g) Analyze the potential for injury, illness or death which results from a person engaging in behavior that increases health risks;

     (h) Evaluate the effects of advances in research and medicine on the prevention and control of illnesses and diseases;

     (i) Analyze the influence of the environment on the health of a person and the health of the community; and

     (j) Explain the role of consumers in preventing the spread of illness and disease.

     2.  Access reliable health information, products and services to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Evaluate the validity of health information, products and services; and

     (b) Use resources, including, without limitation, resources from home, school and the community, that provide reliable information regarding health products and services.

     3.  Practice health-enhancing behaviors and avoid and reduce health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Analyze a variety of behaviors that avoid or reduce health risks to the pupil and others;

     (b) Implement a wellness plan that meets dietary guidelines and includes moderate to vigorous physical activity;

     (c) Evaluate the behaviors of the pupil for the use and abuse of substances;

     (d) Demonstrate practices and behaviors to avoid injury and reduce the risk of injury to the pupil or other persons, including, without limitation, refraining from driving while impaired, using a safety belt, refraining from fighting and avoiding self-harming behaviors; and

     (e) Evaluate the responsibility of a pupil in promoting health and avoiding or reducing behaviors that increase health risks to the pupil or other persons.

     4.  Analyze the influence of family, peers, culture, media, technology and other factors on behaviors concerning health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Analyze how different sources support and challenge beliefs, practices and behaviors concerning the health of a person;

     (b) Analyze how a person’s perceptions of norms affect the behaviors concerning his or her health and the health-related risks taken by him or her;

     (c) Evaluate different sources that influence a person’s food choices and physical activity habits;

     (d) Conduct a self-evaluation of the influence of different sources on the development of values regarding the use and abuse of substances, including, without limitation, prescription medications and over-the-counter medications;

     (e) Analyze current events and the influence of those events on the promotion of health and the prevention of disease; and

     (f) Evaluate the impact of media and technology on the health of a person, a family and the community.

     5.  Use interpersonal communication skills to enhance health and to reduce or avoid health risks, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply refusal, negotiation and collaboration skills to enhance health;

     (b) Communicate acceptance of the physical and developmental characteristics of the pupil and other persons;

     (c) Implement communication skills to enhance the ability of the pupil to make responsible decisions regarding the use and abuse of substances; and

     (d) Apply strategies to prevent or resolve conflicts without harming the pupil or other persons.

     6.  Use goal-setting skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Implement strategies to monitor the progress of the pupil toward achieving a short-term personal health goal and a long-term personal health goal;

     (b) Execute a plan that addresses the pupil’s strengths, needs and risks in achieving short-term personal health goals and long-term personal health goals; and

     (c) Create a plan of action toward improving the community and environment.

     7.  Promote and support personal, family and community health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Implement activities that influence and support a person in making positive health choices; and

     (b) Design a message that enhances and promotes community health.

     8.  Use decision-making skills to enhance health, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Formulate a plan to effectively enhance personal health;

     (b) Evaluate the effectiveness of making decisions regarding the use and abuse of substances;

     (c) Determine the benefits of applying a thoughtful decision-making process in situations concerning health; and

     (d) Examine barriers in the community that impede the ability to make healthy decisions.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R032-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R013-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.461  English language arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of high school, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in English language arts offered in public schools. Instruction in high school in English language arts must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of high school:

     1.  For the area of reading:

     (a) Know and use skills and strategies of word analysis to comprehend new words encountered in text and to develop vocabulary, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Decipher words in text using structural analysis by applying knowledge of:

               (I) Base words;

               (II) Root words;

               (III) Suffixes;

               (IV) Prefixes;

               (V) Syllables; and

               (VI) Compound words;

          (2) Comprehend, build and expand vocabulary using:

               (I) Syntax;

               (II) Parts of speech;

               (III) Homographs;

               (IV) Homophones;

               (V) Synonyms;

               (VI) Antonyms;

               (VII) Clues from the context in which the word is being used; and

               (VIII) Structural analysis;

          (3) Apply alphabetical order to locate a word in a resource;

          (4) Use resources to find and confirm the:

               (I) Meaning of an unknown word encountered in a text;

               (II) Origin of a word;

               (III) Greek root of a word; and

               (IV) Latin root of a word;

          (5) Evaluate the author’s use of the connotative and denotative meaning of a word in a text;

          (6) Build vocabulary using pictures and symbols;

          (7) Apply knowledge of content-specific vocabulary in a text to build comprehension; and

          (8) Read aloud and silently with fluency and with a focus on:

               (I) Prosody;

               (II) Accuracy;

               (III) Automaticity; and

               (IV) Reading rate.

     (b) Use skills and strategies of reading process to build comprehension, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prereading strategies which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Preview the text;

               (II) Access prior knowledge;

               (III) Build background knowledge;

               (IV) Set the purpose for reading the text;

               (V) Make predictions;

               (VI) Determine the reading rate; and

               (VII) Determine the type of text;

          (2) Use strategies during the reading process which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Apply strategies of self-correction;

               (II) Make, confirm and revise predictions;

               (III) Understand and use key vocabulary;

               (IV) Identify the main idea and supporting details;

               (V) Make inferences;

               (VI) Adjust the reading rate; and

               (VII) Apply knowledge of the type of text; and

          (3) Use strategies after completion of the reading which are based on the text and the purpose to:

               (I) Recall details;

               (II) Restate main ideas;

               (III) Organize information;

               (IV) Record information;

               (V) Synthesize the text;

               (VI) Evaluate the text; and

               (VII) Evaluate the effectiveness of the strategies of reading.

     (c) Read literary texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate authors, cultures and time periods, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Analyze the setting;

          (2) Analyze the development of the plot with a focus on:

               (I) Climax;

               (II) Resolution;

               (III) The turning point;

               (IV) Exposition;

               (V) Rising action; and

               (VI) Falling action;

          (3) Describe:

               (I) An internal conflict and an external conflict;

               (II) The main plot and the subplots; and

               (III) The motivation for the actions of a character;

          (4) Analyze:

               (I) How one event may cause another event;

               (II) The development of the characters in the text;

               (III) The influence of historical events and cultures; and

               (IV) The theme based on evidence from the text;

          (5) Evaluate methods of characterization used by the author;

          (6) Evaluate the effect of the author’s use of:

               (I) First-person point of view;

               (II) Third-person limited point of view; and

               (III) Third-person omniscient point of view;

          (7) Evaluate the use and purpose of:

               (I) Imagery;

               (II) Figurative language;

               (III) Sound devices;

               (IV) Dialect;

               (V) Slang;

               (VI) Formal language; and

               (VII) Informal language;

          (8) Analyze the author’s use of:

               (I) Flashback;

               (II) Foreshadowing; and

               (III) Various types of irony;

          (9) Explain:

               (I) A lesson learned based on the events or the actions of a character; and

               (II) The use of irony;

          (10) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text about the:

               (I) Setting;

               (II) Plot; and

               (III) Characters;

          (11) Identify the effects of rhythm and rhyme on the text;

          (12) Compare themes that relate to a single topic;

          (13) Distinguish between the third-person limited point of view and the third-person omniscient point of view;

          (14) Evaluate the use of stylistic devices to create tone and mood;

          (15) Compare the use of stylistic devices to create mood;

          (16) Analyze the influence of the work of an author on historical events;

          (17) Analyze the influence of historical events and culture on the work of an author;

          (18) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (19) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (20) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (21) Summarize information;

          (22) Synthesize information; and

          (23) Paraphrase information.

     (d) Read expository and persuasive texts to comprehend, interpret and evaluate the texts for specific purposes, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Evaluate information from:

               (I) Illustrations;

               (II) Graphs;

               (III) Charts;

               (IV) Titles;

               (V) Text boxes;

               (VI) Diagrams;

               (VII) Headings;

               (VIII) Maps;

               (IX) Tables of content;

               (X) Glossaries; and

               (XI) Indices;

          (2) Identify and explain the use of:

               (I) Boldface type;

               (II) Underlined type;

               (III) Highlighted type;

               (IV) Italicized type;

               (V) Abbreviations;

               (VI) Acronyms; and

               (VII) Parenthetical expressions;

          (3) Analyze the use of:

               (I) Dialect;

               (II) Slang;

               (III) Informal and formal language;

               (IV) Idioms;

               (V) Figurative language; and

               (VI) Analogies;

          (4) Explain:

               (I) How words and phrases reveal an author’s tone;

               (II) How language clarifies ideas and concepts; and

               (III) How language is used for persuasion and propaganda;

          (5) Describe how an author uses concrete examples to explain abstract ideas;

          (6) Describe the main idea based on evidence from the text;

          (7) Compare themes relating to a single topic;

          (8) Compare events;

          (9) Evaluate:

               (I) The impact of the sequential order of the text and the chronological order of the text;

               (II) A cause and its effect on events and relationships;

               (III) A problem and a solution to the problem;

               (IV) Hypotheses based on information;

               (V) The author’s use of organizational structure;

               (VI) The development of the author’s argument, viewpoint or perspective;

               (VII) The influence of historical events and culture;

               (VIII) The influence of historical events and culture on the work of an author;

               (IX) The author’s use of facts and opinions;

               (X) The reasonableness and adequacy of evidence from the text;

               (XI) Information from one source by consulting other sources; and

               (XII) The intended and unintended effects of techniques for persuasion and propaganda in various media;

          (10) Make inferences about the cultural and historical viewpoints of the author;

          (11) Make connections between the text and:

               (I) The pupil;

               (II) Other texts; and

               (III) The world;

          (12) Use information to answer specific questions;

          (13) Summarize information;

          (14) Make and revise predictions based on evidence from the text;

          (15) Make inferences and draw conclusions based on evidence from the text;

          (16) Analyze:

               (I) A theme based on evidence from the text; and

               (II) The accuracy of facts;

          (17) Read and follow directions to complete a task or a procedure;

          (18) Synthesize information;

          (19) Paraphrase information;

          (20) Synthesize information from two or more texts;

          (21) Predict events and relationships if:

               (I) The sequence is altered; and

               (II) The chronological order is altered; and

          (22) Evaluate directions to complete a task or a procedure for:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features.

     2.  For the area of writing:

     (a) Write a variety of texts using the writing process, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Use prewriting strategies to plan written work;

          (2) Choose and narrow a topic to organize ideas;

          (3) Explore a topic to plan written work;

          (4) Draft papers which contain more than one paragraph about a single topic and which:

               (I) Are appropriate for the audience;

               (II) Address the purpose;

               (III) Contain supporting details;

               (IV) Contain an introduction;

               (V) Contain transitions; and

               (VI) Contain a conclusion;

          (5) Revise drafts:

               (I) For organization;

               (II) To focus ideas;

               (III) For voice;

               (IV) For appropriateness for the audience;

               (V) For purpose;

               (VI) For relevant details;

               (VII) For word choice; and

               (VIII) For sentence fluency;

          (6) Edit essays and compositions to ensure correct spelling of high-frequency words and content words;

          (7) Edit for proper capitalization;

          (8) Edit punctuation for the proper use of internal and external punctuation;

          (9) Edit for the correct use of:

               (I) Nouns;

               (II) Verbs;

               (III) Pronouns;

               (IV) Adjectives;

               (V) Agreement between the subject and verb;

               (VI) Verb tenses;

               (VII) Adverbs;

               (VIII) Clauses;

               (IX) Phrases;

               (X) Agreement between a pronoun and its antecedent; and

               (XI) The pronoun case;

          (10) Edit sentence structure:

               (I) For complete sentences;

               (II) To combine sentences, when combining is appropriate;

               (III) For compound sentences;

               (IV) For complex sentences; and

               (V) For compound-complex sentences;

          (11) Edit sentences to eliminate:

               (I) Sentence fragments; and

               (II) Run-on sentences;

          (12) Select a format in which to publish a final draft that is appropriate to the audience and purpose; and

          (13) Prepare a legible final draft to display or share.

     (b) Write a variety of texts that inform, persuade, describe, evaluate, entertain or tell a story and that are appropriate to the purpose and audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Write essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A topic sentence;

               (II) Supporting details;

               (III) A thesis statement;

               (IV) Transitions;

               (V) A beginning, a middle and an end; and

               (VI) A concluding statement;

          (2) Write essays and compositions that use various organizational structures and stylistic devices;

          (3) Write papers which contain more than one paragraph about experiences and events appropriate to the purpose and the audience and which:

               (I) Are arranged in a logical sequence;

               (II) Include characters;

               (III) Describe a setting;

               (IV) Contain a plot;

               (V) Contain dialogue;

               (VI) Use figurative language; and

               (VII) Use sensory details;

          (4) Write:

               (I) Poetry;

               (II) A literary analysis;

               (III) An analysis of an expository text which addresses the effectiveness of the writing technique;

               (IV) A variety of communications in a format appropriate for the type of communication; and

               (V) Persuasive essays and compositions appropriate to the audience and purpose;

          (5) Write persuasive essays and compositions which include:

               (I) A thesis statement;

               (II) Supporting evidence;

               (III) Relevant evidence;

               (IV) A structure of cause and effect;

               (V) Structures for addressing problems and solutions; and

               (VI) Rhetorical strategies;

          (6) Write directions to complete a task or a procedure with a focus on:

               (I) Clarity;

               (II) Format;

               (III) Technical vocabulary; and

               (IV) Text features;

          (7) Write research papers by:

               (I) Choosing and narrowing a research topic;

               (II) Locating, collecting and analyzing information from primary and secondary sources;

               (III) Recording information from sources used to prepare the research paper;

               (IV) Paraphrasing and summarizing information;

               (V) Organizing information collected by the pupil; and

               (VI) Adhering to an established format to document and cite the sources from which information was obtained;

          (8) Evaluate the credibility of resources; and

          (9) Demonstrate an understanding of the differences between original works and plagiarized works.

     3.  For the area of listening, listen to and evaluate oral communications for content, style, the purpose of the speaker and appropriateness for the audience, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Listen for a variety of purposes, including, without limitation:

          (1) To gain information;

          (2) Entertainment; and

          (3) To understand directions;

     (b) Listen for and identify:

          (1) The main idea;

          (2) The purpose;

          (3) The message;

          (4) The mood;

          (5) The tone; and

          (6) Techniques of persuasion;

     (c) Listen for and summarize ideas and supporting details;

     (d) Listen to and evaluate oral communications for:

          (1) Content;

          (2) Delivery;

          (3) Point of view;

          (4) Ideas;

          (5) Purpose; and

          (6) Value;

     (e) Listen for and evaluate the effect of the attitude of the speaker on the audience;

     (f) Listen for and distinguish fact from opinion;

     (g) Listen for and evaluate techniques for public speaking;

     (h) Listen to and evaluate the logic of the arguments of the speaker;

     (i) Expand vocabulary through listening;

     (j) Listen for and identify:

          (1) Dialect;

          (2) Slang; and

          (3) The use of formal and informal language;

     (k) Listen for and distinguish between social and academic language;

     (l) Actively listen to oral communications;

     (m) Listen to and participate in conversations;

     (n) Listen to and evaluate constructive feedback;

     (o) Provide constructive feedback; and

     (p) Focus attention to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data.

     4.  For the area of speaking, speak using organization, style, tone, voice and media aids that are appropriate to the audience and purpose and participate in discussions to offer information, clarify ideas and support positions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Give directions to complete tasks or procedures with a focus on clarity and technical vocabulary;

     (b) Ask questions to clarify directions;

     (c) Use precise language to describe and elicit:

          (1) Feelings;

          (2) Experiences;

          (3) Observations; and

          (4) Ideas;

     (d) Use standard English to communicate ideas;

     (e) Use techniques for public speaking to deliver presentations which address the audience with appropriate:

          (1) Volume;

          (2) Eye contact;

          (3) Enunciation;

          (4) Posture;

          (5) Expression;

          (6) Purpose; and

          (7) Prosody;

     (f) Communicate information:

          (1) While maintaining a clear focus;

          (2) In a logical sequence; and

          (3) By illustrating information using media aids;

     (g) Communicate statements that express an opinion;

     (h) Defend a position using logic and citing evidence which supports that position;

     (i) Participate in conversations to solve problems by identifying, synthesizing and evaluating data;

     (j) Respond to questions with evidence in support of an opinion;

     (k) Ask relevant questions to generate possible solutions to a problem;

     (l) Take a leadership role in conversations and discussions;

     (m) Distinguish between relevant and irrelevant information; and

     (n) Negotiate to arrive at a consensus by proposing and examining possible options.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R102-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.465  Mathematics: Generally. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.019, 389.520)

     1.  A local school district shall ensure that pupils, by the completion of the 12th grade, are able to comply with the content and performance standards required for mathematics adopted by the State Board of Education. In carrying out this requirement, the district shall:

     (a) Develop courses which must encompass all of the content and performance standards required for mathematics by the completion of the 12th grade; and

     (b) Provide to each pupil, upon enrollment in high school, a listing of the courses that encompass all of the content and performance standards required for mathematics by the completion of the 12th grade.

     2.  If a pupil enrolls in a mathematics course listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, the school district shall notify the pupil in writing at the time of enrollment in the course that:

     (a) The objectives of the mathematics course may include standards for mathematics in addition to the standards that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade; and

     (b) The mathematics courses listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, are not designed to ensure that the content and performance standards for mathematics that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade will be met by completion of a course listed under NAC 389.468 to 389.484, inclusive, unless that course is included in the listing provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 4-1-92; A by R076-99, 11-4-99)

      NAC 389.4675  Mathematics: Performance standards. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in mathematics offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in mathematics must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:

     1.  For the areas of numbers, number sense and computation, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must accurately calculate and use estimation techniques, number relationships, operation rules and algorithms, and determine the reasonableness of answers and the accuracy of solutions. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Determine an approximate value of radical and exponential expressions using a variety of methods;

     (b) Solve mathematical problems involving exponents and roots;

     (c) Perform addition, subtraction and scalar multiplication on matrices; and

     (d) Identify and apply real number properties to solve problems.

     2.  For the areas of patterns, functions and algebra, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use various algebraic methods to analyze, illustrate, extend and create numerous representations, including, without limitation, words, numbers, tables, and graphs of patterns, functions and algebraic relations. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Add, subtract, multiply and factor first and second degree polynomials connecting the algebraic process and arithmetic process;

     (b) Determine the domain and the range of functions, including, without limitation, linear, quadratic and absolute value, algebraically and graphically;

     (c) Solve systems of two linear equations algebraically and graphically, and verify solutions with and without the assistance of technology;

     (d) Use algebraic expressions to identify and describe the nth term of a sequence;

     (e) Isolate any variable in given equations, inequalities, proportions and formulas to use in mathematical and practical situations;

     (f) Simplify algebraic expressions, including, without limitation, exponents and radicals;

     (g) Solve absolute value equations and inequalities algebraically and graphically; and

     (h) Solve, with and without the assistance of technology, mathematical and practical problems involving linear and quadratic equations with a variety of methods, including, without limitation, discrete methods.

     3.  For the area of measurement, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must use appropriate tools and techniques of measurement to determine, estimate, record and verify direct and indirect measurements. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Estimate and convert units of measure between customary and metric systems;

     (b) Select and use appropriate tools of measurement, techniques and formulas to solve problems in mathematical and practical situations;

     (c) Justify, differentiate and communicate the differences between precision, error and tolerance in practical problems;

     (d) Interpret and apply consumer data presented in charts, tables and graphs to make informed financial decisions related to practical applications; and

     (e) Determine the measurement of unknown dimensions, angles, areas and volumes by using relationships and formulas to solve problems.

     4.  For the areas of spatial relationships, logic and geometry, to solve problems, communicate and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must identify, represent, verify and apply spatial relationships and geometric properties. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Identify and apply the properties of interior and exterior angles of polygons to solve mathematical and practical problems;

     (b) Use coordinate geometry to graph linear equations and find possible solutions to those equations;

     (c) Use complementary and supplementary angles, congruent angles, vertical angles, angles formed when parallel lines are cut by a transversal and angles in polygons to solve problems;

     (d) Apply the Pythagorean Theorem and its converse in mathematical and practical situations;

     (e) Draw and construct geometric figures to solve problems and to demonstrate geometric relationships;

     (f) Identify and use the parts of a circle to solve mathematical and practical problems;

     (g) Apply properties of similarity using right triangle trigonometry to find missing angles and sides;

     (h) Use coordinate geometry and algebraic techniques to determine the slope of a line;

     (i) Identify parallel, perpendicular and intersecting lines by slope;

     (j) Find possible solution sets of systems of equations whose slopes indicate parallel; and

     (k) Formulate, evaluate and justify arguments using inductive and deductive reasoning in mathematical and practical situations.

     5.  For the area of data analysis, to solve problems, communicate, reason and make connections within and beyond the field of mathematics, a pupil must collect, organize, display, interpret and analyze data to determine statistical relationships and probability projections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Organize statistical data by using tables, graphs and matrices, with and without the assistance of technology;

     (b) Select and apply appropriate statistical measures in mathematical and practical situations;

     (c) Distinguish between a sample and a census;

     (d) Identify sources of bias and their effect on data representations and statistical conclusions;

     (e) Use the shape of a normal distribution to compare and analyze data from a sample;

     (f) Apply permutations and combinations to mathematical and practical situations, including, without limitation, the Fundamental Counting Principle;

     (g) Determine the probability of an event, with and without replacement, using sample spaces;

     (h) Design, conduct, analyze and effectively communicate the results of multistage probability experiments;

     (i) Design, construct, analyze and select an appropriate type of graphical representation to communicate the results of a statistical experiment; and

     (j) Formulate and justify inferences based on a valid data sample.

     6.  For the area of problem solving, to develop the ability to solve problems, a pupil must engage in developmentally appropriate opportunities for problem solving in which there is a need to use various approaches to investigate and understand mathematical concepts to formulate problems, find solutions to problems, develop and apply strategies to solve problems, and integrate mathematical reasoning, communication and connections. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Generalize solutions and apply previous knowledge to new problem-solving situations;

     (b) Determine an efficient problem-solving strategy and verify, interpret and evaluate the results with respect to the original problem;

     (c) Apply problem-solving strategies until a solution is found or it is clear that no solution exists;

     (d) Interpret and solve a variety of mathematical problems by paraphrasing;

     (e) Identify necessary and extraneous information;

     (f) Check the reasonableness of a solution;

     (g) Apply technology as a tool in problem-solving situations; and

     (h) Apply combinations of proven strategies and previous knowledge to solve nonroutine problems.

     7.  For the area of mathematical communication, to develop the ability to communicate mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to obtain information in everyday life by reading, listening and observing to translate information into mathematical language and symbols, process information mathematically, discuss and exchange ideas about mathematics as part of learning, read various fiction and nonfiction texts to learn about mathematics and present the results in written, oral and visual formats. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use a variety of techniques to solve mathematical problems;

     (b) Evaluate written and oral presentations in mathematics;

     (c) Model and explain mathematical relationships using oral, written, graphic and algebraic methods;

     (d) Communicate and evaluate mathematical thinking based on the use of definitions, properties, rules and symbols in problem solving; and

     (e) Communicate strategies and solutions to mathematical problems using oral and written expression of everyday language.

     8.  For the area of mathematical reasoning, to develop the ability to reason mathematically, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to investigate mathematical ideas and construct the pupil’s own learning in all content areas to reinforce and extend his or her ability to reason logically, reflect on, clarify and justify his or her thinking, ask questions to extend his or her learning, use patterns and relationships to analyze mathematical situations, and determine relevant, irrelevant and sufficient information to solve mathematical problems. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Construct a valid argument;

     (b) Recognize and apply inductive and deductive reasoning;

     (c) Review and refine the assumptions and steps used to derive conclusions in mathematical arguments;

     (d) Make and test conjectures about algebraic and geometric properties based on mathematical principles; and

     (e) Justify the validity of an argument.

     9.  For the area of mathematical connections, to develop the ability to make mathematical connections, a pupil must solve problems in which there is a need to view mathematics as an integrated whole, including linking new concepts to prior knowledge, identifying relationships between content strands and integrating mathematics with other disciplines, thereby allowing the flexibility to approach problems in a variety of ways within and beyond the field of mathematics. A pupil must demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Use mathematical ideas from one area of mathematics to explain an idea from another area of mathematics;

     (b) Explain the relationship between concepts and procedures;

     (c) Use the connections among mathematical topics to develop multiple approaches to problems;

     (d) Apply mathematical thinking and modeling to solve problems that arise in other disciplines, including, without limitation, rhythm in music and motion in science; and

     (e) Identify, explain and apply mathematics in everyday life.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R155-06, 9-18-2006)

      NAC 389.468  Prealgebra. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in prealgebra must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate strategies for solving problems, including the use of sets, Venn diagrams, sketching diagrams and techniques of estimation.

     2.  Solve and graph equations and inequalities of the first degree.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of exponents.

     4.  Evaluate algebraic expressions and algebraic formulas by using the correct order of operations.

     5.  Perform basic monomial operations.

     6.  Add and subtract polynomials.

     7.  Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using ratio, proportion and percentages.

     8.  Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using the basic techniques of algebra.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.470  Algebra I. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in Algebra I must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using the basic techniques of algebra.

     2.  Solve and graph linear equations and linear inequalities.

     3.  Perform algebraic operations with polynomials.

     4.  Solve quadratic equations by algebraic methods.

     5.  Depict and represent problems or phenomena in everyday life by using algebra.

     6.  Depict and represent problems in everyday life by using matrices.

     7.  Solve linear equations by using algebraic methods.

     8.  Solve problems by using the basic laws of exponents and radicals.

     9.  Justify the logic of algebraic procedures by using field properties.

     10.  Formulate predictions based on collections of data points.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.472  Geometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in geometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Investigate and compare the different geometric systems to develop an understanding of an axiomatic system.

     2.  Compare and contrast properties of geometric figures on a plane.

     3.  Investigate and draw three-dimensional objects.

     4.  Create and validate formulas for two-dimensional figures and three-dimensional objects.

     5.  Construct proofs for mathematical assertions, including indirect proofs and paragraph proofs.

     6.  Analyze and solve problems by using inductive reasoning and deductive reasoning.

     7.  Construct figures to discover and validate mathematical assertions.

     8.  Apply coordinate geometry to validate properties of geometric figures.

     9.  Investigate and solve problems by using relationships of the right triangle.

     10.  Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using geometric models.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.474  Algebra II. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in Algebra II must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Analyze the effect of changing parameters on graphs of functions.

     2.  Formulate and solve problems in everyday life by using matrices.

     3.  Investigate transformations on different classes of algebraic functions by using technology.

     4.  Solve linear and quadratic equations and inequalities by using algebraic methods and apply these skills to solving problems in everyday life.

     5.  Solve systems of equations and inequalities and apply these skills to solving problems in everyday life.

     6.  Solve algebraic problems by using absolute value, exponential functions and logarithmic functions.

     7.  Prove algebraic assertions by using field properties.

     8.  Organize data to aid in the interpretation of data and to make predictions on the basis of such data.

     9.  Represent and solve problems by using linear programming and difference equations.

     10.  Develop the complex system of numbers.

     11.  Investigate series and sequences.

     12.  Investigate different principles of counting and their use in probability.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.476  Trigonometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in trigonometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Solve problems in everyday life by using transformations, coordinates and vectors.

     2.  Validate mathematical assertions by using techniques of trigonometry.

     3.  Demonstrate how phenomena occur in everyday life by using trigonometric and circular functions.

     4.  Investigate the connections between trigonometric functions, polar coordinates, series and complex numbers.

     5.  Investigate transformations on trigonometric functions by using technology.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.478  Analytic geometry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in analytic geometry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of coordinate geometry.

     2.  Recognize the equations of conic sections in both polar and rectangular forms.

     3.  Recognize the three-dimensional conic sections generated by the revolution of a locus of points.

     4.  Use and sketch the graphs of the polynomial functions and the rational functions.

     5.  Demonstrate the translation and rotation of axes in a two-dimensional system.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of the operation on a vector and the properties of vectors.

     7.  Write vectors and parametric equations to solve problems.

     8.  Demonstrate the translation and rotation of axes in a three-dimensional system.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.480  Precalculus. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in precalculus must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Analyze the graphs of polynomial, rational, radical and transcendental functions by using technology.

     2.  Determine the maximum and minimum points of a graph and interpret the results in situations involving problems in everyday life.

     3.  Investigate limits by examining infinite sequences and series and areas under curves.

     4.  Investigate different techniques available to solve problems in everyday life.

     5.  Solve problems in everyday life by using complex numbers and vectors.

     6.  Investigate the relationship between vectors and complex numbers.

     7.  Investigate and describe functions and their inverses by using techniques to sketch curves.

     8.  Investigate and describe the general properties and behavior of classes of functions.

     9.  Validate mathematical assertions by using mathematical induction.

     10.  Solve problems in everyday life by applying the techniques of elementary probability and statistics.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.482  Calculus. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in calculus must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Interpret limits geometrically and evaluate them.

     2.  Differentiate between continuous functions and noncontinuous functions.

     3.  Analyze domains of functions.

     4.  Differentiate rational, transcendental and implicitly defined functions.

     5.  Investigate the upper and lower sums of a function by using technology.

     6.  Analyze the graphs of functions by using technology.

     7.  Integrate elementary functions.

     8.  Solve problems in everyday life by using the techniques of calculus.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.484  Probability and statistics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in probability and statistics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Analyze the effects of transformations of data on measures of central tendency and variability.

     2.  Design a statistical experiment to study a problem occurring in everyday life, interpret and communicate the outcomes, and test the hypothesis by using the appropriate statistics.

     3.  Analyze sets of data assumed to be distributed normally by using the properties of a normal curve.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of notations for combinations and permutations.

     5.  Apply the concept of a random variable to generate and interpret probability distributions including binomial, uniform, normal and chi square.

     6.  Solve problems in everyday life by using the techniques of statistical analysis.

     7.  Solve problems in everyday life by using conditional probability.

     8.  Formulate and solve problems in the physical world by using techniques in statistical analysis.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 4-1-92)

      NAC 389.485  Physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in physical education offered in public schools. Instruction in the 12th grade in physical education must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the 12th grade:

     1.  Understand and apply concepts relating to movement to the learning and development of motor skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply appropriate vocabulary to design a class or schoolwide activity;

     (b) Integrate knowledge specific to a particular physical activity to new physical activities;

     (c) Analyze the pupil’s personal performance and apply the results of that analysis to improve his or her performance; and

     (d) Analyze health and fitness benefits arising from various physical activities.

     2.  Demonstrate competency in many forms of movement and proficiency in a few forms of movement, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate proficiency in at least three forms of movement in two or more sports; and

     (b) Apply scientific principles to movements relating to weight transfer and balance.

     3.  Understand dance through the use of skills, techniques and choreography, and as a form of communication, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify and demonstrate, with consistency, complex combinations of steps and patterns from different theatrical and traditional styles of dance;

     (b) Observe and analyze the actions and qualities of movement in dances, using the appropriate vocabulary relating to movement;

     (c) Demonstrate rhythmic acuity with consistency; and

     (d) Perform traditional styles of dance or theatrical styles of dance, or both traditional and theatrical styles of dance, from different times, periods or cultures, and compare and contrast the steps and styles of movement of those dances.

     4.  Achieve and maintain a health-enhancing level of individual fitness for an active lifestyle, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Refine health-related goals as defined by a formal guideline;

     (b) Engage independently in physical activities that address fitness and wellness throughout life;

     (c) Analyze a personal lifestyle which is healthy, independent of intervention by a teacher; and

     (d) Evaluate physical activities for the potential of injury which may occur while participating in those physical activities.

     5.  Practice personal responsibility, positive social interaction and respect for diversity in settings in which physical activities occur, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Anticipate and avoid potentially dangerous outcomes and consequences that may occur while participating in physical activity;

     (b) Accept the responsibility for taking a leadership role; and

     (c) Discuss the changing needs of physical activity within a diverse society.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R033-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000)

      NAC 389.488  Exemption from physical education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  A school district shall exempt a pupil from taking the course in physical education if the pupil requests the exemption on the basis of his or her:

     (a) Physical or mental condition, and the request is supported by a written statement from a physician;

     (b) Religious belief, and the request is supported by a written statement from the pupil’s parent or guardian;

     (c) Enrollment in the Reserve Officer Training Corps; or

     (d) Intended enrollment in a program which is comparable to the course in physical education.

     2.  If a pupil requests an exemption based on his or her intended enrollment in a program which is comparable to the course in physical education, the school district shall furnish the Superintendent of Public Instruction with a syllabus of that program. Upon the Superintendent’s written approval, the school district shall grant the exemption.

     3.  A school district shall exempt a pupil from not more than one credit in physical education if the pupil participates in interscholastic athletics, on a drill team, in a marching band, in a dance group or on a cheerleading squad if:

     (a) The activity is sponsored by the school; and

     (b) The pupil actively participates in the activity for at least 120 hours.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.070)

      NAC 389.491  Science: Generally. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.019, 389.520)

     1.  A local school district shall ensure that pupils, by the completion of the 12th grade, are able to comply with the standards required for science which are adopted by the State Board of Education pursuant to NAC 389.244, 389.2939, 389.411 and 389.4915. In carrying out this requirement, the district shall:

     (a) Develop courses which must encompass all of the standards required for science by the completion of the 12th grade; and

     (b) Provide to each pupil, upon enrollment in high school, a listing of the courses that encompass all of the standards required for science by the completion of the 12th grade.

     2.  If a pupil enrolls in a science course listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, the school district shall notify the pupil in writing at the time of enrollment in the course that:

     (a) The objectives of the science course may include standards for science in addition to the standards that are required to be completed by the end of the 12th grade; and

     (b) The science courses listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, are not designed to ensure that the standards for science that are required to be completed by the end of 12th grade will be met by completion of a course listed under NAC 389.492 to 389.498, inclusive, unless that course is included in the listing provided pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-27-92; A by R076-99, 11-4-99; R041-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.4915  Science: Standards. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the end of the 12th grade, pupils must know, understand and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for courses in science offered in public schools. Instruction in the 9th grade through the 12th grade must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards by the completion of the 12th grade:

     1.  For the area of science inquiry:

     (a) Understand that various methods of communication can be used to share scientific information;

     (b) Know that tables, charts, illustrations and graphs can be used to make scientific arguments or claims and can be used as visual aids for oral and written presentations regarding such scientific arguments or claims;

     (c) Know that scientists maintain a permanent record of procedures, data, analyses, decisions and understandings of scientific investigations;

     (d) Know that experiments which are repeated allow scientists to prepare statistical analyses and make unbiased conclusions;

     (e) Know how safely to conduct an original scientific investigation using the appropriate tools and technology; and

     (f) Know that models and modeling can be used to identify and predict certain cause-and-effect relationships.

     2.  For the areas of science, technology and society:

     (a) Understand the impact of science and technology as it relates to the costs and benefits to society;

     (b) Know that science, technology and society have positive and negative influences on one another;

     (c) Know that patterns of consumption, efforts at conservation, and cultural and social practices in various countries have different impacts on the environment;

     (d) Know the influence of ethics on scientific enterprise; and

     (e) Know that scientific knowledge is built on previous scientific information.

     3.  For the area of matter:

     (a) Understand that atomic structure explains the properties and behavior of matter;

     (b) Know that different molecular arrangements and motions account for the different physical properties of solids, liquids and gases;

     (c) Know that elements in the periodic table are arranged into groups and periods by repeating patterns and relationships;

     (d) Know that identifiable properties can be used to separate mixtures;

     (e) Know that atoms bond with one another by transferring or sharing electrons;

     (f) Know that chemical reactions can take place at different rates depending on a variety of factors which include, without limitation, temperature, concentration, surface area and agitation;

     (g) Know that chemical reactions release energy or absorb energy;

     (h) Know that during a chemical reaction, elements combine in predictable ratios and the numbers of atoms of each element do not change;

     (i) Know that most elements have two or more isotopes, some of which have certain practical applications; and

     (j) Know that the number of electrons in an atom determines whether the atom is:

          (1) An electrically neutral atom; or

          (2) An ion.

     4.  For the areas of force and motion:

     (a) Understand the interactions between force and motion;

     (b) Know that the laws of motion can be used to determine the effects of certain forces on the motion of an object;

     (c) Know that an electromagnetic force can be established by magnetic forces and electric forces;

     (d) Know that the strength of the electric force between two objects:

          (1) Increases with an increase in the charge of the force; and

          (2) Decreases with an increase in the distance between the objects; and

     (e) Know that the strength of the gravitational force between two objects:

          (1) Increases with an increase in the mass of the objects; and

          (2) Decreases rapidly with an increase in the distance between the objects.

     5.  For the area of energy:

     (a) Understand that there are interactions between matter and energy;

     (b) Know that certain waves, including, without limitation, sound waves, seismic waves and electromagnetic waves, have energy that can be transferred when the waves interact with matter;

     (c) Know that forms of energy can be converted;

     (d) Know that nuclear reactions can convert a relatively small amount of material into a large amount of energy;

     (e) Know the characteristics, applications and impacts of radioactivity;

     (f) Know the relationship between heat and temperature; and

     (g) Know that electricity is transferred from sources which generate electricity for consumption and practical uses.

     6.  For the area of heredity:

     (a) Understand how genetic information is passed from one generation to the next generation;

     (b) Know that genetic information which is passed from a parent to an offspring is coded in the DNA molecule;

     (c) Know that DNA molecules provide instructions for assembling protein molecules;

     (d) Know that all cells in the body of an organism develop from a single cell and contain essentially identical genetic instructions;

     (e) Know several causes and effects of somatic mutations versus sex-cell mutations; and

     (f) Know how to predict patterns of inherited characteristics.

     7.  For the area of the structure of life:

     (a) Understand that all life forms at every level of organization have specialized structures and use similar processes to satisfy the needs of life;

     (b) Know the structure and function of cells;

     (c) Know that the human body has a specialized anatomy and physiology composed of a hierarchical arrangement of differentiated cells; and

     (d) Know that disease disrupts the equilibrium that exists in a healthy organism.

     8.  For the area of organisms and their environment:

     (a) Understand that ecosystems display patterns of organization, stability and change which result from the interactions and interdependencies between the living and nonliving components of the earth;

     (b) Know the relationship between various organisms and their physical environments;

     (c) Know how changes in an ecosystem can affect the biodiversity in the ecosystem and the contribution of the biodiversity to the stability of an ecosystem;

     (d) Know that the amount of living matter that an environment can support is limited by the availability of matter and energy and the ability of the ecosystem to recycle certain materials; and

     (e) Know the unique geological, hydrological, climatic and biological characteristics of the bioregions of the State of Nevada.

     9.  For the area of the diversity of life:

     (a) Understand biological evolution and the diversity of life;

     (b) Know that organisms can be classified based on evolutionary relationships;

     (c) Know that the similarity of sequences of DNA provide evidence of relationships between certain organisms;

     (d) Know that records of fossils provide evidence of natural selection and the evolutionary consequences of natural selection;

     (e) Know that the extinction of a species can be a natural process;

     (f) Know that biological evolution explains the diversity of life; and

     (g) Know the concepts of natural and artificial selection.

     10.  For the areas of the atmospheric processes and the cycle of water:

     (a) Understand that heat and energy transfer in and out of the atmosphere and influence the weather and the climate of the earth;

     (b) Know that the sun is a major source of the energy for the earth and provides the energy that establishes the weather and the climate of the earth;

     (c) Know that the composition of the atmosphere of the earth has changed in the past and continues to change;

     (d) Understand the role of the atmosphere in the greenhouse effect of the earth;

     (e) Know that convection and radiation play important roles in moving heat energy throughout the earth; and

     (f) Know that the rotation of the earth affects wind currents and ocean currents.

     11.  For the area of the solar system and the universe:

     (a) Know the scientific theories of the origins and evolution of the universe;

     (b) Know the common characteristics of stars;

     (c) Know that stars are powered by the nuclear fusion of lighter elements into heavier elements, which results in the release of large amounts of energy;

     (d) Know the ways in which technology has increased the understanding of the universe;

     (e) Know the continuing processes involved in the formation and destruction of stars; and

     (f) Know that scientific evidence suggests that the universe is expanding.

     12.  For the area of the structure and composition of the earth:

     (a) Understand scientific evidence concerning processes that take place on a geological time scale;

     (b) Know how successive rock strata and fossils can be used to confirm the age, history and changing life forms of the earth, including, without limitation, the manner in which this evidence is affected by the folding, breaking and uplifting of layers of the earth;

     (c) Understand the concept of and evidence supporting plate tectonics, including, without limitation, structural, geophysical and paleontological evidence;

     (d) Know that elements exist in fixed amounts and move through solid earth, oceans, the atmosphere and living things as part of biogeochemical cycles;

     (e) Know the processes of obtaining, using and recycling renewable and nonrenewable resources; and

     (f) Know that soil, which is derived from weathered rocks and decomposed organic material, is found in layers of the earth.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R075-99, eff. 11-4-99; A by R041-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.492  Life science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in life science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in life science:

     1.  Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.

     2.  Identify relationships between matter and energy.

     3.  Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.

     4.  Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.

     5.  Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.

     6.  Use mathematics in collecting and interpreting scientific data.

     7.  Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.

     8.  Understand environmental concepts as they relate to life science.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of the continuity and development of life forms.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of the structure and interdependence of living systems.

     11.  Demonstrate an understanding of metabolic processes.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 3-27-92)

      NAC 389.494  Earth science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in earth science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in earth science:

     1.  Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.

     2.  Identify relationships between matter and energy.

     3.  Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.

     4.  Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.

     5.  Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.

     6.  Use mathematics in collecting and interpreting scientific data.

     7.  Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.

     8.  Understand environmental concepts as they relate to earth science.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of geology, oceanography, meteorology and other phenomena related to earth science.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of the solar system and the universe.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)

      NAC 389.496  Physical science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in physical science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following, as appropriate to the specific course in physical science:

     1.  Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.

     2.  Identify relationships between matter and energy.

     3.  Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.

     4.  Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.

     5.  Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.

     6.  Use mathematics to quantify science and in collecting and interpreting scientific data.

     7.  Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.

     8.  Understand environmental concepts as they relate to physical science.

     9.  Explain the relationship between the structure and properties of matter.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of the transformation of energy, the forces of nature, motion and the relationship of cause and effect in those contexts.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)

      NAC 389.498  Environmental science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  In addition to the course of study in science required for all grades of high school, a course of study in environmental science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate the active use of critical thinking and logical reasoning.

     2.  Identify relationships between matter and energy.

     3.  Analyze the characteristics and organization of the processes that cause diversity and change in the universe.

     4.  Recognize the interdependence of organisms and their environment.

     5.  Understand that mathematics is used to communicate scientific principles.

     6.  Use mathematics to quantify science in collecting and interpreting scientific data.

     7.  Explain the relationship among scientific disciplines and their relationship to choosing a career, industry and daily living.

     8.  Understand environmental concepts as they relate to human activities.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of the interrelationship among components of the biosphere.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of succession.

     11.  Demonstrate an understanding of the effect of technology on the environment.

     12.  Demonstrate an understanding of the environmental effects of change in the biosphere.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 3-27-92)

      NAC 389.505  Technology and computers. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of high school, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for technology and computers offered in public schools. Instruction in high school in technology and computers must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of high school:

     1.  For the areas of creativity and innovation, demonstrate creative thinking, build knowledge and develop innovative products and processes using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Independently or in collaboration with other pupils, apply prior and newly acquired knowledge to develop new ideas, products or processes using digital tools;

     (b) Create an original work using digital tools, including, without limitation, tools for planning, researching, editing and producing the original work;

     (c) Develop digital models or simulations to answer questions or solve problems; and

     (d) Use technology to conduct research, conduct experiments and report data from the experiments to determine trends and possibilities and use evidence to make and justify predictions.

     2.  For the areas of communication and collaboration, use digital media and environments to communicate and work in collaboration with other pupils, including pupils outside of the classroom, to support the learning of the pupil and the learning of other pupils, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Collaborate electronically with other pupils, persons and experts to create and publish digital products for real audiences;

     (b) Create digital text, images, sound and video for use in a communication;

     (c) Critique the appropriateness of digital formats for specific audiences and purposes;

     (d) Interact electronically with groups of persons who are culturally diverse for specific purposes;

     (e) Contribute electronically to a group project that identifies a problem, present solutions to the problem and evaluate those solutions; and

     (f) Choose and justify a method of electronically interacting with other persons for a specific goal or purpose.

     3.  For the area of fluency of research and information, gather, evaluate and use information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use digital tools to plan, organize and critique research-based inquiries;

     (b) For a research project, use digital tools to plan a timeline, track the progress of the project and cite the sources the pupil used for the project;

     (c) Use techniques of advanced searches to locate, access, synthesize and evaluate information in multiple sources to create an original product for a real audience;

     (d) Use digital tools to organize and compare information with main ideas and supporting documents;

     (e) Use digital resources to assemble and evaluate facts, opinions and points of view that are appropriate for a specific task;

     (f) Evaluate how other pupils use resources that are appropriate for a specific task;

     (g) Use multiple digital tools to analyze data and critique theories and hypotheses; and

     (h) Evaluate digital formats for reporting results to a variety of audiences and justify the use of those formats.

     4.  For the areas of critical thinking, problem solving and decision making, use critical thinking skills to plan and conduct research, manage projects, solve problems and make informed decisions using the digital tools and resources that are appropriate for the specific task, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify a complex issue, develop a systematic plan for the investigation of the issue and present innovative solutions to the issue;

     (b) Analyze the capabilities and limitations of different digital planning tools for developing solutions or completing a project;

     (c) Choose and apply digital tools to collect, organize and analyze data to evaluate theories or test hypotheses; and

     (d) Use multiple processes to consider diverse perspectives on a problem that arises in an everyday situation, use digital resources to derive original solutions to the problem and assess the potential of those resources to address the social, lifelong learning and career needs.

     5.  For the area of the appropriate use of technology, understand human, cultural and societal issues relating to technology and practice legal and ethical behaviors when using technology, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Articulate the concepts and issues concerning intellectual and digital property rights;

     (b) Compare the similarities and differences between the acceptable use of technological resources at school and in the work environment;

     (c) Extrapolate how technology will affect the ability of the pupil to collaborate, learn and produce in postsecondary education and in a career;

     (d) Analyze the capabilities and limitations of current and emerging technologies and assess the potential of those technologies to address personal, societal, lifelong learning and career needs; and

     (e) Model appropriate behaviors in the use of technology while leading a group of pupils through a collaborative project using current and emerging technologies.

     6.  For the areas of technological operations and concepts, demonstrate an understanding of technological concepts, systems and operations, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe the components of technological systems and how those components interact;

     (b) Critique the selection of digital tools based on the efficiency and effectiveness of those tools;

     (c) Analyze and troubleshoot common hardware and software issues to optimize learning and productivity; and

     (d) Analyze the capabilities and limitations of current and emerging technologies based on the potential of those technologies to address personal learning, career needs and societal issues.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R038-00, 6-20-2000, eff. 7-1-2000; A by R008-10, 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.511  Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  By the beginning of high school, pupils must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades for social studies offered in public schools. Instruction in high school in social studies must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of high school:

     1.  For the area of social study skills:

     (a) Acquire and apply skills of reading, writing and oral communication to construct knowledge, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Read text using reading strategies, including, without limitation, strategies that employ prior knowledge, use key vocabulary words and employ context clues.

          (2) Read text for a specific purpose, including, without limitation, to identify cause and effect relationships, to compare and contrast information, to identify fact and opinion and to identify author bias.

          (3) Respond to historical texts and other social studies literature by inferring, drawing conclusions, making predictions and formulating questions pertaining to history, geography, economics and civics.

          (4) Process or synthesize information by writing, taking notes, using graphic organizers, summarizing, sequencing events or formulating thesis statements, or any combination thereof.

     (b) Acquire, organize, use and evaluate information that prepares a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Formulate appropriate research questions.

          (2) Conduct research by gathering, organizing and evaluating the credibility and bias of information from a variety of online, print and nonprint resources.

          (3) Process, effectively communicate and present information orally, in writing and by developing websites, using multimedia presentations and using other forms of technology.

          (4) Critically analyze messages in the media to identify propaganda, censorship and bias.

          (5) Create, interpret, analyze and detect bias in maps, graphs, charts and diagrams.

          (6) Demonstrate and advocate legal and ethical behaviors regarding the use of technology among peers, family and the community.

          (7) Collaborate with peers, experts and other persons to contribute to a knowledge base with a specific content, including, without limitation, contributing to weblogs, podcasts and other types of digital media or websites, to compile, synthesize, produce and disseminate information.

     (c) Demonstrate historical comprehension by analyzing and interpreting historical documents and artifacts that present alternative voices, accounts and interpretations or perspectives on past events, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Analyze patterns of historical continuity and change and to think chronologically.

          (2) Analyze and evaluate primary and secondary resources for perspectives of historical events.

          (3) Differentiate between historical memory and historical fact.

          (4) Apply social studies to situations involving actual events that are currently taking place.

          (5) Extract significant ideas from social studies resources and frame questions pertaining to history.

          (6) Use primary and secondary resources to analyze and interpret history.

          (7) Compare multiple perspectives of historical events using a variety of resources.

          (8) Analyze and interpret primary resources to answer a historical question.

     (d) Demonstrate skills which prepare a pupil to be an active, informed and literate citizen, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate responsibility for the well-being of himself or herself, his or her family and the community in which he or she lives.

          (2) Discuss issues and events that have an impact on persons at local, state, national and global levels.

          (3) Actively participate in civics and community life at the local, state, national and global levels.

          (4) Seek information from a variety of sources and perspectives to develop informed opinions and creative solutions.

          (5) Ask meaningful questions and analyze and evaluate information and ideas.

          (6) Identify resources and perspectives that influence the formation of opinions and creative solutions.

          (7) Use effective decision-making and problem-solving skills in public and private life.

          (8) Collaborate effectively as a member of a group.

     2.  For the area of history:

     (a) Understand the development, characteristics and interaction of persons, cultures, societies, religions and ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Assess the impact of the Industrial Revolution on race, class and gender.

          (2) Discuss the influences of American industrialists on the rise of corporate capitalism.

          (3) Assess the impact of technological innovations and urbanization on the social and economic development of society.

          (4) Define the term “nativism” and explain the political and social responses to immigration into the United States.

          (5) Identify the causes of labor movements in the United States and analyze the consequences of those movements.

          (6) Explain how social movements of the 20th century led to the emergence of a pluralistic society.

          (7) Evaluate how cultural developments in the arts, literature, architecture, education, media and leisure activities reflected and changed society.

          (8) Discuss the effects of early technologies on society, including, without limitation, communication, transportation and manufacturing technologies.

          (9) Explain how trade causes cultural diffusion.

          (10) Compare and contrast the characteristics of dominant world cultures.

          (11) Analyze how and why Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism acquired new adherents in various parts of the world.

          (12) Examine the impact of scientific, technological, mathematical, cultural and artistic developments of the Renaissance on societies around the world.

          (13) Explain the causes of the Reformation and the effects the Reformation had on Europe and the Americas.

          (14) Identify the influence of the Enlightenment on the Western World, including, without limitation, the influence on philosophy, science, fine arts, government and literature.

          (15) Analyze the cultural, social and economic changes that occurred as a result of industrialization.

          (16) Analyze how industrialization, migration, changing diets and advances in science and medicine have affected demographics across the world.

     (b) Understand the influences of persons, events, ideas and conflicts in the development of nations, empires, cultures and political and economic ideas, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Summarize the concepts and results of the American Revolution and post-revolutionary outcomes as they apply to the 20th century.

          (2) Summarize the concepts and results of the Civil War and Reconstruction as they apply to the 20th century.

          (3) Analyze how different cultures, points of view and self-interests influence compromise and conflict over territories, borders and resources.

          (4) Describe the final settlement of the American West and the federal policies toward Native Americans, including, without limitation, the Dawes Act, the Plains Wars and the reservation system.

          (5) Assess the contributions of immigrant groups to the development of the United States.

          (6) Define the term “imperialism” and discuss the impact of imperialism on the political relations of the United States with other nations.

          (7) Discuss the causes and consequences of expansion policies and diplomatic policies of the United States.

          (8) Discuss the economic and political effects of World War I on the United States.

          (9) Describe the causes and consequences of the Great Depression.

          (10) Analyze the policies and programs of the New Deal and the effects those policies and programs had on political, economic and diplomatic institutions.

          (11) Describe the cultural, economic, political and technological impact of World War II on the United States.

          (12) Describe the causes and effects of the change in demographics and the development of suburbanization in the United States.

          (13) Explain the effects of Cold War policies on the involvement of the United States in the Korean War and the Vietnam War.

          (14) Examine the changes in political culture of the United States during the 1960s and 1970s, including, without limitation, the assassination of John F. Kennedy, the Watergate scandal and the Iranian hostage crisis.

          (15) Explain the economic, political and technological impact on the United States of the Korean War, the Vietnam War, the Persian Gulf War, the Iraq War and the War on Terrorism.

          (16) Examine the roles of nationalism, imperialism and religion in the building and development of nations.

          (17) Describe the rise of commercial trading centers and their effects on social, political and economic institutions around the world.

          (18) Explain the development of monarchies and the effect those monarchies had on centralized government, commerce, trade and religion.

          (19) Explain how Greek and Roman civilizations influenced the development of democratic and republican governments in modern societies.

          (20) Analyze the development of the nation-state and explain how nation-states are different from empires and other forms of political organizations.

          (21) Explain why and how shifts in global power happened after World War I and World War II.

          (22) Explain how the dissolution of the Soviet Union and other Eastern European communist governments resulted in the formation of new nations.

          (23) Explain the objectives of a variety of independence movements and analyze political factors that contributed to changes in nations.

          (24) Discuss examples of contemporary ethnic conflicts and explain how those conflicts changed nations.

          (25) Discuss major reasons for tensions and conflicts in the contemporary world and efforts that have been made to address those tensions and conflicts.

     (c) Understand the influences of social ideas and personal action on social, political, economic and technological change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe important persons in the movement to expand rights of African Americans and explain their struggle to expand those rights during the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

          (2) Describe the rise of corporations and analyze working conditions in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.

          (3) Analyze the contributions of inventors and innovators that led to a change in society.

          (4) Determine the causes and effects of the Populist and Progressive Movements.

          (5) Analyze major social movements in the United States and explain the impact those movements had on changing social and political culture.

          (6) Examine social tensions in the post-World War I era, including, without limitation, radical politics, restrictions on immigration, internal migration, religious fundamentalism and racism.

          (7) Describe the development of the Women’s Suffrage Movement and the subsequent passage of the 19th Amendment to the United States Constitution.

          (8) Explain how the social and economic opportunities of the post-World War II era contributed to social responsibility and change.

          (9) Identify and describe the major issues, events and persons of minority rights movements, including, without limitation, the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Black Power Movement, the United Farm Workers, the American Indian Movement, Viva La Raza and the Women’s Rights Movement.

          (10) Analyze how post-World War II science and technology augmented the economic strength of the United States, transformed the daily lives of persons and influenced the world economy and politics.

          (11) Compare and contrast the social impact on the United States of the Cold War and the War on Terrorism.

          (12) Analyze major events reported by the media and the impact of those events at the local, state, national and global levels.

          (13) Compare and contrast racial segregation in the United States with racial and social policies of other nations, including, without limitation, apartheid in the Republic of South Africa.

          (14) Explain the impact of Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism and Buddhism on political and social structures around the world.

          (15) Analyze the responses of persons to restrictive social and political systems.

          (16) Analyze how the ideals and institutions of freedom, equality, justice and citizenship have changed.

          (17) Evaluate the worldwide implications of advancements in nuclear, electronic, computer and medical technologies.

          (18) Explain how literature, music and art are used by persons to voice their opposition to or support for a cause and encourage social change.

          (19) Determine the causes and consequences of genocidal conflicts, including, without limitation, the Holocaust and the conflicts in Armenia, Bosnia, Darfur and Rwanda.

          (20) Analyze the causes, consequences and moral implications of ethnic conflicts around the world.

          (21) Explain the changing role of race, class and gender.

          (22) Explain how literature, music, the media and visual arts affect social change.

          (23) Examine the ideals and institutions of freedom, equality, justice and citizenship and explain how they have changed.

          (24) Understand how border disputes among nations reflect and influence the conceptions and identities of societies.

     (d) Understand the interactions and interdependence among nations around the world and the impact of economics, politics, religions and cultures on international relationships, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe and interpret the causes and effects of World War I and World War II on the relationship between the United States and Europe.

          (2) Discuss key persons, ideas and events of the Cold War era and analyze their impact on economic and political policies in the United States.

          (3) Analyze how international policies contributed to the end of the Cold War.

          (4) Identify and analyze trends in domestic and foreign affairs of the United States from the end of the Vietnam War to September 11, 2001.

          (5) Discuss the impacts of conflicts on the United States economic, political and social position in the world, including, without limitation, the impact of the Korean War, Vietnam War, Persian Gulf War, Iraq War and War on Terrorism.

          (6) Analyze how major sources of tension or conflict influence the current political climate in the United States, including, without limitation, September 11, 2001, the Patriot Act and security issues.

          (7) Describe the strategic, political and economic policies of the United States concerning the Middle East, Latin America, Mexico, immigration, trade and the environment.

          (8) Explore the influence of popular culture in the United States on other nations and the influence of popular culture in other nations on the United States.

          (9) Evaluate the influence of the cultural ideas of the United States on other nations.

          (10) Explore the influence of various cultures from around the world on the United States.

          (11) Explain the impact of imperialism and colonial rule on persons in Africa, Asia and South America and the independence movements that resulted from imperialism and colonial rule in those areas.

          (12) Describe the causes and effects of the Russian Revolution, including, without limitation, Marxism, Leninism and Bolshevism.

          (13) Discuss the causes, characteristics and consequences of European and Japanese imperialism before World War II.

          (14) Analyze the causes, courses and effects of World War I and World War II.

          (15) Describe the significance of the dissolution of the Soviet Union and the influence of international and economic factors that contributed to the end of the Cold War.

          (16) Examine the decline of colonial rule and the development of independent nations.

          (17) Describe the rise of totalitarian societies in Europe, Asia and Latin America.

          (18) Explain the impact of world commerce on the relationships between developed nations and developing nations.

          (19) Describe the contributions of the social, political and economic characteristics of modern civilizations in Latin America, Africa, China, India and Japan.

          (20) Describe tensions in contemporary Islamic countries concerning the reconciliation of traditional and Western influences.

          (21) Analyze the political and religious factors that contribute to instability in the Middle East.

          (22) Describe how political and economic alliances affect persons and countries.

          (23) Describe how global issues, including, without limitation, human rights, the environment, regional conflicts and health issues, affect nations.

          (24) Analyze how the contemporary political climate has changed personal and national security within and among nations.

     3.  For the area of geography:

     (a) Use maps, globes and other geographic tools and technologies to locate and extrapolate information about persons, places and environments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use map elements, including, without limitation, scale, to identify and locate physical and human features in the United States and the world.

          (2) Analyze and interpret geographic information by selecting appropriate maps, map projections and other representations, including, without limitation, urban planning and national parks.

          (3) Apply concepts and models of spatial organization and use quantitative methods to identify and make decisions about geographic information.

          (4) Analyze a variety of complex maps, including, without limitation, topographic, demographic and land use maps, to acquire geographic information.

          (5) Construct complex, accurate maps and models from memory to answer questions about locations of human and physical features.

          (6) Analyze maps for purpose, accuracy, content and design.

          (7) Analyze and interpret physical and human features on Earth using appropriate geographic tools and technologies.

          (8) Select and design maps, graphs, diagrams, tables or charts to organize geographic information using a variety of technologies.

     (b) Understand the physical and human features of places, and use that information to define and study regions and their patterns of changes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Determine how relationships between humans and the environment lead to the development of connections among places and regions.

          (2) Explain why characteristics of places change.

          (3) Apply the concept of region to organize and study a geographic issue.

          (4) Analyze selected historical issues, demographics and questions using the geographic concept of regions.

          (5) Explain why places and regions are important to cultural identity and serve as forces for both unification and fragmentation.

          (6) Compare characteristics of places and regions from different perspectives.

          (7) Determine how tools affect the way cultural groups perceive and use resources within places and regions.

          (8) Use absolute and relative location, including, without limitation, longitude and latitude, to locate prominent countries, cities and physical features in different regions of the world.

     (c) Understand how economic, political and cultural processes interact to shape patterns of human migration and settlement, influence and interdependence, and conflict and cooperation, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Analyze demographic trends in the world.

          (2) Evaluate the impact of migration and settlement on physical and human systems.  

          (3) Analyze the development of civilizations and the impact that development has on the changes and progress of human development.

          (4) Compare characteristics and patterns of rural and urban migration and settlement in developed and developing countries.

          (5) Evaluate why major cities develop in particular geographic locations and how their development affects cultures.

          (6) Analyze and evaluate international economic issues from a spatial perspective.

          (7) Analyze how location and distance connect to influence economic systems at local, national and international levels.

          (8) Evaluate changes in the size and structure of cultural, political and economic organizations.

     (d) Understand the effects of interactions between human and physical systems, and changes in the use, distribution and importance of resources, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Analyze how changes in the physical environment can increase or diminish the capacity of the environment to support human activity.

          (2) Describe ways in which technology has affected the human capacity to modify the physical environment, and evaluate the possible regional or global impact of the technology.

          (3) Develop possible responses to changes caused by human modification of the physical environment.

          (4) Analyze human perception of and response to natural hazards, including, without limitation, use, distribution and importance of resources.

          (5) Analyze the patterns of use, the changing distribution and the relative importance of the resources of the earth.

          (6) Develop policies for the use and management of the resources of the earth that consider the various interests involved.

     4.  For the area of economics:

     (a) Understand how scarcity and incentives affect choices, how markets work, why markets form, how supply and demand interact to determine the market price and how changes in prices act as economic signals to coordinate trade, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Analyze choices and incentive systems used by parents, teachers, employers and governments using the concepts of total benefits and opportunity costs, using the concepts of the impact of marginal costs and marginal benefits and evaluating effectiveness.

          (2) Analyze how consumers adjust their purchases in response to changes in price using the concept of price elasticity.

          (3) Assess how producers can adjust their sales decisions in response to changes in price using the concept of price elasticity.

          (4) Evaluate career paths taking into consideration the specific skills required for a career, the wages that may be earned in a career, the impact of the skills of a person on the wages he or she can earn and the response of wages to market demand.

          (5) Analyze markets using the concepts of supply and demand, including, without limitation, the impact of changes in supply on prices, the impact of changes in demand on prices and the impact of price controls.

     (b) Identify indicators used to measure economic performance, understand important aspects of how the economy acts as a system, and understand the roles of money, interest rates, saving and borrowing, financial institutions and the central banking system in the economy, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe the current money supply measures of the United States, including, without limitation, M1 and M2.

          (2) Explain the three functions of money, including, without limitation, the medium of exchange, the store of value and the unit of account.

          (3) Explain why a real interest rate accurately measures the benefit of saving or the cost of borrowing, and indicate ways a high interest rate could be detrimental or beneficial.

          (4) Explain what a credit rating is and how it affects the ability to access loans.

          (5) Compare the risks and rewards of using the services offered by different financial institutions.

          (6) Explain how the circular flow of economic activity can affect the income of the United States.

          (7) Analyze the potential production of goods and services for a nation as determined by the resources and technology of the nation.

          (8) Explain how the Federal Reserve influences bank loans, the inflation rate of the economy and economic activity in general using the reserve requirement, the discount rate and open market operations.

          (9) Explain how government fiscal policy may affect the rate of unemployment by influencing production, employment and price levels.

          (10) Describe how standards of living in the United States have changed over time using real gross domestic product per capita as a measure of the standard of living.

          (11) Define the term “recession” and examine the economy of the United States over time using the change in real gross domestic product.

          (12) Discuss the effects of inflation on the economy of the United States using the consumer price index.

          (13) Compare the unemployment rates for groups of persons who differ by age, gender, ethnicity, occupation and education.

          (14) Demonstrate knowledge of when, why and how interest rate levels have experienced relative highs and relative lows throughout the history of the United States.

          (15) Explain how interest rates are determined using supply and demand.

     (c) Identify the causes of economic change and explain how the economic system of the United States responds to those changes and how other economic systems respond to change, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Identify the roles of organizations in a market economy, including, without limitation, for-profit organizations, not-for-profit organizations and labor unions.

          (2) Analyze the past, present and future role of investment in enhancing economic growth and raising the standard of living.

          (3) Evaluate how entrepreneurs affect the economy by solving problems, taking risks and taking advantage of opportunities to earn profits.

          (4) Judge the advantages and disadvantages of specialization and interdependence.

          (5) Explain how self-interest, channeled through the marketplace, can increase the overall standard of living.

          (6) Analyze the role of government in a market economy regarding public goods, externalities, monopoly power, redistribution of income and the definition and protection of property rights.

          (7) Describe the rise of national economies, the emergence of free markets and the emergence of democratic capitalism.

          (8) Illustrate the idea that real world economies tend to be mixed economies containing elements of capitalism, socialism, command allocations of resources and market allocations of resources.

          (9) Compare the benefits and costs of allocating resources through the markets or the government.

          (10) Discuss how the pricing system of an economy determines what goods and services will be produced, how they will be produced and who will receive them.

     (d) Explore trends in international trade, the impact of trade on the economy of the United States and the role of exchange rates, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Describe how the economic characteristics of other countries and their economic events affect the United States.

          (2) Determine how a change in exchange rates affects the ability of residents of a country to consume products from other countries.

          (3) Assess the impact of globalization on the economy of the United States and the world economy.

          (4) Analyze the advantages and disadvantages of international trade by comparing free trade and restricted trade.

     5.  For the area of civics:

     (a) Know why society needs rules, law and governments, and understand the roles, rights and responsibilities of citizens, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain the concept of the rule of law in the establishment of the United States Constitution.

          (2) Analyze major social, political and economic conflicts and evaluate the role of compromise in the resolution of those conflicts.

          (3) Describe the influences of historic ideas on the creation of early documents of the United States, including, without limitation, the influence of Greek law, the Magna Carta, the Iroquois Confederacy, the social contract theory, natural rights philosophy and republicanism.

          (4) Describe how the Nevada Constitution and the United States Constitution preserve state and national principles and serve as methods for change, including, without limitation, the formal and informal processes for amending a constitution.

          (5) Analyze the provisions of the United States Constitution and the amendments to the United States Constitution which protect personal rights, including, without limitation, the Due Process Clause and Equal Protection Clause of the 14th Amendment and through the examination of landmark cases, including, without limitation:

               (I) Brown v. Board of Education of Topeka;

               (II) Gideon v. Wainwright;

               (III) Miranda v. Arizona; and

               (IV) Tinker v. Des Moines Independent Community School District.

          (6) Examine the rights of citizens and how those rights are protected and restricted.

          (7) Analyze and evaluate the role of citizen participation in civic life.

          (8) Examine the responsibilities of local, state and national citizenship.

          (9) Interpret the symbols and documents of a nation and analyze how the documents represent the identity of the nation.

     (b) Understand the United States Constitution and the government created by the United States Constitution, including, without limitation, the relationship between national and sub-national governments, and the structure and function of state and local governments, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain the provisions of the United States Constitution regarding the division of powers between the Federal Government and state governments, including, without limitation, powers that are delegated, implied, reserved and concurrent.

          (2) Analyze and give examples of the expansion of the Federal Government through the use of its enumerated and implied powers.

          (3) Provide contemporary examples of federalism.

          (4) Compare and contrast the structure of the Nevada Constitution and the United States Constitution.

          (5) Use examples to illustrate the Supremacy Clause in defining the relationship between state governments and the Federal Government.

          (6) Describe the unique role of tribal and territorial governments in the United States.

          (7) Examine the organization of the United States Constitution and describe the structure it creates, including, without limitation, the Executive, Legislative and Judicial Branches.

          (8) Examine the organization of the Nevada Constitution and describe the structure it creates, including, without limitation, the Executive, Legislative and Judicial Branches.

          (9) Explain the structure and function of local governments.

          (10) Analyze the effectiveness of checks and balances in maintaining the equal division of power.

          (11) Describe the creation of laws through the legislative process.

          (12) Describe the duties of the Executive Branch, including, without limitation, the duties of the Cabinet and departments of the Executive Branch, regulatory agencies, the Executive Office of the President of the United States and the staff of the White House.

          (13) Describe the structure and jurisdiction of the federal court system and analyze the power of judicial review.

          (14) Explain the state and local judicial processes, including, without limitation, juvenile, civil and criminal court systems.

     (c) Describe the roles of political parties, elections, interest groups, the media and public opinion in the democratic process, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Assess the process by which leaders are selected in the political system in the United States, and analyze the role of the electoral college in the election of the President of the United States.

          (2) Analyze the roles and functions of political parties in public policy and the electoral process.

          (3) Evaluate the significance of interest groups and public opinion in the political process of a democratic society.

          (4) Analyze the role of the media in the process of political persuasion.

          (5) Evaluate propaganda in the political process.

          (6) Describe the process by which public policy is formed and implemented.

     (d) Explain the different political systems in the world and how those systems relate to the United States and the citizens of the United States, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Summarize and evaluate the significant characteristics of the major political systems of the world, including, without limitation, monarchies, totalitarian dictatorships, presidential systems, parliamentary systems, socialism and communism.

          (2) Analyze the conflict between the policies of the United States regarding isolation and intervention in world affairs.

          (3) Identify and analyze the foreign policy of the United States with regard to dealing with international problems, including, without limitation, diplomacy, economic policy, humanitarian aid and military intervention.

          (4) Critique the role of international organizations, including, without limitation, the United Nations, the World Bank, Amnesty International and the International Red Cross.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R074-00, eff. 6-20-2000; A by R011-09, 10-27-2009)

Elective Courses of Study

      NAC 389.516  Permissible elective courses of study. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)  A local school board may offer the following courses of study as elective courses in a public high school:

     1.  History, other than American history.

     2.  Government, other than American government.

     3.  Agriculture and natural resource sciences, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.520 to 389.537, inclusive.

     4.  The arts.

     5.  Business, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.543 to 389.555, inclusive.

     6.  Communications, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.556 and 389.558.

     7.  Career and technical education, in cooperation with private employers, as described in NAC 389.562, 389.564 and 389.566.

     8.  Drivers’ education.

     9.  Foreign language.

     10.  Occupations, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.572 to 389.584, inclusive.

     11.  Occupations in trade and industry, which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.586 to 389.618, inclusive.

     12.  Family and consumer sciences.

     13.  Industrial arts.

     14.  Marketing.

     15.  Skills needed to obtain employment as described in NAC 389.644 to 389.650, inclusive.

     16.  Social studies, which must include the course of study described in NAC 389.511.

     17.  Introduction to occupations which may include the courses of study described in NAC 389.6528 to 389.6547, inclusive.

     18.  Great Basin Native American languages.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R066-97, 12-10-97; R073-00, 6-20-2000; R155-01, 12-17-2001; R195-01, 4-1-2002; R010-03, 10-30-2003; R108-03, R165-03, R166-03, R184-03 & R185-03, 1-22-2004; R236-03, 3-19-2004; R040-05 & R043-05, 10-31-2005; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R011-09, 10-27-2009; R132-10, 12-16-2010)

      NAC 389.520  Agriculture. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in agriculture and natural resource sciences must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the second year of instruction:

     1.  For the area of agriculture and society, describe the relationship between agriculture in the State of Nevada and society at the local, state, national and international level and discuss the economic impact of leading commodities, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify and categorize agricultural products and services in the State of Nevada;

     (b) Discuss the role of agriculture in the development of society; and

     (c) Explain the economic value of agricultural commodities produced at the local, state, national and international level.

     2.  For the area of animal science, explain the importance of animals, the domestication of animals and the role of animals in modern society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the care and uses of domesticated livestock in society;

     (b) Demonstrate an understanding of the process of evaluation and selection of livestock based upon current industry standards;

     (c) Explain the correct method to select and safely use facilities for the housing of animals and related equipment;

     (d) Explain the structure and function of the reproductive systems of animals and the relationship of those systems to reproductive management and fetal development;

     (e) Explain the factors that influence animal nutrition and feeding, including, without limitation, an identification of the common ingredients of feed and an explanation of the uses of different types of feed for particular animal species;

     (f) Identify the general symptoms of health problems that affect animals and the causes of disease in domesticated animals; and

     (g) Demonstrate an awareness of the perception of the general public concerning issues related to the welfare of animals.

     3.  For the area of plant and soil science, explain the requirements for the growth and development of plants and the relationship with soil, water and fertilizer, and identify and explain the functions and interaction of plant systems and characteristics of soil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the principles of the classification of plants by taxonomy and use;

     (b) Explain the principles of the physiology and growth of plants;

     (c) Recognize the differences in the reproductive systems of plants;

     (d) Explain the relationship between soils and the production of plants;

     (e) Explain the importance of the systems, management and care of plants; and

     (f) Explain the economic and aesthetic role of horticulture in the community and in industry at the local, state and national level.

     4.  For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in agriculture.

     5.  For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.

     6.  For the area of the business, sales and marketing of agriculture, explain the importance of agricultural firms and technologies with regard to the production, processing, servicing, purchasing and marketing of agricultural products, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the basic principles of the marketing of agricultural products;

     (b) Explain the basic principles of sales and service of agricultural products; and

     (c) Explain the basic principles of concepts of business management.

     7.  For the area of mechanical engineering and technology relating to agriculture, explain the concepts of mechanical systems and structures and explain the emerging technologies and their relationship to the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the operating principles of common tools that are used in agriculture; and

     (b) Explain the different types of power systems and the major components and principles of operation of those systems.

     8.  For the area of natural resources, explain the relationship between modern agriculture and the environment, with an emphasis on land, water and other natural resources in the State of Nevada and explain how the availability of natural resources affects agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the importance of agriculturists as stewards of our natural resources;

     (b) Describe the environmental impacts of agriculture on the water, soil and air;

     (c) Explain the importance and value of mining in the State of Nevada; and

     (d) Explain the importance of the management of wildlife and its relationship to agriculture.

     9.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.521  Agricultural business systems. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in agricultural business systems must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  Describe basic economic principles as they relate to agricultural business and agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe the basic economic factors that affect management decisions relating to a farm and agricultural business;

     (b) Distinguish among supplementary, complementary, competitive and independent enterprises; and

     (c) Use economic decision-making tools to increase the profitability of an agricultural enterprise.

     2.  Explain how business ownership structures, organizations and human resources affect management decisions relating to agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain how the different types of business ownership structures affect agricultural enterprises;

     (b) Explain how different public and private organizations affect agricultural enterprises;

     (c) Explain the role of a human resources manager for agricultural business; and

     (d) Explain the role and importance of human resources in a successful agricultural business.

     3.  Describe generally accepted accounting principles and establish an accounting system appropriate for agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explain and use generally accepted accounting principles to record business transactions.

     4.  Read and interpret financial reports to make informed decisions relating to budgeting, obtaining credit, managing taxes and making other financial decisions, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify and interpret financial reports and recommend sound financial proposals;

     (b) Describe the purposes, benefits and limitations of budgeting and developing a budget for agricultural business;

     (c) Describe and explain the role of credit in an agricultural business; and

     (d) Describe the types of taxes, the reasons for tax planning and the general factors necessary for understanding tax management.

     5.  Explain the importance of establishing and maintaining an efficient system of recordkeeping to comply with applicable laws and regulations and to assist in decision making, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify reports required by applicable laws and regulations and establish systems of collection and retrieval of information to facilitate completion of those reports; and

     (b) Complete and explain the importance of production reports used in planning and analyzing performance in agricultural business.

     6.  Identify the major principles of law and risk management as they relate to agricultural enterprises, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explain those major principles of law and methods of risk management.

     7.  Describe the principles of marketing and selling agricultural products and use simulations and career development events, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe and simulate strategies for marketing agricultural products and services;

     (b) Describe and simulate strategies for buying and selling agricultural products and services; and

     (c) Explain the interrelationships of governmental, economic and cultural factors that affect local, national and international trade.

     8.  Use technology and information technology for improvement of agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain and use computer technology to support strategies for improvement of agricultural business; and

     (b) Explain and use technology to support strategies for improvement of agricultural business.

     9.  Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in agricultural business, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.

     10.  Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.

     11.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R184-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.523  Agricultural mechanical engineering technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in agricultural mechanical engineering technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety:

     (a) Demonstrate and practice general shop safety and those practices specific to the learning activity; and

     (b) Understand personal and group safety while working in an agricultural mechanics environment.

     2.  For the area of welding:

     (a) Understand the principles and application of welding and, where applicable, cutting, and be able to explain the role of heat and the process of fusion.

     (b) Practice safety, demonstrate equipment setup and maintenance, appropriate welding procedures and, where applicable, cutting procedures, and practice proper tool selection while using:

          (1) Oxy-fuel welding;

          (2) Shielded metal arc welding;

          (3) Gas metal and arc welding;

          (4) Gas tungsten arc welding; and

          (5) Air arc and plasma cutting procedures.

     (c) For the area of electricity, understand the principles of generation, distribution and application of electricity in agricultural and industrial settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures during learning activities appropriate to agricultural electrification;

          (2) Recognize principles and theories of electricity;

          (3) Describe appropriate use and application of electrical conductors and over-current protection;

          (4) Recognize standard components of electrical systems;

          (5) Understand, design and construct electrical circuits; and

          (6) Demonstrate proficiency in the use of electrical meters and test equipment.

     (d) For the area of agricultural industry water management, understand the principles and applications of water and wastewater management as they relate to the agricultural and industrial settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures in the management of water in the agricultural and industrial settings;

          (2) Understand the theory and design of various water transfer systems; and

          (3) Understand the application of various components relating to water transfer systems.

     (e) For the area of concrete, understand the principles and applications of concrete in agricultural and industrial construction, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures with concrete;

          (2) Know the components and ratios of various mixtures of concrete; and

          (3) Demonstrate knowledge of proper concrete applications and construction.

     (f) For the area of fencing, understand the agricultural and industrial applications of fencing, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures in the construction of agricultural and industrial fencing;

          (2) Describe the application of various types of fencing systems; and

          (3) Understand the design and installation of various types of fencing systems.

     (g) For the area of agricultural and industrial drafting, attain proficiency in agricultural and industrial drafting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand the use of various types of drafting plans; and

          (2) Prepare and use drafting plans appropriate to the learning activity.

     (h) For the area of agricultural and industrial buildings, understand the applications of agricultural and industrial buildings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the construction of agricultural and industrial buildings;

          (2) Understand different types of buildings used in the agricultural industry;

          (3) Select and design the appropriate building for a specific agricultural application;

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of agricultural buildings; and

          (5) Construct a selected agricultural building.

     (i) For the area of small engine power and equipment, understand the principles and applications of small engine power and equipment in an agricultural setting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of small engines and equipment;

          (2) Show a working knowledge of essential engine operating systems;

          (3) Recognize appropriate power attachments and their applications; and

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of small gasoline engines and their power attachments.

     (j) For the area of hand and power tools, identify and demonstrate the proper use of hand and power tools in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Identify general hand and power tools;

          (2) Show a working knowledge of and demonstrate the safe use of hand and power tools;

          (3) Select and use the appropriate tool for a task; and

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of hand and power tools.

     (k) For the area of gasoline and diesel power, understand the basic principles, operations and maintenance of gasoline and diesel engines used in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures with gasoline and diesel engines used in agricultural settings;

          (2) Demonstrate knowledge of the theoretical operation of a multiple cylinder engine; and

          (3) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of multiple cylinder engines.

     (l) For the area of hydraulics, understand the basic principles, operations and maintenance of hydraulic systems used in agricultural settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures appropriate for hydraulic systems used in agricultural settings;

          (2) Demonstrate a knowledge of the basic principles of hydraulics;

          (3) Identify the components of hydraulic systems;

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of hydraulic system; and

          (5) Design and build hydraulic systems to be used in an agricultural application.

     (m) For the area of agricultural industrial machinery, understand and demonstrate basic skills in the operation, maintenance and repair of agricultural industrial machinery, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of agricultural industrial machinery;

          (2) Understand the theoretical operation of agricultural machinery;

          (3) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of agricultural machinery; and

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the safe operation of agricultural machinery, including tractors.

     (n) For the area of electrical power, understand and demonstrate the operation, maintenance and use of electrical power in agricultural applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

          (1) Understand and use safe practices and procedures associated with the operation, maintenance and repair of electrical power;

          (2) Describe the basic principles and operation of electric motors and controls;

          (3) Design and build an electric system using motors and controls; and

          (4) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the appropriate maintenance and repair of electrical motor and control systems.

     (o) For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in agricultural mechanical engineering technology.

     (p) For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.

     (q) For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

          (1) Skills necessary for solving problems;

          (2) Skills of critical thinking;

          (3) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

          (4) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

          (5) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

          (6) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

          (7) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

          (8) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

          (9) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.524  Landscape management. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in landscape management must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Identify the tools used in designing a landscape.

     2.  Explain the relationship between the design and development of a landscape.

     3.  Explain the techniques involved in the design of a landscape.

     4.  Write a program for professional care of a lawn.

     5.  Describe the requirements to maintain the various grasses.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.525  Plant and environmental horticulture science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in plant and environmental horticulture science must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  For the area of plant science, understand plant anatomy, physiology and reproduction as it relates to environmental horticulture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe the major external plant structures and their functions;

     (b) Describe the major internal plant structures and their functions;

     (c) Recognize differences in the methods of plant reproduction; and

     (d) Describe the processes involved in plant growth.

     2.  For the area of plant classification, recognize the importance of plant classification and identification, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Recognize the importance of the history and purpose of plant classification and nomenclature;

     (b) Recognize plant characteristics used for the identification of plants; and

     (c) Classify and identify local horticultural plant materials.

     3.  For the area of soil and water science, recognize the importance of the interaction of soil, water and fertilizer in plant production, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the relationship between soils and plant production;

     (b) Understand nutrition practices for plants as they relate to plant growth and health; and

     (c) Understand effective management practices used in irrigation, drainage, watersheds and water conservation.

     4.  For the area of pest control, explore basic principles of integrated pest management and identify pest and disease damage, including methods of disease and pest control, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe and explain safe practices of pesticide management;

     (b) Identify insects and insect damage and learn methods of pest management as it relates to agriculture and horticulture crops;

     (c) Identify weeds and describe methods of weed control as it relates to agricultural and horticultural crops; and

     (d) Identify horticultural diseases and disease damage and describe methods of control.

     5.  For the area of arboriculture, understand basic principles of arboriculture as it relates to the management of ornamental and production trees and shrubs, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain proper techniques of planting and transplanting for ornamental and production trees and shrubs;

     (b) Describe management practices used with ornamental and production trees and shrubs; and

     (c) Explain and identify tools and equipment involved in the management of ornamental and production trees and shrubs.

     6.  For the area of greenhouse, understand the design, construction, management and operation of a greenhouse in the production of a greenhouse crop, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the principles of greenhouse and growing structure design, construction and operation; and

     (b) Explain the principles of the management and production of greenhouse crops.

     7.  For the area of nursery, understand the care and maintenance of nursery stock and understand the importance of wholesale and retail nursery operations, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the principles involved in the production of nursery stock; and

     (b) Describe management practices involved in a retail nursery operation.

     8.  For the area of turf grass, understand the selection, installation and maintenance of turf, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe the considerations involved in the selection of turf grass;

     (b) Describe the various methods of the installation of turf grass; and

     (c) Identify and explain the cultural practices involved in the maintenance and care of turf grass.

     9.  For the area of landscaping, understand the basic principles of landscape planning, design, construction, irrigation and maintenance, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe the principles and practices involved in landscape planning and design;

     (b) Describe proper techniques used in landscape construction;

     (c) Examine the practices involved in the design, construction and maintenance of irrigation systems; and

     (d) Explain proper practices of landscape maintenance.

     10.  For the area of floral design, understand the basic principles and skills involved in the design and construction of floral arrangements, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate the basic design principles used in the floral industry;

     (b) Identify and use flowers and foliage common to the floral industry; and

     (c) Identify and use floral tools and materials.

     11.  For the area of business management, understand the importance of business principles and practices in the horticulture industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain basic business principles; and

     (b) Explain the importance of keeping business and production records.

     12.  For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and the preparation that is necessary for a pupil to pursue a career in horticulture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills necessary for a career in horticulture.

     13.  For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training through active membership in the Future Farmers of America, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the basic principles of an organizational framework, communication, group dynamics, team building and the management of meetings.

     14.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.526  Technology of horses. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the technology of horses must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Develop a knowledge of genetics, the systems for breeding, the principles of production and the care of a herd of horses used for breeding.

     2.  Apply the knowledge of controlling parasites and diseases affecting horses.

     3.  Demonstrate the proper procedure in feeding horses and providing a proper diet.

     4.  Perform proper procedures in handling a horse, caring for its feet and for transporting it.

     5.  Develop skills necessary to train, equip, show and sell horses.

     6.  Demonstrate a knowledge of the practices for the management of a farm and ranch, including leases, taxes and legal documents.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.527  Animal science and veterinary medicine. (NRS 385.010, 385.110)  A course of study in animal science and veterinary medicine must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  For the area of introduction to animal science, understand the history and importance of domestic animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Define animal science and its components;

     (b) Describe how, why and when the domestication of animals occurred;

     (c) Classify animals using accepted nomenclatures; and

     (d) Explore global trends and the impact of domestic animals.

     2.  For the area of anatomy and physiology, understand the structure and function of the major organ systems of animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify the external anatomy of domestic animals; and

     (b) Identify and describe the anatomy and functions of the:

          (1) Musculoskeletal, nervous and integumentary systems;

          (2) Digestive and urinary systems;

          (3) Reproductive and endocrine systems; and

          (4) Cardiovascular, hemolymphatic and respiratory systems.

     3.  For the area of the evaluation and selection of animals, demonstrate an understanding of the process of evaluation and selection of animals based upon current industry standards, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Recognize and describe the different breeds within the species of domestic animals;

     (b) Identify the various types and conformations of domestic animals;

     (c) Analyze and interpret the performance data used in the selection of domestic animals; and

     (d) Recognize the importance of physical condition in the evaluation of an animal.

     4.  For the area of animal genetics, understand the basic theory of inheritance and the genetic basis for animal selection, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the role of genetics in animal production and performance;

     (b) Explain the process of cellular division and how that process relates to the transfer of genetic information;

     (c) Explain the concepts of linkage, crossover and mutation as they relate to the transmission of characteristics; and

     (d) Discuss genetic engineering and its effects on animal production and performance.

     5.  For the area of management of animal reproduction, understand the structure and function of the endocrine and reproductive systems and how they relate to the management of reproductive practices and to fetal development, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to describe the:

     (a) Factors that affect fertility and the process of fertilization;

     (b) Stages of fetal development and gestation;

     (c) Process of parturition and lactation; and

     (d) Common breeding systems used in animal reproduction.

     6.  For the area of feeding and nutrition, understand the nutritional requirements and feeding practices of animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Differentiate the types of gastrointestinal tracts and dietary requirements;

     (b) Identify the nutrients and nutritional requirements for animal production and performance;

     (c) Identify and classify the common types of feed used for animal production and performance, including methods of preparation and processing; and

     (d) Explain the role of food additives in animal nutrition.

     7.  For the area of animal health, understand the prevention and etiology of animal diseases with an emphasis on the applicable region, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize:

     (a) Common infectious diseases in domestic animals;

     (b) Nutritional diseases in domestic animals;

     (c) Common genetic and congenital diseases in domestic animals;

     (d) Environmental diseases associated with domestic animals;

     (e) Common developmental diseases associated with domestic animals; and

     (f) Common traumatic injuries in domestic animals.

     8.  For the area of animal facilities, equipment and handling, recognize accepted industry standards for the use and selection of animal facilities, housing, tools and equipment used for restraining animals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Classify and discuss the different types of systems used for housing and penning domestic animals;

     (b) Identify and describe appropriate methods of restraining and handling domestic animals;

     (c) Recognize the behaviors common to domestic animals that are exhibited during confinement and handling;

     (d) Describe appropriate and safe methods for transporting animals; and

     (e) Recognize the type of equipment used in the management of animals.

     9.  For the area of animal welfare, develop an understanding of issues relating to animals and the uses of animals in today’s society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to discuss:

     (a) Philosophies concerning animal welfare;

     (b) Historical events, changing attitudes and legislation regarding the use of animals; and

     (c) Controversial practices and cultural differences in the use of animals.

     10.  For the area of animals and society, develop an awareness of the relationship and interaction of animals in society, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe how domestic animals are used as sources of food and fiber;

     (b) Discuss food safety as it relates to animal products and by-products;

     (c) Discuss applicable statutes and regulations governing the use of animals; and

     (d) Recognize the existence and importance of the bond between humans and animals.

     11.  For the area of animals and the environment, understand the role animals have with the ecosystem and their impact on the ecosystem, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Describe sustainable agricultural practices associated with animal production;

     (b) Discuss the various aspects of the practices of range management and the relationship of those practices to the land; and

     (c) Discuss the various aspects of the management of domestic animals and the relationship of those practices to wildlife management.

     12.  For the area of nontraditional and specialty animals, develop an understanding of the significance of those animals and their husbandry practices.

     13.  For the area of supervised agricultural experience, explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to actively engage in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.

     14.  For the area of leadership and Future Farmers of America, recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.

     15.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R185-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.529  Health sciences. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in health science must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  For the area of academic foundation, understand principles of health science as they relate to a career in health science, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate knowledge of human anatomy and physiology and the corresponding medical terminology;

     (b) Relate principles of anatomy and physiology to the diagnosis and treatment of diseases and medical conditions;

     (c) Demonstrate and apply knowledge of mathematics as it relates to health care; and

     (d) Evaluate individual situations in a health care setting using the appropriate assessment tools.

     2.  For the area of communication, understand the different methods that are available to gather and communicate information in a health care setting, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to use:

     (a) The appropriate verbal and nonverbal communication skills in the workplace;

     (b) The appropriate medical terminology while communicating information; and

     (c) Current written and electronic formats for communication.

     3.  For the area of systems, understand systems of health care and the role of those systems, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Evaluate the delivery of systems of health care; and

     (b) Demonstrate competency in and an understanding of systems of health care which are safe for the environment.

     4.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning, by demonstrating:

     (a) The skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select and apply computer skills;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage resources effectively in the workplace;

     (h) The skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) The skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     5.  For the area of legal responsibility, understand the legal responsibilities, limitations and implications of actions taken by the pupil or other persons in the delivery of health care, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Perform duties in accordance with laws, regulations and policies; and

     (b) Accurately apply standards and procedures for legal documentation and recordkeeping.

     6.  For the area of ethics, understand ethical practices which are consistent with professional and organizational directives with respect to cultural, social and ethnic differences, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Differentiate between ethical and legal issues that impact health care;

     (b) Demonstrate professional and ethical standards that impact health care; and

     (c) Demonstrate respectful and empathetic interactions with diverse populations.

     7.  For the area of safety practices, understand safe work practices, safety policies and procedures and existing and potential hazards, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Explain principles of infection control and techniques for the prevention of infection;

     (b) Apply procedures for personal safety in accordance with the Occupational Safety and Health Act and the regulations of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention;

     (c) Apply appropriate safety techniques to maintain a safe working environment;

     (d) Comply with safety signs, symbols, labels and material safety data sheets; and

     (e) Practice basic emergency procedures and protocols.

     8.  For the area of teamwork, understand the roles and responsibilities of persons who are part of a health care team, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Describe characteristics of an effective health care team; and

     (b) Understand the methods for building team relationships in a positive manner.

     9.  For the area of personal health, understand the fundamentals of wellness and the prevention of diseases, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to describe and apply behaviors for the prevention of diseases and the promotion of health and wellness.

     10.  For the area of technical skills, demonstrate the skills and knowledge of the technical skills required for a career in health care.

     11.  For the area of information technology, understand the components that are necessary for the management of health care information, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Interpret health care records and files; and

     (b) Use technology to access and distribute data and other information.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R132-10, eff. 12-16-2010)

      NAC 389.530  Forestry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in forestry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Develop a knowledge of the identification and physiology of trees and the classification of a crown of a tree.

     2.  Describe the relationship of the forest to the geology, soils, ecology and types of density of the forest.

     3.  Explain methods to protect forests against fire, insects, diseases, injury by animals, weather and chemicals.

     4.  Apply a knowledge of techniques to fight fire.

     5.  Demonstrate the fundamentals of reforestation and applied silviculture.

     6.  Apply a knowledge of the business of forestry, including knowledge of taxation, other laws relating to forestry and real estate.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.532  Management of wildlife and natural resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in management of wildlife and natural resources must include instruction designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  Identify the characteristics of soil, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explore the chemical and biological interactions of soil; and

     (b) Develop an appreciation for the conservation of soil.

     2.  Examine the sources and distribution of water resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Comprehend and explain the hydrological cycle;

     (b) Explain the factors contributing to the quality of water; and

     (c) Investigate the basis of monitoring water.

     3.  Understand air quality as it relates to natural resource systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Investigate the composition of the atmosphere; and

     (b) Explore major issues affecting the quality of air and associated monitoring techniques.

     4.  Examine the interaction between energy resources and the ecosystems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Recognize the types and importance of energy resources; and

     (b) Explore the relationship between the development and use of energy and the ecosystem.

     5.  Examine minerals in Nevada and the socioeconomic impact of those minerals, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Develop an appreciation for the mineral resources in Nevada;

     (b) Examine the relationship between the development of minerals and the management of natural resources; and

     (c) Examine the development of minerals as it relates to cultural resources and socioeconomics in Nevada.

     6.  Examine vegetation resources in Nevada, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Examine plant biology;

     (b) Identify the characteristics of plant communities and the associated dynamics of those communities;

     (c) Explore the agricultural vegetation in Nevada; and

     (d) Investigate the basis of standards and monitoring for vegetation.

     7.  Explore the science of management of the range, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify the components of managing a range;

     (b) Examine the nutrition for animals managed on a range;

     (c) Determine the factors affecting the carrying capacity of rangelands and compare and contrast among the various grazing systems;

     (d) Investigate the factors contributing to the ecology of a range;

     (e) Investigate practices for manipulating the vegetation of a range; and

     (f) Investigate the principles involved in monitoring the inventory of a range.

     8.  Understand forest ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to develop a historical and regional perspective of the resources of a forest and opportunities for future management of a forest.

     9.  Investigate fish and wildlife ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Differentiate among the various categories of wildlife and explore the importance and distribution of fish and wildlife resources in Nevada;

     (b) Examine wildlife and aquatic ecology;

     (c) Investigate the relationship between uplands and riparian habitats;

     (d) Examine the federal Endangered Species Act of 1973, 16 U.S.C. §§ 1531 et seq., and its implementation; and

     (e) Investigate the basis of wildlife and aquatic monitoring.

     10.  Understand the dynamics of fire ecology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explore the effects of fire on the ecosystem; and

     (b) Explore the cycle of a fire and examine fire as a tool for the management of the rangeland ecosystem.

     11.  Understand outdoor recreation and its importance to natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to explore the opportunities associated with outdoor recreation.

     12.  Explore outdoor safety and survival skills, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to examine the proper response to outdoor emergency situations.

     13.  Understand the importance and application of global positioning systems and geographic information systems in the management of natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to investigate those systems and their applications.

     14.  Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.

     15.  Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in management of wildlife and natural resources, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to engage actively in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.

     16.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) The ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R043-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.534  Processing of meat. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in processing of meat must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Identify cuts of beef, lamb and pork.

     2.  Prepare and preserve meat.

     3.  Explain how to buy, sell, ship, handle and receive meat and fish.

     4.  Explain the sanitation required in the processing, handling and storing of meats.

     5.  Identify the nutritive value, uses, cooking qualities and palatability of different types of meat.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.536  Management of a feedlot. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the management of a feedlot must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Identify classes of feed and additives to feed.

     2.  Demonstrate an ability to analyze and prepare feed.

     3.  Describe the layout of a feedlot including the construction of pens, gates and chutes.

     4.  Use commercial feeding facilities and equipment.

     5.  Demonstrate a knowledge of quarantine, the treatment of sick animals, and the eradication of disease.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.537  Leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in leadership, communication and policy relating to agriculture and natural resource sciences must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  Recognize the importance and history of communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture, including effects on consumer and producer markets, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Determine the need for competent communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture;

     (b) Identify major changes in communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture;

     (c) Identify historical events in communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture; and

     (d) Explore the future of communications, leadership and policy relating to agriculture.

     2.  Characterize factors associated with leadership categories and styles, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Analyze various definitions of leadership;

     (b) Investigate and discuss personal leadership development;

     (c) Explain the relationship between leadership categories, human behavior and employment;

     (d) Describe various leadership styles;

     (e) Identify the qualities of successful leaders; and

     (f) Identify the need for teamwork in group settings.

     3.  Recognize and apply various methods of research used in communications relating to agriculture, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify basic research techniques; and

     (b) Identify and apply effective interviewing techniques.

     4.  Develop effective verbal communication skills for use in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the types and importance of verbal communication; and

     (b) Demonstrate the principles of verbal communication.

     5.  Develop effective written communications skills for use in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify the types of written communication relating to agriculture;

     (b) Demonstrate the basic skills of journalistic writing;

     (c) Demonstrate the basic skills of group correspondence;

     (d) Demonstrate the basic skills of writing for employment;

     (e) Demonstrate the basic skills of technical writing; and

     (f) Demonstrate the basic skills of page layout and design.

     6.  Identify various channels of mass media communication and apply its uses in the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explore the importance and impact of mass media on the agricultural industry;

     (b) Use the Internet in communication relating to agriculture; and

     (c) Develop print, broadcast and electronic media projects.

     7.  Identify traits associated with a positive self-concept and relationships with others in occupational, social and civic settings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Discuss the importance and components of self-concept;

     (b) Demonstrate the importance of self-concept in social, occupational and civic settings; and

     (c) Compare diversity in relationships.

     8.  Examine the developmental process of political and governmental policy issues relating to the agricultural industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate the principles of the effective management of meetings;

     (b) Investigate local and political agricultural policy issues;

     (c) Identify the steps of the political process;

     (d) Identify the various organizations involved in agricultural policy; and

     (e) Examine the legal and ethical aspects of agricultural policy.

     9.  Recognize the importance of leadership skills, including interpersonal relations, group management and communication, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to recognize traits of effective leaders and participate in leadership training by actively participating in Future Farmers of America.

     10.  Explain the relationship between a supervised agricultural experience and preparation for a career in natural resources and wildlife management, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to engage actively in and manage a supervised agricultural experience in a manner that enables the pupil to develop skills for the workplace.

     11.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) The ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R043-05, eff. 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.541  The arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185, 389.520)  Pupils in the 9th, 10th, 11th or 12th grade who elect to take a class in the arts must know and be able to do everything required in the previous grades of public school for the elected course of study in the arts. Instruction in the arts in the 9th, 10th, 11th or 12th grades must be designed so that pupils meet the following standards of performance by the completion of the 12th grade:

     1.  For the area of music:

     (a) Sing a varied repertoire of music alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Sing his or her repertoire in small and large ensembles using expression, technical accuracy, good breath control, intonation, diction and articulation, and tone and timbre quality while maintaining his or her part; and

          (2) Sing in four parts with and without accompaniment.

     (b) Perform a varied repertoire of music on instruments alone and with others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Perform a large and varied repertoire with expression, technical accuracy and appropriate ensemble skills, with a level of musical difficulty of 4 and in small and large ensembles while following a conductor; and

          (2) Perform contrapuntal music with accuracy of rhythm and melody and with appropriate balance.

     (c) Improvise melodies, variations and accompaniments as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to improvise:

          (1) Melodies over a simple chord progression;

          (2) Harmonies that are appropriate for the pupil; and

          (3) Variations of melody and rhythm on pentatonic melodies and melodies in major keys that are provided by the teacher.

     (d) Compose and arrange music within specified guidelines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compose music in more than two distinct styles incorporating the elements of music; and

          (2) Arrange a piece of music for voices or instruments incorporating correct transposition and appropriate vocal and instrumental ranges.

     (e) Read and notate music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Read complex rhythms in all meters within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;

          (2) Read complex melodies within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;

          (3) Apply all standard musical symbols within the context of the repertoire with a level of musical difficulty of 4;

          (4) Sight-read music with technical accuracy and with a level of musical difficulty of 3; and

          (5) Use nonstandard notation symbols.

     (f) Listen to, analyze and describe music as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Apply knowledge of the technical vocabulary of the elements of music in analyzing aural examples; and

          (2) Analyze examples of a varied repertoire of music representing diverse genres and cultures by describing the uses of the elements of music and expression.

     (g) Evaluate music and musical performances as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Develop specific musical criteria for making informed critical evaluations of the quality and effectiveness of performances and compositions;

          (2) Evaluate the pupil’s personal participation in musical performances and compositions applying specific criteria for music and justify his or her opinion; and

          (3) Evaluate performances or compositions by comparing them to similar or exemplary models and justify his or her opinion by describing several of the most distinguishing features of each performance or composition using appropriate terminology relating to music.

     (h) Demonstrate relationships between music, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare similar themes found in music and other art forms and analyze how themes are expressed in each; and

          (2) Analyze concepts that are common to music and other disciplines outside the arts.

     (i) Demonstrate knowledge of the historical periods and cultural diversity of music, including, the ability to:

          (1) Classify musical examples by style, historical periods and cultures; and

          (2) Discuss the achievements of musicians from various historical periods and cultures.

     2.  For the area of theater:

     (a) Understand the components of theatrical production, including scriptwriting, directing and production as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Use historical or cultural research to write a script which is well-structured and properly formatted and which is appropriate for stage, television, film or electronic media;

          (2) Create a theatrical performance that includes, without limitation, auditions, casting characters, directing scenes and organizing and facilitating production meetings;

          (3) Explain the varied responsibilities of technical personnel involved in theater, film, television or electronic media;

          (4) Develop a unified production concept for informal theater, film, television or electronic media;

          (5) Design and create for a theatrical, film, television or electronic media production a program, poster and one of the following:

               (I) Tickets;

               (II) Flyers;

               (III) Print Ads;

               (IV) Print media; or

               (V) Television or radio public service announcements;

          (6) Design or construct with other group members a variety of devices that are used for scenery in an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media;

          (7) Explain the pupil’s choice of costumes, props and makeup as they relate to the interpretation of an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media;

          (8) Describe different light and sound equipment and techniques in theater, film, television and electronic media and demonstrate a practical application of such equipment and techniques in one area; and

          (9) Create or implement a functional light or sound plot for an informal production for theater, film, television or electronic media.

     (b) Understand and demonstrate the role of the actor in the theater as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain and practice various classical and contemporary techniques and methods of acting;

          (2) Interpret and explain the physical, emotional and social dimensions of characters found in a variety of text; and

          (3) Portray characters within an ensemble for theater, film, television and electronic media in an informal production.

     (c) Apply and demonstrate critical and creative thinking skills in theater, film, television and electronic media as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Generate and justify personal aesthetic criteria and use that criteria to critique the effectiveness of the visual, aural and kinesthetic elements of a performance; and

          (2) Compare and contrast one of the following in various media:

               (I) Classical and contemporary dramas; or

               (II) Classical and contemporary comedies.

     (d) Recognize and explain how theatrical experiences contribute to a better understanding of history, culture and human relationships as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Show similarities and differences in the way themes and archetypes are portrayed in dramatized events in another culture and historical period; and

          (2) Evaluate the ways that characters in dramatized events resolve conflict and cite some alternative means for resolving such conflict.

     (e) Make connections between theater and other academic disciplines as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Compare and contrast the ways that themes, stories or motifs are interpreted in works from the three different areas of the arts;

          (2) Identify and explain three significant events in the development of dramatic forum, production practices and theatrical traditions across cultures and historical periods; and

          (3) Describe and assess three different ways technology enhances theater, film, television and electronic media.

     3.  For the area of visual arts:

     (a) Know and apply media, techniques and processes for developing visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain why he or she chose a particular medium, technique and process in his or her works of visual art;

          (2) Revise the pupil’s works of visual art based on criteria established by the teacher; and

          (3) Create works of visual art that reveal control over a variety of media, tools, techniques and processes.

     (b) Use knowledge of characteristics, purposes and functions of the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Explain in a logical manner an interpretation of visual characteristics of works of visual art;

          (2) Explain in a logical manner an interpretation of the purposes of works of visual art;

          (3) Analyze at a basic level the effectiveness of, and relationships among, visual characteristics, purposes and functions in works of visual art; and

          (4) Demonstrate control of visual characteristics of visual art to convey ideas in a series of the pupil’s works of visual art.

     (c) Choose, apply and evaluate a range of subject matter, symbols and ideas relating to the visual arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Evaluate and summarize the origins of subject matter, symbols and ideas in works of visual art;

          (2) Plan and create an original work of visual art using subject matter, symbols and ideas to communicate an intended meaning; and

          (3) Justify the subject matter, symbols and ideas used in works of visual art.

     (d) Understand the visual arts in relation to history and culture as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Interpret works of visual art of various cultures and eras while differentiating among relationships of form, context and purposes in such works;

          (2) Analyze at a basic level similarities in works of visual art from various times and cultures while interpreting the meanings of such works; and

          (3) Analyze at a basic level relationships between works of visual art of the pupil and influences on such works from the history, aesthetics and culture of the pupil.

     (e) Analyze and assess characteristics, merits and meaning in the pupil’s own works of visual art and in the works of others as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Evaluate his or her works of visual art and the works of visual art of others based on themes, styles, purposes and subject matter;

          (2) With guidance from the teacher, create criteria and use such criteria to assess merits of a work of visual art;

          (3) Study and evaluate a variety of techniques for communicating meanings, ideas, attitudes, views and intentions through works of visual art; and

          (4) Develop a personal aesthetic position and explain its level of success when applied to a work of visual art.

     (f) Demonstrate relationships between the visual arts, the other arts and disciplines outside the arts as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

          (1) Demonstrate how ideas, issues and themes of a particular period are used in the visual arts and other disciplines;

          (2) Compare the use of materials, techniques, media and processes of the visual arts with those of other art disciplines; and

          (3) Create works of visual art that reflect the research of multiple disciplines.

     4.  As used in this section:

     (a) “Aesthetic criteria” means criteria developed by a pupil about the visual, aural and oral aspects of a performance that are derived from cultural and emotional values and cognitive meaning.

     (b) “Aesthetics” means the philosophical study of the visual arts, focusing on broad questions on the nature of art in general rather than the study of specific works of art.

     (c) “Unified production concept” means a brief statement, metaphor or expression of the essential meaning of a play that orders and patterns all the parts of the play.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R073-00, eff. 6-20-2000)

      NAC 389.543  Accounting. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in accounting must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of accounting concepts and principles.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of the accounting cycle and explain the purpose of each step in that cycle.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of the value of assets.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of liabilities.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of equity.

     6.  Prepare, interpret and analyze a financial statement.

     7.  Use planning and control principles, including differential analysis and concepts of present value, to evaluate the performance of an organization.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5435  Business law. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business law must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate knowledge of the different sources of law as they relate to ethical and legal decisions.

     2.  Differentiate between criminal and civil law.

     3.  Identify the structure of the court system at the state and federal levels.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of contractual relationships.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of consumer law.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of the roles of agency and employment law as they relate to the national and international marketplaces.

     7.  Demonstrate an understanding of laws that affect national and international business organizations.

     8.  Demonstrate an understanding of laws that apply to personal and real property.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of commercial paper, insurance, secured transactions and bankruptcy.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of family law as it relates to domestic relations, wills and trusts.

     11.  Demonstrate an understanding of laws that apply to the environment and energy regulation.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.545  Business communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of oral communication.

     2.  Communicate effectively in writing.

     3.  Read for information, understanding and appreciation.

     4.  Be able to apply effective employment communication skills.

     5.  Apply social communications skills in personal and professional situations.

     6.  Demonstrate how to use technology to enhance effectiveness of communication.

     7.  Demonstrate how to incorporate appropriate customer service strategies, leadership, supervision and personal ethics to communicate effectively within various business environments.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5455  Business economics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business economics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of the allocation of resources.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of economic systems.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of economic institutions and incentives.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of markets and prices in the economy of the United States.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of market structures and the effect they have on the price and quality of the goods and services produced.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of the importance of productivity.

     7.  Demonstrate an understanding of the role of government in economic systems.

     8.  Demonstrate an understanding of concepts of international economics, including the roles of trade, protectionism and monetary markets in the global economy.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of supply and demand, analyze how the economy of the United States functions as a whole and describe macroeconomic measures of economic activity.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.547  Entrepreneurship. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in entrepreneurship must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate knowledge of the characteristics of entrepreneurship.

     2.  Demonstrate knowledge of the components of a business plan, including marketing.

     3.  Demonstrate knowledge of entrepreneurial finance.

     4.  Demonstrate knowledge of entrepreneurial management.

     5.  Demonstrate knowledge of the legal requirements of business ownership.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5475  Finance. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in finance must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of rational decision making as it applies to the roles of citizens, workers, businesses and consumers.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of financial budgeting and planning.

     3.  Gain an understanding of saving and investment options for individuals and businesses.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of financial institutions and banking procedures.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of factors that affect the choice of credit, the cost of credit and the legal aspects of using credit.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of principles of protection against risk and financial loss.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.549  International business. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in international business must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Explain the role and impact of international business and analyze how it affects business at the local, state and national levels, including considerations of geography, travel and career opportunities.

     2.  Demonstrate knowledge of the social, cultural, ethical, political, legal and economic factors that shape and affect the international business environment.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of communication strategies necessary for effective international relations.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts of the balance of trade as they relate to the import-export process.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of challenges in operations and human resource management in international business.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of the application of marketing principles to international business.

     7.  Demonstrate an understanding of the concepts, role and importance of international finance and risk management.

     8.  Identify forms of business ownership and entrepreneurial opportunities available in international business.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5495  Management and business leadership. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in management and business leadership must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate knowledge of management theories and functions.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of business organizations.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of human resources, including organized labor.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of personal management skills necessary to function effectively and efficiently in a business environment.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of operations and information management.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of financial decision making based upon industry analysis.

     7.  Demonstrate an understanding of ethical business leadership skills and practices.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.551  Business math. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business math must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of basic mathematical foundations.

     2.  Solve problems involving whole numbers, decimals, fractions, percents, ratios, averages and proportions.

     3.  Use algebraic operations to solve problems.

     4.  Use common international standards of measurement in solving problems.

     5.  Analyze and interpret data using common statistical procedures.

     6.  Use mathematical procedures to analyze and solve business problems.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5515  Business marketing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business marketing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of marketing foundations.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of the characteristics, motivations and behavior of consumers.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of the influence of external factors on marketing.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of the elements of the marketing mix.

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of the role of marketing research in decision making.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of the elements, design and purpose of a marketing plan.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.553  Information systems and business technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in information systems and business technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate knowledge of the impact of technology on society.

     2.  Demonstrate knowledge of current and emerging computer architecture, including the use of input technologies appropriately to enter and manipulate text and data, configure, install and upgrade hardware, and diagnose and repair hardware problems.

     3.  Demonstrate knowledge of the use of various types of operating systems, environments and utilities.

     4.  Demonstrate knowledge of:

     (a) Application software, including its identification, evaluation, selection, installation, use, upgrading, and diagnosing and problem solving; and

     (b) Technology components relating to major business functions.

     5.  Demonstrate the ability to gather, evaluate, use and cite information from information technology sources.

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of database management systems.

     7.  Demonstrate an understanding of programming and application development.

     8.  Demonstrate an understanding of communications and information infrastructures.

     9.  Demonstrate an understanding of network applications.

     10.  Demonstrate an understanding of systems analysis and design and the planning and acquisition of information technology.

     11.  Demonstrate an understanding of technical support and training.

     12.  Demonstrate an understanding of risk management policies and procedures for information technology and policies for managing issues of privacy and ethics in a technology-based society.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.5535  Business services and innovation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in business services and innovation must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of electronic commerce and its impact on society, including issues of law and ethics.

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of the service industry and its role in local, state and national economies.

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of technological advances, scientific discoveries and inventions and their impact on business.

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of changes in the human perspective relating to the virtual business environment, including new relationships and cultural exchanges.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.555  Employability skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in employability skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate problem-solving and critical-thinking skills.

     2.  Speak, write and listen effectively.

     3.  Demonstrate the ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology.

     4.  Demonstrate leadership, teamwork and sound workplace ethics.

     5.  Demonstrate the ability to manage resources effectively in a high-performance workplace.

     6.  Demonstrate career planning, job retention and lifelong learning skills.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R108-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.556  Journalism. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in journalism must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Differentiate fact from opinion.

     2.  Identify elements which make facts newsworthy.

     3.  Distinguish which facts to use in writing news.

     4.  Write accurate, unbiased news stories based on given facts.

     5.  Demonstrate effective techniques of interviewing.

     6.  Practice different writing styles for sports, features, editorials, columns and reviews.

     7.  Read copy and proofread.

     8.  Write a headline and lay out a publication.

     9.  Recognize the importance of photojournalism, including composition, cropping and sizing of photographs.

     10.  Recognize the importance of advertising.

     11.  Differentiate between journalism involving printing and broadcasting.

     12.  Write scripts for programs of news and features for radio and television.

     13.  Identify the basic concepts of the law relating to journalism, including libel, privileged information and invasion of privacy.

     14.  Recognize the role and responsibilities of the journalist in modern society.

     15.  Develop critical skills in assessing strengths and weaknesses in the professional journalist.

     16.  Identify opportunities for a career in journalism.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.558  Speech. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in speech must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate effective techniques of research by gathering and organizing material for speeches.

     2.  Practice techniques for writing a speech.

     3.  Apply the basic steps for organizing a speech.

     4.  Practice effective methods for delivery of a speech.

     5.  Use visual aids effectively.

     6.  Demonstrate poise, self-assurance and confidence while speaking.

     7.  Communicate feelings and ideas.

     8.  Demonstrate techniques of good listening.

     9.  Demonstrate techniques of oral interpretation.

     10.  Demonstrate leadership and poise by assuming the role of a leader of a group.

     11.  Understand social and political problems through communication.

     12.  Evaluate and judge presentations.

     13.  Recognize that speech is important in all careers.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.562  Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Contents. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)  A course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Acquire, in class, instruction that directly applies to the occupation in which the pupil is employed.

     2.  Demonstrate a knowledge of the current technology used in the occupation in which the pupil is employed.

     3.  Gain a practical knowledge of the occupation the pupil is studying.

     4.  Demonstrate successful interaction with other workers, supervisors, clients and customers.

     5.  Demonstrate desirable habits and attitudes about work.

     6.  Apply the theory and technical skills learned in class while on the job.

     7.  Adapt to adverse working conditions.

     8.  Develop skills that relate to the basic concepts necessary for entry to, retention of and advancement on the job.

     9.  Keep the teacher informed about progress on the job.

     10.  Submit weekly time sheets.

     11.  Attend school and hold a job on a regular basis.

     12.  Give the employer and the teacher advance notice of inability to report for work or tardiness.

     13.  Describe entrepreneurship skills appropriate to owning or operating a business, or both.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.564  Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of teacher. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)  A teacher of a course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer shall:

     1.  Provide relevant and current instruction which prepares the pupil for a specific vocation.

     2.  Provide realistic conditions which teach theory, technical skills, work scheduling and human relations.

     3.  Use training which correlates with the knowledge and skills expected by an employer.

     4.  Strengthen relations between the school and the community.

     5.  Supplement the facilities and resources in the school with those in the community that are representative of the availability of the occupation being studied by the pupil.

     6.  Provide all parties with an awareness of their responsibilities and obligations while participating in the program.

     7.  Visit the place of employment to consult with pupils and employers to determine the pupil’s progress on the job, attitudes, growth of skills and knowledge and breadth of educational exposure.

     8.  Use discretion on the time and circumstances chosen for visits.

     9.  Assist the employer with appraisals of the pupil and the course of study.

     10.  Foster good communications and understanding between all parties.

     11.  Constantly strive to improve the program by seeking suggestions from all parties.

     12.  When supervising a pupil at a training location in which he or she does not hold an endorsement, use information from an appropriately endorsed teacher to ensure that the pupil functions satisfactorily during the training.

     13.  Recruit, interview and select pupils based on the career interests of the pupils and predetermined written criteria.

     14.  Keep records of the time used to develop training plans and agreements, counseling, training station assessment and student-employer evaluations.

     15.  Retain for at least 1 year after the pupil leaves the program the record of the pupil’s initial interview, the training agreement, the cooperative agreement, the employer-teacher-coordinator evaluation, the report of the pupil’s wages earned and hours worked during the program and his or her weekly time sheets.

     16.  Coordinate the pupil’s work experience with related classroom instruction.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.566  Career and technical education in cooperation with private employer: Duties of employer. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)  The employer of a pupil in a course of study in career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer shall:

     1.  Participate in the development of the agreement for training.

     2.  Assist the pupil to develop skills required in the occupation.

     3.  Provide for direct supervision of the pupil’s work.

     4.  Give the pupil progressive and challenging work, review his or her progress each week and sign a weekly time sheet.

     5.  Provide periodic appraisals of the pupil’s performance on forms provided by the teacher.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.568  Drivers’ education. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.874, 389.090)

     1.  A pupil must complete 30 hours of classroom instruction to complete a course of drivers’ education. In completing the 30 hours of classroom instruction required by this subsection, 1 hour of behind-the-wheel training is equivalent to 3 hours of classroom instruction, as set forth in NRS 389.090. A school may provide a course of drivers’ education that includes more than the minimum number of hours of instruction required by this subsection.

     2.  A course of study in drivers’ education must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     (a) Describe the proper attitudes for driving safely and the adverse effects of disturbed emotions.

     (b) State the consequences of physical disabilities on the ability to drive.

     (c) Recognize the effects of alcohol and drugs on driving.

     (d) State the grounds for revocation of a driver’s license.

     (e) Explain the requirements for equipment and registration of a vehicle.

     (f) Identify the following:

          (1) The sign designating that parking is illegal;

          (2) The right-of-way in various situations;

          (3) Hand signals;

          (4) The meaning of the different colors of a traffic light;

          (5) When the driver of a school bus must stop; and

          (6) The legal and moral responsibilities in case of an accident.

     (g) Name the different highway systems and the organizations which supervise the maintenance of and enforce the traffic laws on each system.

     (h) Identify the purpose of each instrument, device and control in a vehicle.

     (i) List the procedures for preparing to start a vehicle.

     (j) Describe the weather and the condition of the road and how these affect driving.

     (k) Describe the proper procedures for making a turn.

     (l) Describe the proper procedures for parking.

     (m) Describe the proper procedures for moving in reverse.

     (n) Describe the proper procedures for driving in a controlled and an uncontrolled intersection.

     (o) Determine the proper distance for following.

     (p) Describe how to handle specified situations which arise when driving.

     (q) Differentiate between the techniques required for driving in the city, on the highway and under adverse conditions.

     (r) State the requirements for insurance in Nevada and the types of coverage available.

     (s) Compile a list for the efficient and economical maintenance of a vehicle.

     (t) Recognize the importance of the maintenance of a vehicle for driving safely.

     (u) Explain the procedures for purchasing an automobile.

     (v) Identify sources of credit to finance the purchase of an automobile.

     3.  A course of study in drivers’ education may be provided through classroom instruction or behind-the-wheel training, or both. A course of study in drivers’ education that is provided through a program of distance education pursuant to NRS 388.820 to 388.874, inclusive, must be equivalent to a course of study that is provided through regular classroom instruction.

     4.  As used in this section:

     (a) “Behind-the-wheel training” means the portion of a course of study of drivers’ education which is taught through the operation of a motor vehicle under real conditions and which is characterized by a pupil driving on a driving range or on the street, or both, while under the direction of a licensed teacher.

     (b) “Classroom instruction” means the portion of a course of study of drivers’ education that is taught in a classroom environment or through a program of distance education by a licensed teacher.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R107-01, 12-17-2001; R107-01, 12-17-2001, eff. 7-1-2002)

      NAC 389.569  Foreign language: First year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a first-year foreign language course must include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the first year of high school study to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Talking and writing about activities of daily life using memorized phrases, short sentences, numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     (b) Giving and following simple oral or written instructions and commands relating to familiar topics using visual cues when appropriate.

     (c) Recognizing commonly used verbs and phrases in discussions about past and future events.

     (d) Participating in structured conversations on various topics, including, without limitation, state of being and feelings.

     (e) Making simple oral and written requests.

     (f) Telling and writing a simple narrative about a personal experience or event in the present tense.

     (g) Restating in the present tense, with assistance, what another person has said.

     (h) Recognizing the standard rules of usage and grammar.

     (i) Demonstrating accuracy in the imitation of modeled words.

     (j) Demonstrating occasional creativity in the production of language.

     (k) Asking and responding to basic questions.

     (l) Using appropriate expressions and gestures of courtesy.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on various topics by:

     (a) Recognizing a sound with its corresponding letter or symbol.

     (b) Comprehending written and spoken numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     (c) Reading and comprehending phrases, short sentences, brief written directions and simple narratives.

     (d) Writing numbers, dates, times and other basic thematic vocabulary.

     (e) Using familiar thematic words and phrases by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.

     3.  Present information, concepts and ideas to an audience in the foreign language by performing skits, puppet shows or dialogues.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Identifying the manner in which persons in the culture celebrate important traditions, events and holidays.

     (b) Recognizing various forms of communications in the culture, including gestures, body language, dance, art and music.

     (c) Identifying the important persons, holidays, geography and history of the culture.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Recognizing the messages in highly contextualized materials, including, without limitation, signs and posters.

     (b) Identifying certain artistic achievements and contributions of the culture.

     (c) Recognizing certain unique products of the culture.

     6.  Understand other disciplines by reading, writing and discussing in the foreign language familiar topics studied in other courses.

     7.  Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:

     (a) Recognizing cognates, adopted words and expressions, and word families.

     (b) Demonstrating that languages have important sound distinctions that must be mastered to communicate meaning.

     (c) Analyzing and comparing the writing systems of both languages.

     (d) Comparing and using language and grammatical patterns.

     8.  Understand the cultural differences and similarities between the culture studied and the pupil’s culture by demonstrating that there are culturally specific phrases and idioms that do not translate directly from one language to another.

     9.  Use the foreign language in and outside the school by reporting about the use of the foreign language outside the classroom.

     10.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by planning a real or imaginary trip to a country in which the foreign language is spoken and collecting information concerning travel to that country and careers that require the use of that foreign language.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R164-99, eff. 2-16-2000)

      NAC 389.5695  Foreign language: Second year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a second-year foreign language course must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.569, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the second year of high school study to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Asking and responding to a variety of questions concerning activities of daily life.

     (b) Giving and following oral or written directions, instructions and commands.

     (c) Using various verbs and phrases to discuss and write about past and future events.

     (d) Participating in conversations on various topics by expressing opinions and emotions.

     (e) Making requests for goods and services in public places.

     (f) Telling or writing effectively a narrative about a personal experience or event.

     (g) Restating an event or an account of an event in various tenses.

     (h) Applying standard rules of usage and grammar.

     (i) Speaking in a manner that is comprehensible to speakers of the foreign language.

     (j) Demonstrating creativity in the production of language.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on various topics by:

     (a) Reading selected materials with a certain degree of fluency, accuracy, intonation and expression.

     (b) Using background knowledge to comprehend narratives, personal correspondence and other contextualized print.

     (c) Paraphrasing or expressing main ideas of written and spoken material.

     3.  Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:

     (a) Creating and presenting stories or brief written reports on various topics.

     (b) Reciting selected forms of literature or singing songs.

     (c) Engaging in debate on various topics.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Explaining the value systems and routines of daily life of the culture.

     (b) Identifying important geographical features, historical events and political structures of the culture.

     (c) Using appropriate verbal and nonverbal behavior in various situations.

     (d) Experiencing entertainment of the culture.

     (e) Identifying important persons in entertainment and the arts of the culture.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Discussing the artistic contributions of the culture.

     (b) Describing certain unique products of the culture.

     (c) Identifying the perspectives of the culture that are manifested in its commercial advertisements.

     (d) Understanding messages conveyed in the media.

     6.  Understand other disciplines by:

     (a) Comprehending short articles, news broadcasts, commercial advertisements and videos in the foreign language on topics studied in other courses.

     (b) Presenting oral and written reports in the foreign language on topics studied in other courses.

     7.  Understand the nature of language through comparisons of language structures by:

     (a) Recognizing the equivalent meaning of idiomatic expressions and other linguistic concepts.

     (b) Demonstrating that languages have important distinctions in sounds that must be mastered to communicate meaning.

     8.  Understand cultural differences and similarities by developing an awareness of cultural diversity and the contributions of the culture studied made to American culture.

     9.  Use the foreign language in and outside the school by corresponding in the foreign language.

     10.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by:

     (a) Researching and presenting information concerning traveling to and studying in a country where the foreign language is spoken.

     (b) Participating in a project to explore careers that require interaction in the foreign language.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R164-99, eff. 2-16-2000)

      NAC 389.570  Foreign language: Fourth year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course in a foreign language offered as an elective course in a public high school as a fourth-year foreign language course must, in addition to the requirements set forth in NAC 389.5695 and subject to the experience of the pupils with the foreign language in kindergarten through the 11th grade, include instruction designed to teach the pupil by the completion of the 12th grade to:

     1.  Engage in conversations, provide information, express feelings and emotions, and exchange opinions in the foreign language by:

     (a) Responding effectively to factual and interpretive questions.

     (b) Using increasingly complex verb tenses and forms.

     (c) Interacting in increasingly complex situations.

     (d) Analyzing and discussing competently personal reactions to selected materials.

     (e) Using familiar idiomatic and nonverbal expressions and appropriate vocabulary.

     (f) Applying effectively strategies for questions, paraphrasing, circumlocution and self-correction.

     (g) Demonstrating adequately patterns of pronunciation and intonation.

     (h) Expressing appropriately opinions and emotions.

     (i) Determining meaning by using contextual cues.

     (j) Demonstrating creativity in the production of language.

     2.  Understand and interpret written and spoken material in the foreign language on a variety of topics by:

     (a) Advancing from a literal and interpretive comprehension of the foreign language to a more critical appreciation of reading and listening skills.

     (b) Comprehending increasingly complex vocabulary.

     (c) Understanding and paraphrasing increasingly complex spoken and written material.

     (d) Obtaining and analyzing information from original materials by using background knowledge and contextual cues.

     3.  Present information, concepts and ideas in the foreign language to an audience by:

     (a) Composing and presenting an original report on a topic of interest.

     (b) Playing roles in various situations.

     (c) Giving presentations on current events and cultural topics using appropriate expressions and intonation.

     4.  Understand the relationship between the practices and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Analyzing the manner in which history influences the present.

     (b) Adjusting communication to the situation and audience.

     (c) Identifying important persons in entertainment and the arts in the culture and recognizing their achievements and contributions.

     5.  Understand the relationship between the products and perspectives of the culture studied by:

     (a) Analyzing the important contributions of the culture.

     (b) Correlating major historical events, literary works and other art forms to cultural practices.

     6.  Understand other disciplines through the foreign language by:

     (a) Presenting increasingly complex oral and written reports in the foreign language concerning topics studied in other courses.

     (b) Discussing brief articles, news broadcasts, commercial advertisements and videos in the foreign language concerning topics studied in other courses.

     7.  Acquire information and recognize the distinctive viewpoints that are only available through materials in the foreign language by:

     (a) Describing the cultural differences and their distinctive viewpoints.

     (b) Preparing reports using sources in the foreign language.

     8.  Understand the nature of language through comparisons of the foreign language with the pupil’s language by:

     (a) Using complex idiomatic expressions and language structures.

     (b) Identifying dialects from different regions, cultures and contexts.

     9.  Understand cultural similarities and differences by analyzing the perspectives of the culture studied as they are reflected in art and literature.

     10.  Use the language in and outside of school by:

     (a) Interacting with members of the pupil’s community on various topics using the foreign language.

     (b) Participating in a program to make the transition from school to work which requires proficiency in the foreign language and knowledge of the culture studied.

     11.  Develop an interest in continuing the study of the foreign language for personal enjoyment and enrichment by preparing a project using various media concerning traveling and studying in a country where the foreign language is spoken.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A 9-15-89; R065-97, 12-10-97; R164-99, 2-16-2000)

      NAC 389.571  American Sign Language: First year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the first year:

     1.  Receptive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to comprehend simple statements and questions in standard dialect even if the pupil requires repetition for comprehension;

     (b) A general and detailed understanding of expressions that are short and discrete; and

     (c) The ability to comprehend the main idea of simple, extended messages and conversations.

     2.  Expressive skills, including, without limitation, the ability to express basic personal needs and to compose statements, questions and short messages, even if the pupil commits errors in grammar and in the production of signs, in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.

     3.  Interactive skills, including, without limitation, the ability to initiate and engage in conversation with a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language, using simple statements and vocabulary and grammar appropriate to the situation. The pupil may have to repeat or rephrase his or her statements or questions so that the statements or questions are understood by persons who are fluent in American Sign Language and who are experienced in communicating with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.

     4.  Cultural skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Knowledge of the existence of different cultures and a basic understanding of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (b) Knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;

     (c) The ability to function in authentic, commonplace situations in the community of persons who are deaf even if the pupil makes errors that impede communication; and

     (d) Familiarity with the location of and directional signs within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)

      NAC 389.5712  American Sign Language: Second year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the second year:

     1.  Receptive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to comprehend short conversations in standard dialects based on region, age and educational differences even if the pupil requires repetition or rephrasing for comprehension;

     (b) The ability to comprehend common grammatical features and use word order patterns in simple sentences;

     (c) A basic understanding of longer conversations and messages in familiar communicative situations; and

     (d) The ability to sustain comprehension through contextual inferences in short communications with persons who are fluent in American Sign Language and who are aware of the pupil’s lack of fluency.

     2.  Expressive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to use an intermediate vocabulary and commonly encountered structures of signs;

     (b) The ability to express comprehensively ideas relating to the past, present and future even if the pupil makes errors in expressing complex thoughts;

     (c) Basic development of sequential relationships; and

     (d) The ability to sign in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language and who is experienced in communicating in American Sign Language with persons who are not fluent in American Sign Language.

     3.  Interactive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to initiate and sustain conversation even if the pupil exhibits frequent hesitation and requires paraphrasing for comprehension;

     (b) The ability to use more common grammatical features, even if the pupil commits errors in the formation and selection of the features;

     (c) The ability to use word order accurately in conversations and in more complex patterns;

     (d) The ability to sustain coherent structures of signs in short communication;

     (e) The ability to engage in extended communication that is cohesive; and

     (f) The ability to sign comprehensively even if the pupil has difficulty producing certain features in certain positions or combinations and may need to repeat or rephrase his or her statements or questions so that the statements or questions are understood by persons who are fluent in American Sign Language.

     4.  Cultural skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Increased knowledge of different cultures and of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf even if the pupil demonstrates misunderstanding in the application of this knowledge;

     (b) An understanding that cultures, including, without limitation, the culture of the community of persons who are deaf, are a system of values that evolve over time;

     (c) The ability to show the manner in which certain values are associated with certain patterns of behavior in the culture of the pupil as well as in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (d) The ability to distinguish culturally authentic patterns of behavior from idiosyncratic behaviors;

     (e) Increased knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society; and

     (f) Increased familiarity with signs for geography within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)

      NAC 389.5714  American Sign Language: Third year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the third year:

     1.  Receptive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to comprehend conversations of intermediate length in standard dialects based on region, age and educational differences;

     (b) An increased vocabulary;

     (c) The ability to use common grammatical features and word order patterns in sentences of intermediate length;

     (d) An advanced understanding of longer conversations and messages within familiar communicative situations; and

     (e) The ability to sustain comprehension through contextual inferences in short communications with persons who are fluent in American Sign Language.

     2.  Expressive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Use of an advanced vocabulary and commonly encountered structures of signs;

     (b) Advanced proficiency in expressing comprehensively ideas relating to the past, present and future;

     (c) Improved ability to express more complex thoughts;

     (d) Continued development of sequential relationships; and

     (e) The ability to sign comprehensively with little difficulty and in a manner which is comprehensible to persons fluent in American Sign Language with less repetition.

     3.  Interactive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Continued development in initiating and sustaining conversation;

     (b) Use of an expanded vocabulary, paraphrasing and more common grammatical features;

     (c) Use of word order in conversation accurately and in more complex patterns;

     (d) The ability to sustain coherent structures of signs in intermediate communications; and

     (e) The ability to demonstrate extended communication which is cohesive.

     4.  Cultural skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Increased knowledge of different cultures and of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf and an advanced ability in applying such knowledge;

     (b) A more extensive understanding of cultures as systems of values that evolve over time;

     (c) The ability to demonstrate the manner in which certain values are associated with certain behavior patterns in the culture of the pupil as well as the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (d) The ability to distinguish culturally authentic patterns of behavior from idiosyncratic behaviors;

     (e) Knowledge of current events involving persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;

     (f) Knowledge of historical events involving persons who are deaf;

     (g) Increased familiarity with directional signs within the geographical area in which the class is given; and

     (h) Familiarity with systems of signs derived from American Sign Language.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)

      NAC 389.5716  American Sign Language: Fourth year. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.0185)  A course of study in American Sign Language must include instruction designed to teach a pupil by completion of the fourth year:

     1.  Receptive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to comprehend a wide variety of registers with little or no repetition or paraphrasing necessary for comprehension;

     (b) The ability to comprehend most points of discussion or presentations on familiar topics; and

     (c) Continued development and mastery of advanced signed communication.

     2.  Expressive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to organize presentations on familiar topics;

     (b) The ability to organize complex ideas;

     (c) Use of an advanced vocabulary;

     (d) Advanced control of the morphology of the language and of most of the frequently used syntactic structures of signs; and

     (e) The ability to sign in a manner that is comprehensible to a person who is fluent in American Sign Language.

     3.  Interactive skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) The ability to communicate in most situations with confidence;

     (b) Continued development towards mastery of complicated or difficult material; and

     (c) Advanced control of more complex structures of signs.

     4.  Cultural skills, including, without limitation:

     (a) Knowledge of and the ability to function in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (b) An understanding of most behaviors particular to the community of persons who are deaf that are the product of the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (c) An appreciation for the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (d) The ability to function, communicate and generally avoid misunderstanding in authentic, everyday situations encountered in the community of persons who are deaf;

     (e) The ability to use the context to guess the meaning of unfamiliar behaviors that are particular to the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (f) Demonstration of initiative and ease in using behaviors which are appropriate for use in the community of persons who are deaf and which are learned by observing authentic needs in the culture of the community of persons who are deaf;

     (g) Increased knowledge of current and historical events in the community of persons who are deaf and of persons who are deaf who are prominent in American society;

     (h) Increased familiarity with directional signs within the geographical area of the school in which the class is taught; and

     (i) Familiarity with systems of signs derived from American Sign Language.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R036-99, eff. 11-3-99)

      NAC 389.572  Occupations in health care. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in occupations in health care must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  For the area of professionalism:

     (a) Demonstrate a knowledge of and compliance with the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (b) Perform duties in accordance with the applicable laws, regulations and policies;

     (c) Understand the legal responsibilities and limitations placed upon the pupil;

     (d) Understand the legal implications of actions taken by the pupil;

     (e) Interact effectively and sensitively with others while showing respect for cultural and social diversity;

     (f) Understand and apply the principles of privacy and confidentiality in the field of health care;

     (g) Understand how the role of the pupil relates to other roles within the field of health care;

     (h) Identify interrelationships between the key systems within the field of health care; and

     (i) Identify stressors and respond appropriately.

     2.  For the area of health promotion and disease prevention:

     (a) Demonstrate an understanding of the wellness strategies used to help prevent injury and disease throughout the life span;

     (b) Demonstrate an understanding of interventions for health improvement;

     (c) Understand the interventions for secondary prevention that are used when chronic conditions exist; and

     (d) Demonstrate an awareness of alternative and complementary health practices.

     3.  For the area of client and patient care skills:

     (a) Demonstrate an understanding of existing and potential hazards to clients or patients, coworkers and the pupil and prevention of injury and illness through safe work practices and compliance with health and safety policies and procedures;

     (b) Demonstrate effective communication with clients or patients;

     (c) Demonstrate an understanding of the process of care through assessment, planning, implementation and evaluation; and

     (d) Demonstrate knowledge of and the ability to use the technology, equipment, tools and supplies used in health care.

     4.  For the area of medical sciences:

     (a) Define, pronounce, spell and use terminology related to health care;

     (b) Demonstrate knowledge of human anatomy and physiology;

     (c) Demonstrate an understanding of diseases and other health conditions;

     (d) Demonstrate an understanding and appreciation of the impact that history and culture have had on health care; and

     (e) Understand and apply mathematics as it specifically relates to health care.

     5.  For the area of employability skills:

     (a) Demonstrate the skill of problem solving;

     (b) Demonstrate the skill of critical thinking;

     (c) Demonstrate the ability to speak, write, listen, record and report effectively;

     (d) Demonstrate the ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;

     (e) Demonstrate the skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) Demonstrate the ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (g) Demonstrate skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (h) Demonstrate skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R123-03, 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.573  Culinary arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the commercial production and service of food must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final courses of instruction:

     1.  For the area of career exploration, analyze career paths and employ industry standards within the culinary arts field to:

     (a) Describe the professional food service industry, including its history, traditions and current trends;

     (b) Analyze career paths and opportunities in food production and service as well as related food service industries; and

     (c) Develop and model workplace behaviors that are professional and ethical.

     2.  For the area of sanitation, integrate knowledge, skills and practices in sanitation to:

     (a) Determine microorganisms found in food and their role in causing illness;

     (b) Comply with applicable laws and regulations governing food sanitation;

     (c) Apply principles governing the safe handling of food during all stages of food handling to minimize the risk of foodborne illnesses; and

     (d) Apply techniques of proper facility management for cleaning and sanitation.

     3.  For the area of safety, apply knowledge, skills and practices in workplace safety to:

     (a) Demonstrate procedures of basic first aid for injuries that typically occur in the food service industry; and

     (b) Use appropriate procedures and precautions to prevent accident and injuries.

     4.  For the area of equipment, demonstrate proper operation of equipment used in the food service industry to explore tools, and large and small standard equipment used in the food service industry.

     5.  For the area of nutrition, apply principles related to health and nutrition to evaluate the principles of nutrition, food plans, techniques of preparation and special dietary plans.

     6.  For the area of basic skills, integrate knowledge and demonstrate basic skills in the culinary arts to:

     (a) Develop necessary knife skills;

     (b) Apply terminology used in the professional culinary arts;

     (c) Establish mise en place in the workplace;

     (d) Employ proper techniques of measuring; and

     (e) Use recipe standards.

     7.  For the area of management skills, integrate specific functions of management related to the food service industry to:

     (a) Explore the principles of writing a menu; and

     (b) Incorporate the relationship between purchasing, operating a storeroom and controlling costs.

     8.  For the area of breakfast preparation, apply knowledge, skills and practices to prepare eggs, and breakfast meats and starches.

     9.  For the area of bakeshop, demonstrate bakery production skills by demonstrating a variety of techniques for preparing breads, pastries and desserts.

     10.  For the area of garde-manger, explore and practice techniques of a garde-manger by demonstrating a variety of techniques to:

     (a) Prepare salads, sandwiches, appetizers and hors d’oeuvres, and fresh and dried herbs; and

     (b) Make attractive presentations.

     11.  For the area of front-of-the-house and model front-of-the-house operations:

     (a) Explore various styles of service and career opportunities; and

     (b) Demonstrate an awareness of beverage service.

     12.  For the area of product identification, differentiate and categorize food service products by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the:

     (a) Selection of fruits, starches and grains, vegetables, dairy products, meats, poultry, and fish and shellfish; and

     (b) Identification and selection of staples.

     13.  For the area of product preparation, differentiate and categorize food service products by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the preparation of fruits, starches and grains, vegetables, dairy products, meats, poultry, and fish and shellfish.

     14.  For the area of stocks, sauces and soups, classify and produce stocks, sauces and soups by demonstrating knowledge of the principles regarding the preparation of stocks, sauces and soups.

     15.  For the area of cooking methods, differentiate and carry out appropriate cooking methods by demonstrating dry heat, moist heat and combination cooking methods.

     16.  For the area of business operations, analyze business procedures in the hospitality field to:

     (a) Explore entrepreneurship opportunities in the food service industry;

     (b) Describe marketing strategies in the food service industry;

     (c) Investigate facilities management in the food service industry; and

     (d) Explore professional organizations in the food service industry.

     17.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R165-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.575  Foods and nutrition. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in foods and nutrition must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Examine the factors that influence personal choices relating to food;

     2.  Evaluate the nutritional needs of individual persons and families as those needs relate to health and wellness;

     3.  Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in the proper sanitation and safety relating to food;

     4.  Apply the skills used in the management of kitchen resources;

     5.  Apply knowledge, skills and practices used in the preparation of food;

     6.  Apply the principles of managing a meal;

     7.  Make informed choices as a consumer;

     8.  Analyze career paths and opportunities in the food and nutrition industry; and

     9.  Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R205-07, eff. 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.576  Fashion, textiles and design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in fashion, textiles and design must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Examine the skills necessary to effectively manage decisions relating to clothing;

     2.  Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in clothing and textile construction;

     3.  Evaluate the use, care and production of fibers, fabrics and textiles;

     4.  Develop the knowledge and skills necessary for the field of fashion merchandising;

     5.  Analyze career paths and opportunities within the fashion, textile and design industry; and

     6.  Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R205-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.577  Hospitality services. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in hospitality services must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to demonstrate an understanding of:

     1.  Basic economic systems, cost-profit relationships, economic indicators and trends, and international concepts as they relate to the hospitality industry;

     2.  The hospitality industry;

     3.  The department or division that oversees rooms in a full-service hotel;

     4.  The department or division that oversees food and beverages in a full-service hotel; and

     5.  The department or division that oversees staff, including, without limitation, human resources, sales and marketing, accounting, security and engineering in a full-service hotel.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R166-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.579  Travel and tourism. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in travel and tourism must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of basic economic systems, cost-profit relationships, economic indicators and trends, and international concepts as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;

     2.  Demonstrate an understanding of the travel and tourism industry;

     3.  Demonstrate an understanding of lodging and transportation as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;

     4.  Demonstrate an understanding of wholesale and retail services as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;

     5.  Demonstrate an understanding of sales and marketing as they relate to the travel and tourism industry;

     6.  Demonstrate an understanding of destination marketing as it relates to the travel and tourism industry; and

     7.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R166-03, eff. 1-22-2004)

      NAC 389.580  Care of the aged and persons with special needs. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the care of the aged and persons with special needs must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate the ability to work with the aged and persons with special needs.

     2.  Describe the special needs of the aged and persons with disabilities.

     3.  Describe the patterns of behavior found in each stage of aging or the process of dealing with a disability and their interrelationship.

     4.  Describe the resources available to persons with special needs.

     5.  Describe the relationship between the different types of care and facilities available to the aged or persons with disabilities.

     6.  Identify state or national standards and requirements for licensing, operating or working in a business which provides care of the aged or persons with special needs.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.581  Early childhood care, education and services. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in early childhood care, education and services must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of the final course of instruction:

     1.  For the area of careers in early childhood care and education, analyze career paths within early childhood development, education and services, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Determine the roles and functions of persons engaged in early childhood education and services;

     (b) Explore opportunities for employment and entrepreneurial endeavors;

     (c) Examine the requirements of education and training and the opportunities for careers in early childhood education and services; and

     (d) Examine the impact of occupations in early childhood education and services on the local, state, national and global economics.

     2.  For the area of developmentally appropriate practices, analyze developmentally appropriate practices to plan for early childhood development, education and services, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Examine theories of child development and their implications for early childhood education practices;

     (b) Use a variety of methods to observe and interpret the growth and development of children;

     (c) Consider cultural and environmental influences upon the development of children;

     (d) Determine any special needs of children; and

     (e) Practice effective strategies that promote the growth and development of all children.

     3.  For the area of curriculum and instruction, demonstrate integration of curriculum and instruction to meet the developmental needs and interests of children, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Examine a variety of curriculum and instructional models;

     (b) Implement learning activities in all curriculum areas that meet the developmental needs of all children;

     (c) Implement and integrate a preliteracy curriculum for children;

     (d) Implement and integrate a curriculum that considers the native language, learning style, home experience, and cultural values of each child;

     (e) Arrange learning centers that provide for exploration, discovery and development by children; and

     (f) Establish activities, routines and transitions for children.

     4.  For the area of health and safety, provide a safe and healthy learning environment for children, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Manage physical space to maintain a safe and healthy learning environment;

     (b) Comply with safe and healthy practices in conformance with the statutes and regulations applicable to a particular agency;

     (c) Implement strategies to teach children habits related to health, safety and sanitation;

     (d) Provide safe and healthy meals and snacks;

     (e) Document symptoms of child abuse and neglect and use appropriate procedures to report suspected abuse or neglect to the appropriate authorities;

     (f) Implement basic health practices and prevention procedures for child care workers and children regarding childhood illness and communicable diseases; and

     (g) Demonstrate security and emergency procedures appropriate for child care facilities.

     5.  For the area of child and family relationships, understand techniques for positive collaborative relationships with children and their families, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Establish developmentally appropriate guidelines for behavior;

     (b) Demonstrate problem-solving skills with children;

     (c) Demonstrate interpersonal skills and implement strategies that promote positive and productive relationships with children;

     (d) Implement strategies for constructive and supportive interactions between children and their families; and

     (e) Present information to a parent regarding any developmental issues and concerns related to his or her child in a positive and supportive manner.

     6.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.582  Housing and interior design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in housing and interior design must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Evaluate needs and preferences relating to personal choices in housing;

     2.  Investigate options when selecting a place to reside;

     3.  Evaluate a home for quality of construction;

     4.  Describe the architectural features of a home;

     5.  Demonstrate skills in the use and planning of space;

     6.  Evaluate and select home furnishings;

     7.  Evaluate and select backgrounds for home interiors;

     8.  Complete an interior design plan;

     9.  Analyze career paths and opportunities within the housing and interior design industry; and

     10.  Achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R205-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.584  Commercial housekeeping. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in commercial housekeeping must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate the knowledge required to be a commercial housekeeper.

     2.  Plan, control the cost of and standardize the techniques, equipment and supplies used in housekeeping.

     3.  Use equipment, materials and supplies necessary for cleaning.

     4.  Describe the relationship between the facility to be cleaned and the equipment, personnel and services to be provided.

     5.  Identify state or national standards and requirements for licensing for operating or working in the business of commercial housekeeping.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.586  Occupations involving electricity. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in occupations involving electricity must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Read blueprints.

     2.  Estimate the need for material and labor.

     3.  Design circuitry.

     4.  Identify and name common electrical materials and supplies.

     5.  Name and make common splices in wire.

     6.  Install a complete residential wiring system.

     7.  Install electrical systems in commercial buildings.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.588  Carpentry. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in carpentry must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Identify and use the basic hand and power tools associated with carpentry.

     2.  Operate transits and levels.

     3.  Identify and describe the common fasteners for construction and the building materials associated with carpentry.

     4.  Demonstrate the common procedures for constructing foundations of a building.

     5.  Construct and install framing for a floor, roof and stair and finish roofing.

     6.  Install exterior and interior frames for a door and window, doors, windows and the necessary trim.

     7.  Install exterior covering of a wall and interior finishing of a wall.

     8.  Install thermal insulation and sound conditioning.

     9.  Install and identify cabinets and finished coverings for the floor.

     10.  Read and understand measuring tapes and blueprints.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.589  Residential building construction. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in residential building construction must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of mathematics used in construction, blueprints, and the use of tools and equipment, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand and apply mathematics for practical use in:

          (1) Carpentry;

          (2) Residential plumbing;

          (3) Residential wiring; and

          (4) Masonry and concrete placement; and

     (b) Interpret and apply information from blueprints, and schedules and specifications used in the residential construction trades.

     2.  For the area of safe practices and proper use of equipment and tools, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Adhere to general shop and job-site safety rules, including, without limitation, rules governing safety apparel, hazardous materials, fire safety, tools, equipment and other apparatus, including protection devices for falls; and

     (b) Maintain and safely use hand tools and power tools.

     3.  For the area of site preparation, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools used in residential construction and excavation processes;

     (b) Properly use layout and measurement tools; and

     (c) Identify methods of excavation, compaction and backfill processes commonly used for residential construction.

     4.  For the area of foundations, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand layout techniques;

     (b) Interpret construction drawings to layout locations and elevations of concrete and masonry structural elements and reinforcements;

     (c) Apply forming techniques in accordance with accepted industry standards;

     (d) Apply techniques for placing concrete; and

     (e) Lay masonry units according to plans and specifications.

     5.  For the area of carpentry, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand carpentry techniques;

     (b) Layout and construct floor systems according to plans and specifications;

     (c) Layout, construct and raise wall assemblies according to plans and specifications;

     (d) Layout, construct and install roof framing systems according to plans and specifications;

     (e) Layout, cut and install interior finish materials;

     (f) Apply techniques for the installation of exterior finish materials;

     (g) Apply techniques for the installation of doors and windows;

     (h) Install thermal insulation and vapor barriers; and

     (i) Install a roofing system, including, without limitation, underlayments, drip edging, flashing and shingles.

     6.  For the area of plumbing, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand the plumbing system for a single-family residence in accordance with accepted industry standards;

     (b) Layout the locations of plumbing fixtures and components, and complete a rough and top out installation of:

          (1) Water piping in a single-family residence; and

          (2) Drain waste vent piping in a single-family residence; and

     (c) Install fixtures required for the completion of the water supply and drain waste vent systems of a single-family residence.

     7.  For the area of electrical systems, a pupil shall demonstrate the ability to:

     (a) Understand the electrical system for a single-family residence in accordance with accepted industry standards;

     (b) Install service equipment, junction and device boxes, conduits, cables and conductors required for a complete residential electrical installation; and

     (c) Select and install switches and receptacles and terminate conductors to devices.

     8.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, a pupil shall achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R236-03, eff. 3-19-2004)

      NAC 389.590  Repair of electrical and electronic equipment. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the repair of electrical and electronic equipment must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Design circuitry.

     2.  Identify and name common electrical materials and supplies.

     3.  Name and make common splices in wire.

     4.  Install electronic equipment.

     5.  Test electronic systems.

     6.  Calibrate instruments.

     7.  Assemble an electronic chassis.

     8.  Build, design, repair and assemble electronic equipment.

     9.  Apply the principles of electrical theory.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.592  Heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of general safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration laboratory or internship program, or both, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Adhere to general shop and site safety rules associated with the heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and refrigeration industry, including:

          (1) The Occupational Safety and Health Act;

          (2) Fire drills;

          (3) The proper use of fire extinguishers and fire blankets;

          (4) The classification of various types of fires; and

          (5) Personal behaviors and attitudes appropriate for the working environment;

     (b) Comply with personal safety and work habits associated with:

          (1) Personal protective wear;

          (2) The effect of substance abuse on safety;

          (3) Practices for safe driving;

          (4) Procedures for proper lifting;

          (5) Proper and safe use of ladders; and

          (6) Maintenance of clean and orderly work areas;

     (c) Adhere to safe work practices in the handling of pressurized fluids associated with:

          (1) The application of pressure relief devices;

          (2) The proper storage and handling of refrigerants, oxygen, nitrogen and acetylene bottles; and

          (3) The ability to follow procedures specified in Material Safety Data Sheets, the specifications of the United States Environmental Protection Agency and other industry safety standards for the handling, use and disposal of pressurized fluids;

     (d) Comply with safe work practices in handling hazardous substances; and

     (e) Comply with safe work practices regarding electrical safety.

     2.  For the area of the history of air-conditioning and refrigeration, demonstrate knowledge of the history of air-conditioning and refrigeration and explore related career paths, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand:

     (a) The basics of the refrigeration cycle and its components;

     (b) The development of air-conditioning as a part of the refrigeration process; and

     (c) Various heating systems.

     3.  For the area of thermodynamics and heat transfer, understand thermodynamic properties and heat transfer and interpret the significance of thermodynamic properties and heat transfer in air-conditioning and refrigeration technology, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the fundamentals of refrigeration and heating science;

     (b) Explore the science of fluids and pressures as they relate to air-conditioning and refrigeration;

     (c) Understand the relationship of the components of the refrigeration cycle; and

     (d) Use different methods of measurement systems.

     4.  For the area of hand tools and equipment, demonstrate the proper use of hand tools and equipment common to the air-conditioning and refrigeration industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify tools and equipment related to air-conditioning and refrigeration;

     (b) Properly use tools and equipment related to air-conditioning and refrigeration;

     (c) Properly use electrical meters;

     (d) Properly use refrigeration test instruments;

     (e) Properly use fossil fuel heating system measurement devices; and

     (f) Properly use instruments necessary to determine proper airflow.

     5.  For the area of piping and piping practices, demonstrate various brazing techniques to prepare and install piping, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand proper tubing and piping requirements for air-conditioning systems.

     6.  For the area of electricity, demonstrate knowledge of electrical theory, measurement, circuitry and controls, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand basic electricity;

     (b) Describe how electricity is generated and distributed; and

     (c) Identify and use specialty controls used in air-conditioning and refrigeration systems.

     7.  For the area of refrigerant system components, understand the purposes and uses of refrigeration cycle components, including, without limitation, metering devices, evaporators, compressors, condensers, accessories and access fittings, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Explain the functions and uses of metering devices;

     (b) Understand how various types of evaporators function;

     (c) Understand how various types of compressors function;

     (d) Understand how various types of condensers function;

     (e) Identify air-conditioning and refrigeration system accessories and describe how they function; and

     (f) Understand the function and operation of various access fittings.

     8.  For the area of gas controls, demonstrate knowledge of the operation and diagnosis of gas control valves, regulators and fossil fuel heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate the operation and function of various gas control valves;

     (b) Understand the operation of fuel control systems; and

     (c) Install and operate residential control systems.

     9.  For the area of fossil fuel heating systems, demonstrate competency in the operation and maintenance of unitary and split fossil fuel-fired heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Service and operate a forced-air heating system;

     (b) Test and balance heating systems; and

     (c) Understand the function of humidity for air-conditioning comfort systems.

     10.  For the area of air-conditioning systems, understand the process of heat transfer and the properties of air relating to air-conditioning applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the relationship between temperature and humidity as they affect comfort;

     (b) Understand the operation of cooling systems as part of the refrigeration process; and

     (c) Troubleshoot an air-conditioning system to determine and correct electrical and mechanical cooling problems.

     11.  For the area of air handling, understand the principles and effects of airflow and duct design on the operation of an air-conditioning system, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the requirements of supplying air to an area to be environmentally controlled;

     (b) Install and service air-filtering systems; and

     (c) Understand how various types of fan blower systems operate.

     12.  For the area of electrical motors, understand the various types of electrical motors used in air-conditioning systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:

     (a) Function, operation and service of motors used in air-conditioning systems;

     (b) Various types of motors and motor components used in air-conditioning systems; and

     (c) Operation of three-phase motors.

     13.  For the area of electrical heating systems, demonstrate competency in the operation and maintenance of unitary and electrical heating systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to operate and test an electrical heating system.

     14.  For the area of heat pump systems, demonstrate a working knowledge of reverse cycle heating systems and emergency heat applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the operation of heat pumps;

     (b) Understand the various applications for the heat pump;

     (c) Describe the functions of heat pump system controls; and

     (d) Install basic heat pump system controls.

     15.  For the area of commercial refrigeration, demonstrate knowledge of refrigeration systems for food service, medical industries and transportation applications, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the aspects of commercial refrigeration;

     (b) Understand the use of multiple evaporators on a single system;

     (c) Inspect and service commercial ice makers;

     (d) Describe the operation of dispensing freezers; and

     (e) Inspect and service a commercial refrigeration system.

     16.  For the area of system load calculations, understand how to calculate the cooling and heating requirements for an environmental living space, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to calculate heat loss and heat gains through various insulating and construction materials.

     17.  For the area of system installation and start-up, demonstrate knowledge of procedures for installation and start-up, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to inspect and perform check-out procedures to start and operate safely various:

     (a) Gas heating systems;

     (b) Reverse cycle heating systems; and

     (c) Cooling systems.

     18.  For the area of servicing and troubleshooting systems, demonstrate knowledge of how to perform procedures for servicing and troubleshooting, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to troubleshoot and service problems in:

     (a) Mechanical systems;

     (b) Electrical systems;

     (c) Gas heating systems;

     (d) Reverse cycle heating systems; and

     (e) Cooling systems.

     19.  For the area of preventative maintenance, demonstrate knowledge of the various requirements for maintenance and how to implement recommendations of the manufacturer.

     20.  For the area of refrigerant recovery, demonstrate a thorough knowledge of the guidelines and standards established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency that govern refrigerant recovery, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand the regulations that affect ozone depletion;

     (b) Demonstrate refrigerant handling safety techniques while complying with applicable laws and regulations;

     (c) Understand the methods of refrigerant recovery, recycling and reclamation;

     (d) Understand the use of equipment for refrigerant recovery, recycling and reclamation;

     (e) Determine if an alternative refrigerant is applicable for retrofitting a specific system;

     (f) Explain the different classes of refrigerants; and

     (g) Successfully complete the Technician Certification Test offered by a Technician Certification Program that has been approved by the United States Environmental Protection Agency.

     21.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning, by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for problem solving;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) Effective management of resources in high-performance workplaces;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R057-06, 8-31-2007)

      NAC 389.594  Mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the mechanics of gasoline, diesel and small engines must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Tune gasoline and diesel engines.

     2.  Perform repairs on suspension and steering systems.

     3.  Diagnose problems in and repair electrical systems.

     4.  Perform necessary repairs and maintenance on drum and disc brakes.

     5.  Demonstrate a knowledge of the construction of engines powered by gasoline and diesel and cooled by air, and their related components.

     6.  Repair malfunctions in the systems for exhaust, cooling and fuel, the assembly for the transmission and clutch for an automobile and other mechanical systems in an engine powered by gasoline or diesel.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.596  Collision repair technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in collision repair technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in a collision repair technology lab by:

     (a) Adhering to general shop and site safety rules relating to:

          (1) Personal protective wear;

          (2) Hand tools;

          (3) Power equipment;

          (4) Proper ventilation;

          (5) The safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials;

          (6) Awareness of potential hazards to oneself and to other persons;

          (7) Safety practices used in the collision repair industry; and

          (8) Administration of basic first-aid treatment.

     (b) Adhering to specific shop fire safety rules and procedures.

     2.  For the area of analysis and damage repair, demonstrate, in accordance with vehicle manufacturer specifications and procedures:

     (a) Understanding of the processes involved in frame inspection and repair;

     (b) The ability to inspect and repair a frame;

     (c) Understanding of the processes used to inspect and replace glass; and

     (d) Understanding of the processes used in metal welding and cutting.

     3.  For the area of nonstructural analysis and damage repair, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:

     (a) The preparation of nonstructural inspection and repair;

     (b) Outer body panel repairs, replacements and adjustments;

     (c) Metal finishing and body filling;

     (d) Repairing or replacing movable glass and hardware;

     (e) Metal welding and cutting; and

     (f) Plastic repair and adhesives.

     4.  For the area of mechanical and electrical components, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:

     (a) Identifying, inspecting, diagnosing and removing mechanical and electrical components as required;

     (b) Repairing suspension and steering systems;

     (c) Repairing electrical components and systems;

     (d) Testing and repairing brake systems;

     (e) Inspecting and repairing air conditioning;

     (f) Diagnosing and repairing cooling systems;

     (g) Repairing drive train systems;

     (h) Repairing or replacing fuel intake and exhaust systems; and

     (i) Diagnosing and repairing active, passive and supplemental restraint systems.

     5.  For the area of painting and refinishing procedures, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:

     (a) Adhering to health, safety and environmental requirements and abiding by local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations;

     (b) Adhering to health, safety and environmental requirements while maintaining safety precautions;

     (c) Preparing a surface;

     (d) Operating a spray gun and related equipment;

     (e) Applying, mixing and matching paint;

     (f) Identifying paint defects; and

     (g) Completing final details.

     6.  For the area of estimating collision repairs, demonstrate an understanding of the processes involved in:

     (a) Preparing damage reports;

     (b) Using industry definitions;

     (c) Identifying the different types of automotive finishes;

     (d) Obtaining relevant information needed to estimate collision-related repairs; and

     (e) Writing a damage report.

     7.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high performance workplaces;

     (h) Knowledge of the skills necessary for career planning and development; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     8.  For the area of English, demonstrate an understanding and use of language arts-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.

     9.  For the area of mathematics, demonstrate an understanding and use of mathematics-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.

     10.  For the area of science, demonstrate an understanding and use of science-related academic skills commonly used in the collision repair industry.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R056-06, 8-31-2007)

      NAC 389.597  Automotive technology: Advanced program. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in automotive technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in an automotive technology laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate adherence to the general rules of shop safety, including, without limitation, the:

          (1) Proper use of safety apparel;

          (2) Proper use and care of hand and power tools;

          (3) Proper use and care of heavy equipment; and

          (4) Safe handling, storage and disposal of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with local, state and federal statutes and regulations.

     (b) Demonstrate adherence to the rules and procedures regarding fire safety.

     2.  For the area of general laboratory procedures, understand the general rules and procedures of the automotive technology laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Properly use the tools and equipment commonly found in the automotive technology laboratory;

     (b) Retrieve and apply the service information of a vehicle;

     (c) Prepare a vehicle for automotive service;

     (d) Perform basic automotive service; and

     (e) Return a vehicle to a customer upon the completion of the automotive service.

     3.  For the area of engine repair, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform general service and maintenance on an engine.

     4.  For the area of automatic transmissions and transaxles, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform general service on a transmission and transaxle by:

     (a) Performing visual inspections;

     (b) Replacing fluids and filters;

     (c) Retrieving and interpreting diagnostic codes;

     (d) Identifying the components; and

     (e) Identifying fluid types, fluid levels and concerns about the condition of the fluid.

     5.  For the area of manual drive train and axles, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform general service on the:

     (a) Clutch;

     (b) Transmission and transaxle;

     (c) Drive-shaft and half-shaft, universal and constant velocity joint; and

     (d) Drive axle.

     6.  For the area of suspension and steering, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform general service on:

     (a) A steering system;

     (b) A suspension system; and

     (c) The wheels and tires.

     7.  For the area of brakes, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform general service of:

     (a) Hydraulic systems;

     (b) Drum brakes;

     (c) Disc brakes;

     (d) Power assists units;

     (e) Anti-lock brake systems; and

     (f) Parking brakes.

     8.  For the area of electrical and electronic systems, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:

     (a) General service of the electrical system;

     (b) General service and testing of a battery;

     (c) General service of a starting system; and

     (d) General service of a charging system.

     9.  For the area of heating and air conditioning, understand the requirements for automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to demonstrate knowledge of heating and air conditioning systems by:

     (a) Conducting visual inspections;

     (b) Identifying the location and types of refrigerants; and

     (c) Conducting diagnostic tests using manifold gauges.

     10.  For the area of engine performance, understand the requirements of automotive service, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to perform:

     (a) General diagnosis and repair of an engine;

     (b) Diagnosis and repair of an ignition system; and

     (c) Diagnosis and repair of fuel systems.

     11.  For the area of alternative fuels and vehicles that use alternative fuels, demonstrate general knowledge of:

     (a) Alternative fuels; and

     (b) Vehicles that use alternative fuels.

     12.  For the area of skills necessary to succeed in the workplace, understand the requirements for workplace readiness, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Solve problems;

     (b) Evaluate information critically;

     (c) Speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) Select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Demonstrate the skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) Demonstrate ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) Effectively manage resources in the workplace;

     (h) Demonstrate the skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Demonstrate knowledge of the skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R195-01, eff. 4-1-2002; A by R029-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.598  Mechanics of an aircraft. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the mechanics of an aircraft must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Maintain and repair reciprocating and turbine engines of an aircraft.

     2.  Identify, repair and maintain lubricating systems of an aircraft.

     3.  Maintain and repair induction systems, cooling systems and systems for fuel and exhaust.

     4.  Maintain and repair the ignition, electrical system and instruments of an aircraft.

     5.  Maintain and repair systems for the protection against fire in an engine.

     6.  Maintain and repair propellers.

     7.  Acquire the skills necessary to acquire a license as an aircraft mechanic from the Federal Aviation Administration.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.600  Electronic communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in electronic communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Install electronic equipment.

     2.  Test electronic systems.

     3.  Operate audio equipment.

     4.  Calibrate instruments.

     5.  Assemble an electronic chassis.

     6.  Inspect and repair instruments.

     7.  Repair digital equipment.

     8.  Test and repair audio and video equipment.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.601  Information technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in information technology must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:

     1.  For the area of network systems, including topology, internetworking design, implementation, network instrumentation and network administration, understand basic network systems, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate the fundamental tasks required to administer a network;

     (b) Demonstrate the use of network security policies and procedures;

     (c) Demonstrate proper file and disc management skills; and

     (d) Construct, differentiate and diagnose network systems.

     2.  For the area of information technology service and support, understand basic hardware and software support, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Understand hardware and software support;

     (b) Understand quality customer service skills;

     (c) Demonstrate proficiency with documentation skills; and

     (d) Understand basic electronics, troubleshooting skills and the proper use of electronic test equipment and repair tools.

     3.  For the area of multimedia, understand multimedia content creation and authoring, including, without limitation:

     (a) Fundamental drawing techniques;

     (b) The use of audio and video in content creation and authoring;

     (c) Computer animation;

     (d) Typography;

     (e) Computer digital imaging;

     (f) Web design and development;

     (g) The use of electronic commerce; and

     (h) The ability to explain basic intellectual property and copyright laws as they relate to content creation and authoring.

     4.  For the area of computer programming, understand essential programming skills, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:

     (a) Use of essential programming skills;

     (b) Design and analysis of software;

     (c) Encoding of software; and

     (d) Testing and integration of software.

     5.  For the area of computer applications, understand contemporary application programs and office software application products, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to understand the:

     (a) Use of spreadsheet software;

     (b) Use of databases;

     (c) Use of word processing software;

     (d) Use of desktop publishing software;

     (e) Use of presentation software; and

     (f) Installation, set up and upgrade of software.

     6.  For the area of information technology management, demonstrate:

     (a) An understanding of organizational issues in the management of information technology;

     (b) An understanding of effective interpersonal communication skills in the workplace;

     (c) Proficiency in oral and written communication skills; and

     (d) An understanding of information technology policies and procedures established by companies and the necessity for compliance with and enforcement of those policies and procedures.

     7.  For the area of telecommunications, demonstrate:

     (a) An understanding of telephony and the operation and specifications of public switch telephone networks, or PTSN;

     (b) An understanding of broadband and baseband local area network, or LAN, metropolitan area network, or MAN, and wide area network, or WAN, systems; and

     (c) An understanding of wireless technologies.

     8.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R010-03, eff. 10-30-2003)

      NAC 389.6013  Graphic design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in graphic design must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of graphic design industry, demonstrate knowledge of the graphic design industry, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate knowledge of the history of the field of graphic design; and

     (b) Communicate ideas using appropriate terminology related to the graphic design industry.

     2.  For the area of design, apply elements and principles of design to communicate in a visual manner, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify and apply the elements of design;

     (b) Identify and apply the principles of design;

     (c) Identify and apply the principles of typography; and

     (d) Apply the principles and elements of design to layout.

     3.  For the area of production, demonstrate knowledge of the key aspects of production using software that is standard in the graphic design industry, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate knowledge of concept development;

     (b) Demonstrate knowledge of image creation and manipulation;

     (c) Demonstrate the appropriate applications of media output;

     (d) Demonstrate knowledge of workflow in the graphic design industry to increase success and productivity;

     (e) Identify and apply the design process; and

     (f) Demonstrate knowledge of the use of brand names and corporate identity.

     4.  For the area of ethics and legal issues, demonstrate knowledge of the ethical and legal issues related to graphic design, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Demonstrate knowledge of copyright and intellectual property laws related to the graphic design industry; and

     (b) Demonstrate ethical behavior related to the graphic design industry.

     5.  For the area of portfolio of work:

     (a) Create and maintain a portfolio of the pupil’s work; and

     (b) Demonstrate the process for evaluating a portfolio.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R064-11, eff. 12-30-2011)

      NAC 389.6015  Mechanical drafting and design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in mechanical drafting and design must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of fundamental drafting skills, understand fundamental drafting skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create geometric constructions;

     (b) Demonstrate measuring and scaling techniques;

     (c) Demonstrate conventional drafting practices;

     (d) Create multiview drawings using orthographic projections;

     (e) Apply dimensions and annotations;

     (f) Create pictorial drawings; and

     (g) Demonstrate sketching techniques.

     2.  For the area of fundamental computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use basic computer and informational technology skills;

     (b) Set up a drawing environment;

     (c) Use the Cartesian Coordinate System to create geometric shapes and objects;

     (d) Create and modify objects using computer-aided drafting and design commands;

     (e) Create and modify annotations; and

     (f) Use basic output methods.

     3.  For the area of advanced computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand advanced computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use templates, symbols and libraries;

     (b) Develop and display three-dimensional models; and

     (c) Use advanced output methods.

     4.  For the area of mechanical drafting and design, understand mechanical drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Apply mechanical drafting concepts related to basic manufacturing processes;

     (b) Apply geometric dimensioning and tolerancing standards; and

     (c) Apply mechanical drafting concepts to basic pattern development.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R064-11, eff. 12-30-2011)

      NAC 389.6017  Architectural drafting and design. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in architectural drafting and design must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of fundamental drafting skills, understand fundamental drafting skills, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Create geometric constructions;

     (b) Demonstrate measuring and scaling techniques;

     (c) Demonstrate conventional drafting practices;

     (d) Create multiview drawings using orthographic projections;

     (e) Apply dimensions and annotations;

     (f) Create pictorial drawings; and

     (g) Demonstrate sketching techniques.

     2.  For the area of fundamental computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use basic computer and informational technology skills;

     (b) Set up a drawing environment;

     (c) Use the Cartesian Coordinate System to create geometric shapes and objects;

     (d) Create and modify objects using computer-aided drafting and design commands;

     (e) Create and modify annotations; and

     (f) Use basic output methods.

     3.  For the area of advanced computer-aided drafting and design skills, understand advanced computer-aided drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Use templates, symbols and libraries;

     (b) Develop and display three-dimensional models; and

     (c) Use advanced output methods.

     4.  For the area of architectural drafting and design skills, understand architectural drafting and design processes, as demonstrated by the ability of the pupil to:

     (a) Identify architectural draftings related to architectural design;

     (b) Prepare architectural draftings related to design criteria;

     (c) Create architectural drafting views and details related to design criteria; and

     (d) Define and apply civil site drafting concepts related to civil engineering.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R064-11, eff. 12-30-2011)

      NAC 389.604  Graphic arts and printing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in graphic arts and printing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Identify different styles of letters.

     2.  Operate equipment for a bindery.

     3.  Set up and operate an efficient darkroom.

     4.  Prepare a basic layout.

     5.  Operate a system of platemaking.

     6.  Operate a single and two offset presses with one or two colors.

     7.  Produce halftones in a variety of sizes.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.606  Photography. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in photography must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of history of photography, describe and analyze the role and development of photography in past and present cultures by demonstrating an understanding of the role and development of photography in those cultures;

     2.  For the area of laws and ethics, demonstrate knowledge of the laws and ethics relating to photography by demonstrating an understanding of the principles of photography law;

     3.  For the area of safety, demonstrate the safe use of photographic materials and equipment by demonstrating general rules of lab safety, including, without limitation, rules relating to camera equipment, lighting equipment, other electrical equipment, photography materials and fire safety;

     4.  For the area of cameras and camera accessories, identify and use different types of cameras and camera accessories by demonstrating:

     (a) Competence in the proper use of various types of cameras to take photographs, including a 35 millimeter or digital single-lens reflex camera; and

     (b) An understanding of various lenses and corrective applications for those lenses;

     5.  For the area of exposure, demonstrate competence in the use of exposure settings to achieve the desired photographic effects by demonstrating knowledge of the selection and proper exposure settings for a variety of situations as prescribed by the International Organization for Standardization;

     6.  For the area of elements and principles of art and composition, demonstrate a basic understanding of the application of the elements and principles of art and composition to digital photography by:

     (a) Incorporating the elements and principles of art into photographs; and

     (b) Using the elements and principles of composition to organize images to communicate ideas;

     7.  For the area of lighting, demonstrate an understanding of different sources of light and proper uses of those sources by demonstrating an understanding of the:

     (a) Techniques of artificial lighting as applied in a variety of situations and the effects of artificial lighting for digital photography; and

     (b) Techniques of natural lighting as applied to a variety of situations and the effects of natural lighting for digital photography;

     8.  For the area of film photography, if a course of study includes instruction in silver-based film photography, demonstrate knowledge in selecting film, developing film and printing negatives;

     9.  For the area of digital images, demonstrate an understanding of capturing, manipulating, storing and printing digital images by demonstrating:

     (a) Knowledge of the components of a digital camera and digital image storage devices;

     (b) Proficiency in using a scanner;

     (c) Competence in using graphics software to modify or enhance a digital image;

     (d) The ability to save and retrieve digital images;

     (e) Knowledge of printers and techniques for printing digital images; and

     (f) Knowledge of the proper maintenance and calibration of printers;

     10.  For the area of presentations, demonstrate competence in presentation techniques and the development of a portfolio by:

     (a) Displaying printed digital images; and

     (b) Creating a physical or electronic portfolio of digital photographs;

     11.  For the area of career development, identify and research career options in photography by demonstrating knowledge in selecting career opportunities relating to photography; and

     12.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Knowledge and skills necessary to perform in the workplace;

     (b) The ability to safely work with a variety of technologies;

     (c) Knowledge in preparing for job interviews and preparing to obtain a job;

     (d) The ability to properly identify, organize, plan and allocate resources;

     (e) Knowledge of interpersonal skills related to the workplace; and

     (f) An understanding of entrepreneurship.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R132-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.608  Machine shop. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in machine shop must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Read blueprints.

     2.  Perform benchwork.

     3.  Operate a lathe, grinder, milling machine, drill press, band saw and any other equipment necessary in the operation of a machine shop.

     4.  Read and interpret a micrometer.

     5.  Heat-treat metal.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.610  Sheet metal. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in sheet metal must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Read blueprints.

     2.  Demonstrate methods utilized to lay out parallel lines, radial lines, development and triangulation.

     3.  Fabricate, erect or install ducts and fittings.

     4.  Join metal with mechanical fasteners.

     5.  Join metal by welding and soldering.

     6.  Operate equipment which forms and shears sheet metal.

     7.  Construct and assemble common locks and seams.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.611  Metalworking. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in metalworking must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the metalworking laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Comply with personal and environmental safety practices associated with:

          (1) Clothing;

          (2) Protection of the eyes and ears;

          (3) Hand tools and power equipment;

          (4) Proper ventilation; and

          (5) The handling, storage and disposal of materials in accordance with local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations.

     (b) Adhere to the general rules of laboratory safety as they apply to:

          (1) Flammables;

          (2) Ventilation;

          (3) Electrical hazards;

          (4) Maintenance of orderly work areas;

          (5) Personal protective wear;

          (6) Safe use of tools and equipment;

          (7) Work habits and behaviors; and

          (8) Lifting and emergency response.

     (c) Adhere to the specific procedures of fire safety in the laboratory and the rules applying to:

          (1) The proper use of extinguishers;

          (2) Evacuation;

          (3) Knowledge of potential fire hazards;

          (4) Ventilation;

          (5) Personal protective wear; and

          (6) Storage of flammables.

     2.  For the area of measurement and layout techniques, understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools and techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use measuring tools to complete required laboratory assignments;

     (b) Use and apply layout tools to complete required laboratory projects;

     (c) Interpret basic prints and develop working drawings; and

     (d) Apply basic mathematical skills common to the metalworking industry.

     3.  For the area of metallurgy, understand the classification and physical properties of different types of metals common to the welding industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify the types and shapes of metals;

     (b) Describe and apply the principles of metallurgy as they apply to hardening and annealing; and

     (c) Describe the effects of heating and cooling of metals to be fabricated.

     4.  For the area of tools and machines, understand how to safely operate commonly used machines and tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to identify and safely operate:

     (a) Stationary power machines commonly used in the welding industry;

     (b) Portable power machines commonly used in the welding industry; and

     (c) Hand tools commonly used in the welding industry.

     5.  For the area of welding techniques, understand proper welding and cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Properly use personal protective equipment and procedures;

     (b) Set up and operate oxy-fuel welding and cutting equipment;

     (c) Set up and operate shielded metal arc welding equipment;

     (d) Set up and operate gas metal arc welding equipment;

     (e) Set up and operate gas tungsten arc welding equipment; and

     (f) Set up and operate plasma arc welding equipment.

     6.  For the area of sheet metal, understand the proper layout, forming and fastening techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Demonstrate pattern development and layout techniques;

     (b) Identify and demonstrate the use of sheet metal forming machines and hand tools; and

     (c) Identify and demonstrate the use of various sheet metal fastening techniques.

     7.  For the area of machine tools, understand the identification and safe operation of machine tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to set up and safely operate:

     (a) Metal cutting lathes;

     (b) Milling machines; and

     (c) The drill press.

     8.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R040-05, eff. 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.612  Welding. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in welding must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices while performing operations in the welding laboratory, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Comply with personal and environmental safety practices associated with:

          (1) Clothing;

          (2) Protection of the eyes and ears;

          (3) Hand tools and power equipment;

          (4) Proper ventilation; and

          (5) The handling, storage and disposal of materials in accordance with local, state and federal safety and environmental regulations.

     (b) Adhere to the general rules of laboratory safety as they apply to:

          (1) Flammables;

          (2) Ventilation;

          (3) Electrical hazards;

          (4) Maintenance of orderly work areas;

          (5) Personal protective wear;

          (6) Safe use of tools and equipment;

          (7) Work habits and behaviors; and

          (8) Lifting and emergency response.

     (c) Adhere to the specific procedures of fire safety in the laboratory and the rules applying to:

          (1) The proper use of extinguishers;

          (2) Evacuation;

          (3) Knowledge of potential fire hazards;

          (4) Ventilation;

          (5) Personal protective wear; and

          (6) Storage of flammables.

     2.  For the area of measurement and layout techniques, understand the proper use of layout and measurement tools and techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use measuring tools to complete required laboratory assignments;

     (b) Use and apply layout tools to complete required laboratory projects;

     (c) Interpret basic prints and develop working drawings; and

     (d) Apply basic mathematical skills common to the welding industry.

     3.  For the area of metallurgy, understand the classification and physical properties of different types of metals common to the welding industry, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify the types and shapes of metals; and

     (b) Describe the effects of heating, cooling and annealing processes of metals to be fabricated.

     4.  For the area of tools and machines, understand how to safely operate commonly used machines and tools, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to identify and safely operate:

     (a) Stationary power machines commonly used in the welding industry;

     (b) Portable power machines commonly used in the welding industry; and

     (c) Hand tools commonly used in the welding industry.

     5.  For the area of oxy-fuel welding and cutting, understand proper welding and cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Properly use personal protective equipment and procedures;

     (b) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel welding equipment;

     (c) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel cutting equipment; and

     (d) Identify, select, set up and use oxy-fuel brazing equipment.

     6.  For the area of shielded metal arc welding, understand proper shielded metal arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of shielded metal arc welding;

     (b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in shielded metal arc welding; and

     (c) Perform shielded metal arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.

     7.  For the area of gas metal arc welding, understand proper gas metal arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of gas metal arc welding;

     (b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in gas metal arc welding; and

     (c) Perform gas metal arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.

     8.  For the area of flux cored arc welding, understand proper flux cored arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of flux cored arc welding;

     (b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in flux cored arc welding; and

     (c) Perform flux cored arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.

     9.  For the area of gas tungsten arc welding, understand proper gas tungsten arc welding techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of gas tungsten arc welding;

     (b) Select and set up appropriate equipment and consumables used in gas tungsten arc welding; and

     (c) Perform gas tungsten arc welding using appropriate safety techniques.

     10.  For the area of plasma arc cutting, understand proper plasma arc cutting techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Use safety procedures and describe the electrical theory of plasma arc cutting;

     (b) Select and set up the appropriate equipment and consumables used in plasma arc cutting; and

     (c) Perform plasma arc cutting using appropriate safety techniques.

     11.  For the area of fabrication, understand the tools, equipment and fabrication techniques, as demonstrated by the pupil’s ability to:

     (a) Identify and use fabrication techniques and equipment while planning, designing, laying out and constructing projects;

     (b) Identify and perform nondestructive weld-testing techniques; and

     (c) Identify and perform destructive weld-testing techniques.

     12.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve competence in workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to manage effectively resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retention of a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R040-05, 10-31-2005)

      NAC 389.614  Furniture and cabinetmaking. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in furniture and cabinetmaking must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of safety, demonstrate safe work practices and use of equipment and tools while performing operations in the work environment by:

     (a) Adhering to general shop and site safety rules for:

          (1) Personal protective wear;

          (2) The safe handling, storage and disposal of hazardous materials;

          (3) Awareness of the potential hazards to oneself and to other persons;

          (4) Adherence to construction-related safety practices; and

          (5) Administration of basic first-aid treatment.

     (b) Adhering to safe work practices in the maintenance and use of hand and power tools, including:

          (1) The safe use and care of hand tools;

          (2) The safe operation of stationary power tools;

          (3) Basic maintenance of hand and power tools;

          (4) The proper operation of pneumatic tools; and

          (5) The proper inspection of power tools to ensure that the guards, shields, insulation and other protective devices are properly placed and functioning.

     2.  For the area of mathematics, apply mathematics for practical use in furniture and cabinetmaking by:

     (a) Estimating the needs and costs for materials by using board-, square- and linear-foot measurements; and

     (b) Demonstrating how to properly square corners and accurately measure to 1/32 inch and to the nearest millimeter.

     3.  For the area of project planning, demonstrate competence in the planning, design and blueprint reading necessary for furniture and cabinetmaking by:

     (a) Understanding the elements and principles of design;

     (b) Identifying the various kitchen, furniture and cabinet styles used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;

     (c) Demonstrating competence in various drafting techniques and blueprint reading used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;

     (d) Interpreting and applying information to develop or evaluate a bill of materials;

     (e) Estimating the quantity and cost of materials; and

     (f) Developing a plan of procedures necessary to complete a project.

     4.  For the area of tool selection and usage, demonstrating the proper use of:

     (a) Measuring and layout tools;

     (b) Cutting tools;

     (c) Striking tools;

     (d) Hand-boring tools;

     (e) Hand-shaping tools; and

     (f) Clamping tools.

     5.  For the area of power tool selection and usage, demonstrating the proper and safe use of:

     (a) Portable power tools; and

     (b) Stationary power tools.

     6.  For the area of joinery, demonstrate competence in the use of joinery techniques, fasteners and adhesives by:

     (a) Demonstrating a working knowledge of the various metallic fasteners used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;

     (b) Identifying and using various dowels and biscuits used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry;

     (c) Identifying and using various adhesives used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry; and

     (d) Identifying and constructing various wood joints used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry.

     7.  For the area of wood products and materials, demonstrate knowledge in the identification, characteristics and uses of commonly used wood products and materials by:

     (a) Identifying various hardwoods and softwoods;

     (b) Identifying various sheet goods and describing their characteristics and uses;

     (c) Identifying various solid surface and laminate materials and describing their characteristics and uses; and

     (d) Identifying various veneers and describing their characteristics and uses.

     8.  For the area of construction processes, demonstrate an understanding of various construction processes used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by:

     (a) Demonstrating furniture construction techniques, including case, frame and panel, and leg and rail construction;

     (b) Demonstrating cabinet construction techniques, including face frame case, frameless case, cabinet drawer and cabinet door construction;

     (c) Demonstrating manufacturing and mass production techniques;

     (d) Selecting and installing various hardware used in the furniture and cabinetmaking industry; and

     (e) Demonstrating various plastic laminating techniques.

     9.  For the area of finishing, prepare a project and apply finishes in accordance with the standards of the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by:

     (a) Properly using various abrasives to prepare a project for a finish;

     (b) Selecting and applying various stains;

     (c) Identifying and applying various sealers and finish coats; and

     (d) Identifying and applying various fillers.

     10.  For the area of installation, transport and install furniture and cabinets in accordance with the standards of the furniture and cabinetmaking industry by demonstrating:

     (a) Proper techniques for packaging and transporting furniture and cabinets;

     (b) The proper layout and installation of cabinets;

     (c) The proper layout, fabrication and installation of countertops; and

     (d) The proper layout and installation of molding and trim.

     11.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high-performance workplaces;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and the continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R055-06, 8-31-2007)

      NAC 389.616  Digital video and broadcast production. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in digital video and broadcast production must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards by the completion of an advanced program of instruction:

     1.  For the area of history, demonstrate knowledge of the history of communications, industry terminology, ethics and the law by:

     (a) Demonstrating knowledge of the history of film and broadcast communications;

     (b) Using industry terminology; and

     (c) Demonstrating an understanding of industry ethics and the law;

     2.  For the area of safety, demonstrate knowledge of safety and personal responsibility in video production in the workplace by demonstrating:

     (a) Professionalism and personal responsibility; and

     (b) Safe work habits, including, without limitation:

          (1) Following established procedures;

          (2) Selecting and using appropriate tools and equipment;

          (3) Properly maintaining tools and equipment; and

          (4) Adhering to fire safety standards;

     3.  For the area of communication, demonstrate appropriate skills of communication by:

     (a) Distinguishing different purposes and methods of writing for broadcast;

     (b) Demonstrating appropriate speaking skills and demeanor for on-camera performances; and

     (c) Using story structures as appropriate for different applications in a script;

     4.  For the area of preproduction, demonstrate practices of preproduction which reflect the standards of the industry by:

     (a) Demonstrating an understanding of the target audience, the goals of the client and the goals of the project;

     (b) Conducting formal and informal research to collect appropriate topical information for a project;

     (c) Demonstrating effective skills for managing time when producing a video;

     (d) Interpreting and writing a script for different projects;

     (e) Demonstrating appropriate techniques for interviews; and

     (f) Demonstrating appropriate practices in the newsroom;

     5.  For the area of production, demonstrate practices of production which reflect the standards of the industry by demonstrating:

     (a) The ability to operate a camera;

     (b) Effective techniques for on-camera interviews;

     (c) Effective on-camera performances that are appropriate for a project;

     (d) The ability to select and operate sound equipment that is appropriate for a project;

     (e) The correct use of technology and proper procedures to produce a studio broadcast production;

     (f) The correct use of technology and proper procedures to create a professional field production; and

     (g) The ability to make appropriate and ethical decisions during the production process;

     6.  For the area of postproduction, demonstrate practices of postproduction which reflect the standards of the industry by:

     (a) Organizing and evaluating all materials that are necessary for the postproduction process;

     (b) Demonstrating computer skills that are necessary for completing a video project; and

     (c) Demonstrating the ability to make appropriate and ethical decisions during the postproduction process; and

     7.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, achieve workplace readiness, career development and lifelong learning by demonstrating:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) The ability to effectively manage resources in high-performance workplaces;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for the retention of a job and the continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R133-07, 1-30-2008)

      NAC 389.618  Cosmetology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in cosmetology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Explain various types of occupations in the field of cosmetology.

     2.  Identify and describe the composition of hair.

     3.  Recognize and match the texture of hair and match it to the characteristics of that texture.

     4.  Identify and describe the disorders of the scalp.

     5.  Identify and describe the most common shapes for manicuring nails.

     6.  Identify and describe the diseases of the nail.

     7.  Identify and operate the equipment and tools used in manicuring and pedicuring.

     8.  Identify and describe the bones of the face and head.

     9.  Distinguish between sensory and motor nerves.

     10.  Distinguish between a cartilage and a ligament.

     11.  List the permits and licenses necessary to do business as a cosmetologist.

     12.  Develop a plan for a salon.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.620  Family and consumer sciences. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  If a district offers a course of study in family and consumer sciences, the course must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:

     1.  For the area of human and family development:

     (a) Examine the principles and roles of the development of the family and humans;

     (b) Explore the stages of development throughout the life span;

     (c) Explore the roles and responsibilities of parenting that maximize human growth and development;

     (d) Evaluate an effective family unit and how it impacts individual growth and development;

     (e) Analyze factors that affect a decision of a person to become a parent;

     (f) Choose appropriate activities for young children based upon developmental stages; and

     (g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in early childhood education.

     2.  For the area of food science and nutrition:

     (a) Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in food science and nutrition;

     (b) Demonstrate safety and sanitation practices relating to food;

     (c) Use principles of nutrition and technology in the planning and preparation of food;

     (d) Apply principles of management related to food and nutrition;

     (e) Demonstrate skills and procedures in the preparation and service of food;

     (f) Demonstrate principles of food science that affect the quality of food; and

     (g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in nutrition or the food industry.

     3.  For the area of textiles and apparel:

     (a) Integrate knowledge, skills and practices in textiles and apparel;

     (b) Demonstrate skills necessary to produce, alter and repair textile products and apparel;

     (c) Evaluate the use and care of fiber, fabrics and textile materials;

     (d) Examine the elements and principles of design in creating, constructing and altering textile products to enhance the visual appearance of those products;

     (e) Examine skills used by consumers to effectively manage money expended on apparels;

     (f) Evaluate the factors that influence the apparel industry; and

     (g) Demonstrate an awareness of the opportunities and requirements for employment in the textile and apparel industry.

     4.  For the area of family and consumer resource management:

     (a) Develop skills of management related to personal, family and community resources;

     (b) Demonstrate management of personal and family resources, including, without limitation, food, clothing, housing, health care, recreation and transportation;

     (c) Demonstrate skills required for maintenance of interpersonal relationships, including, without limitation, effective communication and resolution of conflicts;

     (d) Analyze the rights and responsibilities of consumers in the economic system;

     (e) Demonstrate management of financial resources to meet the needs and goals of individuals and families throughout the life span;

     (f) Evaluate the impact of technology on personal and family resources; and

     (g) Develop responsible behavior and skills for making decisions, setting goals and demonstrating leadership.

     5.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.622  Industrial arts. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in industrial arts must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Demonstrate an understanding of the opportunities for a career in the field of industrial arts.

     2.  Demonstrate the appropriate use of the tools and materials used in industry.

     3.  Demonstrate the proper application of established standards of safety for industrial programs.

     4.  Identify a preferred career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.624  Marketing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in marketing must be designed so that pupils meet the following performance standards:

     1.  For the area of economics, demonstrate an understanding of the:

     (a) Basic concepts of economics;

     (b) Fundamental systems of economics;

     (c) Basic concepts of cost-profit relationships;

     (d) Economic indicators and trends; and

     (e) International trade concepts.

     2.  For the area of business management and entrepreneurship:

     (a) Demonstrate knowledge of marketing and the functions of marketing;

     (b) Demonstrate an understanding of basic business fundamentals, management functions and entrepreneurship;

     (c) Demonstrate competency in basic computer skills related to business; and

     (d) Demonstrate an understanding of how risk management impacts business.

     3.  For the area of distribution, demonstrate an understanding of the:

     (a) Nature and scope of distribution as a function of marketing;

     (b) Basic concepts of fulfilling orders;

     (c) Basic concepts of warehousing and handling of stock; and

     (d) Basic concepts of managing distribution, including, without limitation, control of inventory, and the relationship of distribution to other activities of marketing.

     4.  For the area of financing, demonstrate an understanding of:

     (a) The nature and scope of financing; and

     (b) Extending and obtaining business credit.

     5.  For the area of management of marketing information, demonstrate an understanding of:

     (a) The nature and scope of techniques to manage the marketing of information;

     (b) Methods to gather information to determine appropriate markets;

     (c) Methods to process and present information gathered by applying techniques to manage the marketing of information; and

     (d) Plans and strategies for marketing a product or service.

     6.  For the area of pricing, demonstrate an understanding of the:

     (a) Nature and scope of the pricing function;

     (b) Process for establishing and communicating the value or cost of goods and services; and

     (c) Strategies and outcomes for determining prices.

     7.  For the area of managing products or services, demonstrate an understanding of:

     (a) The nature and scope of the management of products and services;

     (b) The importance of ensuring quality of products and services;

     (c) The concept of product mix;

     (d) The concept of product and business positioning; and

     (e) Other considerations related to the retail of products.

     8.  For the area of promotion, demonstrate an understanding of the:

     (a) Nature and scope of promotion in marketing;

     (b) Concept and purpose of advertising;

     (c) Concept and purpose of publicity and public relations;

     (d) Concept and purpose of sales promotion;

     (e) Use of products, services, images and ideas to achieve a desired outcome; and

     (f) Use of advertising agencies.

     9.  For the area of selling a product or service, demonstrate an understanding of the:

     (a) Nature and scope of the functions associated with strategies of personal and business sales;

     (b) Processes and techniques of selling;

     (c) Relationship between knowledge of the product or service and selling;

     (d) Support activities related to selling; and

     (e) Management of selling.

     10.  For the area of skills necessary to obtain employment, demonstrate:

     (a) Skills necessary for solving problems;

     (b) Skills of critical thinking;

     (c) The ability to speak, write and listen effectively;

     (d) The ability to select, apply and maintain the appropriate technology necessary for a career;

     (e) Skills of leadership and teamwork;

     (f) An awareness of the ethical behavior appropriate for the workplace;

     (g) An ability to effectively manage resources in the workplace;

     (h) Skills necessary for the planning and development of a career; and

     (i) Skills necessary for retaining a job and continuation of learning throughout a career.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.644  Skills to obtain employment: Contents. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in skills to obtain employment must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Apply a knowledge of skills needed to search for, acquire and retain employment.

     2.  Demonstrate positive habit and attitudes concerning work.

     3.  Understand opportunities in and the responsibilities of employment.

     4.  Exhibit the ability to adapt to change.

     5.  Work cooperatively.

     6.  Exhibit confidence and self-discipline.

     7.  Develop skills used in making decisions and establishing priorities.

     8.  Develop skills for effective speaking, listening, writing and reading.

     9.  Seek and accept responsibility.

     10.  Understand the American economic system, including the principles of free enterprise and entrepreneurship, taxes and the management of money.

     11.  Apply the instruction received in school that relates to the area of study.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.646  Skills to obtain employment: Eligible pupils. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  The following pupils may enroll in a course of study in skills needed to obtain employment:

     1.  A pupil whose score is in the lower three stanines of a standardized achievement test or an equivalent test.

     2.  A pupil who fails one or more sections of the Nevada proficiency examination.

     3.  A pupil who is a dropout or potential dropout from secondary school.

     4.  A pupil who:

     (a) Has a physical or mental disability which substantially limits the pupil’s activities;

     (b) Had such a disability in the past; or

     (c) Is perceived by his or her peers as having such an impairment.

     5.  A pupil who meets one of the criteria established in 29 U.S.C. §§ 701 to 796, inclusive.

     6.  A pupil whose family has an income at or below the level of poverty established by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.

     7.  A pupil in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, who qualifies for free lunch or lunch at reduced cost.

     8.  A pupil who is eligible for public assistance.

     9.  A pupil in grades 9 to 12, inclusive, who has failed one or more courses equal to one Carnegie Unit.

     10.  A pupil who has been absent from school 9 or more days in any one semester.

     11.  A pupil who is under the age of 18, is a parent or expectant parent and has not earned a high school diploma.

     12.  A pupil who is under the age of 18, has not earned a high school diploma and is unable to attend a regular course of study in high school because of misconduct in school or the action of a court.

     13.  A pupil who attends a school where a course of study in the desired vocational experience is not offered or available to the pupil.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.648  Skills to obtain employment: Duties of teacher. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  The teacher of a course of study in skills needed to obtain employment shall:

     1.  Design a plan of training for each pupil which designates the specific skills and levels of performance required of the pupil. The plan must be developed in cooperation with the employer, the pupil and, if necessary, other teachers.

     2.  Ensure that the pupil, his or her parent and the employer sign the plan.

     3.  Ensure that specific instruction prepares the pupil for obtaining a job.

     4.  Ensure that the employment teaches theory, how to make a decision, and cooperation.

     5.  Encourage training which is relevant to obtaining a job.

     6.  Strengthen the relationship between the school and the community.

     7.  Encourage participation by the community in the course of study.

     8.  Remind participants of their responsibilities and obligations.

     9.  Visit the place of employment of a pupil to evaluate the pupil, with the assistance of the employer.

     10.  Assist the employer with the development of each pupil’s agreement for training.

     11.  Encourage the development of effective skills of communication.

     12.  Seek suggestions from employers and pupils on ways to improve the course of study.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.650  Skills to obtain employment: Duties of participating employer. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  An employer participating in a course of study in skills necessary to obtain employment shall:

     1.  Provide direct supervision of the pupil.

     2.  Encourage the pupil to develop skills which will lead to employability.

     3.  Provide an evaluation of a pupil’s performance, cooperation and self-discipline.

     4.  Encourage each pupil to accept responsibility and to develop initiative, cooperation and self-discipline.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.652  Social studies. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in social studies must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  Recognize that people in a pluralistic society communicate and express themselves in different ways.

     2.  Recognize that social institutions, the various methods of communication and technology influence persons and groups in society.

     3.  Describe how historical developments and current economic conditions relate to national and international developments.

     4.  Interpret how people function alone and as members of groups.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.6525  Introduction to occupations. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A local school board shall include within courses of study in a public high school introducing students to occupations, the courses of study:

     1.  Working citizen.

     2.  Management of personal resources.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6526  Working citizen. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in working citizen must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe business systems and business transactions.

     2.  Describe the relationship of the individual person to business.

     3.  Describe the relationship of business to the individual person.

     4.  Describe the influence of economic factors on the job market and on individual standards of living.

     5.  Relate tentative career plans to education, training and future employment.

     6.  Describe personal characteristics and qualities that are desirable for successful employment.

     7.  Describe laws and regulations which relate to the employee.

     8.  Describe the influence of personal health, attitude and interpersonal relationships on productivity and job satisfaction.

     9.  Describe the role labor unions and professional organizations play in the relationship between employer and employee.

     10.  Identify the sources which provide information relating to employment opportunities.

     11.  Demonstrate the use of information which identifies opportunities for employment.

     12.  Describe the skills and training necessary for successful employment among related jobs.

     13.  Match the competency of the pupil with skills required for specific employment.

     14.  Analyze the factors that influence individual job selection.

     15.  Demonstrate the skills necessary to obtain employment.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6527  Management of personal resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in the management of personal resources must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Identify human and economic resources.

     2.  Explain the value of human and economic resources in daily living.

     3.  Describe how human and economic resources influence and change life styles.

     4.  Identify the personal resources needed to attain a life goal.

     5.  Describe the steps in attaining a life goal.

     6.  Describe how efficient and inefficient management of time affects the completion of a task.

     7.  Develop a schedule of weekly activities.

     8.  Identify areas of personal potential.

     9.  Explain how personal potential can affect the success of organizing a business.

     10.  Develop a plan for effective use of available human resources.

     11.  Identify ways to reach a financial goal.

     12.  Prepare a personal budget.

     13.  Develop a saving plan.

     14.  Write checks, prepare a deposit slip and update a check register.

     15.  Reconcile a bank statement.

     16.  Demonstrate the proper preparation of a federal income tax return.

     17.  Describe the establishment and maintenance of a credit rating.

     18.  Demonstrate the benefits of purchasing an item with cash instead of paying for the item in installments.

     19.  Explain guidelines and procedures in making a major purchase.

     20.  List various services which a person might buy.

     21.  Describe guidelines for purchasing services.

     22.  Describe misleading sales practices.

     23.  Describe ways to remedy misleading sales practices.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6528  Introduction to human relations and decision making. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to human relations and decision making must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Explain basic human needs and their effects on an individual person.

     2.  Develop personal goals through techniques of self-improvement, self-motivation and self-discipline.

     3.  Rate the strengths and weaknesses of the pupil’s personality.

     4.  Describe ways in which a person can improve his or her personality.

     5.  Describe the effect personal dress has on obtaining a job.

     6.  Determine the ethics involved in various work situations.

     7.  Describe the process of making decisions.

     8.  Apply techniques for solving problems to developing solutions for given problems in personal, job and group situations.

     9.  Demonstrate ways to give and receive points of view involving a disagreement.

     10.  Identify the causes of conflict in social and work settings.

     11.  Demonstrate techniques of resolving conflict in social and work settings.

     12.  Analyze the manner in which employees interact in a work-related dispute.

     13.  Recognize actions which can improve employee relationships.

     14.  Identify the knowledge and skills required for obtaining a job in the area of human relations.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6529  Introduction to human and family development. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to human and family development must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 1 and 5 of NAC 389.620.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.653  Introduction to food science and nutrition. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to food science and nutrition must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 2 and 5 of NAC 389.620.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.6531  Introduction to economics of work. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to the economics of work must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Explain the importance of the worker in our economic system.

     2.  Identify differences between the three major types of current economic systems.

     3.  Explain the relationship supply and demand have to the cost a consumer pays for goods and services.

     4.  Describe the concept of scarcity as the underlying condition of an economic system.

     5.  Describe the possible effects competition has on different types of businesses.

     6.  Describe the business cycle and its effect on the economy.

     7.  Analyze the differences in employment opportunities between an entrepreneurial enterprise and an established company.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6532  Introduction to basic communication skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to basic communication skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Prepare original compositions.

     2.  Describe three types of business documents.

     3.  Demonstrate the organization of ideas.

     4.  Give a speech on an occupation.

     5.  Use visual aids in a written or oral presentation on occupational material.

     6.  Identify six effective speaking skills.

     7.  Summarize a conversation.

     8.  Recognize the purpose of a set of oral instructions by listing the key parts.

     9.  Describe the four aspects of body language.

     10.  Describe the effect physical and environmental elements have on nonverbal communication.

     11.  Demonstrate functional reading by interpreting written instructions.

     12.  Demonstrate the ability to retain information through reading and study skills.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6533  Introduction to keyboarding. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to keyboarding must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Demonstrate the correct method of inserting paper, adjusting the paper guides and adjusting the margins.

     2.  Demonstrate the use of function keys to operate a printer.

     3.  Type a paragraph without mistakes.

     4.  Demonstrate the operation of a keyboard by touch without watching the keys.

     5.  Demonstrate keyboard operations using number keys.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6534  Introduction to information technology. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to information technology must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe the development of a contemporary information system from inception to present use.

     2.  Describe various types and uses of information systems.

     3.  Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of the home.

     4.  Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of education.

     5.  Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of business and industry.

     6.  Describe information systems that satisfy the needs of government.

     7.  Describe the effect information systems have on human culture and life style.

     8.  Describe how a computer operates.

     9.  Describe the function of hardware and software within a compatible computer system.

     10.  Identify the applications used for the various computer languages.

     11.  Complete a flowchart that outlines a simple task.

     12.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of information technology.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6535  Introduction to visual communications. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to visual communications must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe the characteristics of different types of visual media.

     2.  Describe the relationship of color, line and design in visual media.

     3.  Interpret the significance of a sign or symbol.

     4.  Describe the effect different forms of visual communication have upon society.

     5.  Identify the different types of messages presented on videotaped presentations.

     6.  Research career opportunities in the area of electronic communications.

     7.  Identify the products produced in the field of graphic arts.

     8.  Describe the process used to develop printed material.

     9.  Describe the accuracy of the photographic media in society and the influence this media has on society.

     10.  Identify the different means by which photography is used to communicate a message.

     11.  Recognize the emotional effect a set of photographs can cause.

     12.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of photography.

     13.  Identify the types and characteristics of a printed advertisement.

     14.  Summarize the different purposes various types of printed advertising can have.

     15.  Design a printed advertisement.

     16.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of visual merchandising.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6536  Introduction to keeping business records. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to keeping business records must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Demonstrate the classification of terms used to designate assets, liabilities, owner’s equity, revenues and expense accounts.

     2.  Describe the accounting equation—assets equals liabilities plus owner’s equity.

     3.  Prepare a balance sheet in account form.

     4.  Determine net profit or loss using the income statement report form.

     5.  Identify five items of information found on a cash register tape, a snap-out form and a receipt prepared on a forms register.

     6.  Prepare a sales slip for a sales transaction.

     7.  Complete a slip for a bank deposit.

     8.  Record information in a petty cash book.

     9.  Compute the cost, markup and retail selling price of merchandise.

     10.  Explain the importance of taking inventory.

     11.  Demonstrate the use of the three-column accounts-receivable ledger, including beginning balances, sale of merchandise and payments on account.

     12.  Prepare a schedule of accounts receivable or payable.

     13.  Compute earnings per hours worked from an employee’s time card.

     14.  Compute employees’ earnings, including considerations of federal and state payroll tax deductions.

     15.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of recordkeeping.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6537  Introduction to natural resources. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to natural resources must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe the various forms and sources of pollution.

     2.  Identify the various problems which are caused by pollution.

     3.  Recognize natural and synthetic resources and materials.

     4.  Determine the origin and use of a variety of synthetic materials.

     5.  Distinguish renewable from nonrenewable natural resources.

     6.  Describe the consequences human activity can have on forest and wetland environments.

     7.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job managing natural resources in the soil, wildlife, fish, forestry and recreation areas.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6538  Introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to basic mechanical principles and skills must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Demonstrate the measurement of a machine part using an instrument for precise measurement in metric or customary scales.

     2.  Demonstrate linear measurements with a ruler or tape measure using the metric or customary systems of measurement.

     3.  Operate electric meters.

     4.  Interpret readings from a variety of monitoring devices used on industrial equipment and machinery.

     5.  Identify regulatory agencies at the state, federal and local levels.

     6.  Identify safety regulations which affect the home, the school and the workplace.

     7.  Demonstrate safety practices in the use of tools and equipment.

     8.  Identify hand tools by name and purpose.

     9.  Demonstrate the use of tools for fastening, wood working and metal working.

     10.  Identify power hand tools by name and purpose.

     11.  Demonstrate the use of power hand tools for fastening, wood working and metal working.

     12.  Complete a project using industry-approved procedures.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6539  Introduction to basic mechanical maintenance. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to basic mechanical maintenance must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe the economic benefits that result from routinely scheduled service to maintain equipment.

     2.  Develop a chart for the routine service and maintenance of a piece of equipment based upon the manufacturer’s recommendations.

     3.  Demonstrate procedures for the service and repair of a defective piece of equipment, using the operator’s manual.

     4.  Describe the owner’s responsibility and liability in a warranty agreement.

     5.  Identify the performance and use of tools in a maintenance or service operation which are set by the industry.

     6.  Demonstrate the use of tools required to perform maintenance or service operations.

     7.  List criteria used to determine the quality of tools.

     8.  Demonstrate the application of industry standards and procedures used to service basic hand tools, power tools and equipment.

     9.  Recognize when tools, machines or equipment require adjustment, repair or replacement.

     10.  Conduct safety inspections of tools, machines and equipment.

     11.  Perform a safety inspection of a workplace, including inspection of lighting, electrical wiring and housekeeping practices and inspection for fire, chemical and electrical hazards, using regulations adopted by the occupational safety and health administration.

     12.  Perform maintenance or service repair on a piece of household equipment following approved industry standards.

     13.  Prepare a machine for operation by checking various drives, power sources, fluid levels and lubrication points using an owner’s manual or service manual.

     14.  Demonstrate the procedures set by the industry for servicing a direct current electrical system.

     15.  Operate a machine including the start-up and monitoring of equipment functions such as revolutions per minute, temperature and oil pressure.

     16.  Demonstrate the procedures set by the industry for locating and servicing filters.

     17.  Identify the knowledge and skills required for a job in the area of mechanical maintenance.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6541  Introduction to animal science. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to animal science must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe the use of animals by people within the area in which the pupil lives.

     2.  Identify by-products of animal agriculture.

     3.  Identify the benefits humans have received through animal research.

     4.  Describe the function of each system of physiological structures found in animals.

     5.  Research the availability and cost of a variety of animals.

     6.  Prepare a report that outlines the strategies used in selecting an animal.

     7.  Determine the cost of feeding an animal over a set period.

     8.  Develop a plan that outlines housing requirements and environmental concerns related to raising a selected animal.

     9.  Describe the steps involved in setting up a preventive health program for the life of an animal, including the animal’s nutritional requirements.

     10.  Describe procedures to follow in harvesting and disposing of animals and their products.

     11.  Compile a set of records on a farm animal or pet.

     12.  Describe the safety precautions to follow when working with unhealthy or potentially dangerous animals.

     13.  Describe techniques to use when transporting animals.

     14.  Describe treatment and procedures for dealing with a sick or injured animal.

     15.  Describe the types of markets and marketing techniques available to the producer of animals or animal products.

     16.  Describe the economic aspects of marketing animals or animal products.

     17.  Identify trends in consumer purchasing and their effect on the marketing of animal products.

     18.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of animal science.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6542  Introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to reading blueprints and technical sketching must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Identify occupations that are dependent upon reading blueprints.

     2.  Describe the steps involved in producing a blueprint.

     3.  Identify the parts of a standard blueprint.

     4.  Identify the steps involved in reading a blueprint.

     5.  Demonstrate the application of addition, subtraction, multiplication and division skills using common fractions, mixed numbers and whole numbers.

     6.  Create a decimal equivalency table.

     7.  Demonstrate the application of a variety of measuring tools.

     8.  Describe the uses of sketches.

     9.  Describe the sketching process, including sketching equipment and final sketches.

     10.  Demonstrate the application of sketching techniques.

     11.  Identify occupations that require the use of sketching.

     12.  Identify the different types of lines used on a blueprint.

     13.  Describe the purpose of each type of line used on a blueprint.

     14.  Demonstrate the application of blueprints using the different types of basic lines.

     15.  Identify the key characteristics that differentiate the common types of industrial drawings.

     16.  Sketch an object in the isometric, orthographic, cabinet and cavalier oblique styles of representation.

     17.  Explain the importance of interpreting dimensions as it relates to careers in technical fields.

     18.  Sketch dimensioning conventions.

     19.  Recognize ferrous from nonferrous metals and cold-rolled steel from hot-rolled steel.

     20.  List the common thicknesses of sheet metal.

     21.  Identify flat bar, strip stock and other bar stocks.

     22.  Sketch and label the parts of the silhouettes of angles, channels and beams.

     23.  Describe size specifications of mechanical tubing and pipe.

     24.  Describe the purposes for commonly used hardware.

     25.  Identify, locate and read common material symbols used in standard tables.

     26.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of technical sketching.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6543  Introduction to textile and apparel. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to textile and apparel must be designed so that pupils meet the performance standards set forth in subsections 3 and 5 of NAC 389.620.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by R155-01, 12-17-2001)

      NAC 389.6544  Introduction to electricity. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to electricity must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Demonstrate the production and use of a home electrical system.

     2.  Demonstrate behavior that contributes to the maintenance and cleanliness of a facility.

     3.  Assemble, fabricate and construct a simple electrical circuit.

     4.  Describe the theory and operation of a basic electrical circuit.

     5.  Demonstrate the applications in the home of low voltage circuits and systems.

     6.  Identify and discuss the operating theories of three sources of electrical energy.

     7.  Identify the major components of an electrical system.

     8.  Replace common switches or receptacles of an electrical system.

     9.  List the various applications of electric current.

     10.  Diagram the functions of each component in an electrical system.

     11.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job installing, repairing and maintaining the electrical systems in homes.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6545  Introduction to electronics. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to electronics must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Identify electronic systems and subsystem functions.

     2.  Describe passive and active electronic devices.

     3.  Demonstrate laboratory and circuit fabrication techniques.

     4.  Demonstrate safety practices and procedures in an electronics laboratory.

     5.  Describe digital and linear circuit technology.

     6.  Analyze the construction, durability and worth of an electronics product.

     7.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of electronics.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6546  Introduction to technical drawing. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to technical drawing must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Describe several aspects of the historical development of technical drawing.

     2.  Define terms commonly used in technical drawing.

     3.  Describe the aims of technical drawing.

     4.  Describe aesthetic judgments concerning works of art.

     5.  Describe the tools, equipment and materials used in drafting.

     6.  Draw basic lines with the tools, equipment and materials used in technical drawing.

     7.  Demonstrate techniques for lettering.

     8.  Identify types of sketches.

     9.  Demonstrate the skills of technical drawing in creating items of art and perspective drawings.

     10.  Use skills for sketching to solve problems.

     11.  Identify the best perspective to depict an object.

     12.  Select and draw a view to describe an object.

     13.  Produce dimensioning arrows, lines, letters and numerals.

     14.  Describe the rationale for and implementation of three-view drawings.

     15.  Describe the purpose for the various types of lines in multiview drawings.

     16.  Construct a multiview drawing.

     17.  Identify the knowledge and skills required for a job in the area of technical drawing.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6547  Introduction to energy. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in an introduction to energy must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to:

     1.  Define and analyze the forms of energy.

     2.  Analyze the various systems for energy conversions and describe the relative efficiency of those systems.

     3.  List the major sources of energy.

     4.  List the past and present contributions of the various sources of energy.

     5.  List the projected supply of the various sources of energy.

     6.  Describe the potential effect reliance upon the various sources of energy will have on future living conditions.

     7.  List the relevant events that led up to the energy crisis of the 1970’s and describe the effect the crisis had on society and the implications for the future.

     8.  Describe how energy is used in society.

     9.  Describe the basic principles of solar energy.

     10.  Identify the method used to measure solar energy.

     11.  Describe, construct and evaluate passive, active and hybrid systems for heating and cooling with solar energy.

     12.  Describe how a photo voltaic cell converts sunlight to electrical energy.

     13.  Create a device which illustrates the conversion of sunlight to electrical energy.

     14.  Describe the source of wind energy.

     15.  Describe how wind energy can be applied for useful purposes.

     16.  Identify sources of water power.

     17.  Describe the process which converts wind energy to productive uses.

     18.  Describe how plant and animal life make use of solar energy.

     19.  Describe the sources of energy which exist in the oceans.

     20.  Describe the ways in which energy resources can be used to benefit humans.

     21.  Identify the technical processes and methods used to locate, recover, process and distribute petroleum and natural gas products.

     22.  Identify the technical processes and methods used to locate, recover, process and distribute coal.

     23.  Trace the development of nuclear fission as a source of energy.

     24.  Identify the knowledge and skills needed to obtain a job in the area of managing or developing sources of energy.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92)

      NAC 389.6549  Great Basin Native American language. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A course of study in a Great Basin Native American language must include instruction designed to teach the pupil to do the following:

     1.  After 1 year of instruction:

     (a) Understand routine questions, statements, commands and conversation.

     (b) Recognize the differences in intonation between questions, statements and commands.

     (c) Produce words and phrases used frequently in daily life.

     (d) Identify in oral speech highly contextualized cognates.

     (e) Understand and compose simple oral material.

     (f) Be familiar with the location and geography of the Native Americans whose language is being studied.

     (g) Be familiar with how the Native Americans whose language is being studied are related to other Native Americans in the Great Basin region.

     (h) Be familiar with important cultural features, prominent persons, current events and activities of the Native Americans whose language is being studied.

     (i) Be familiar with some of the major contributions to the culture of this State and the United States made by the Native Americans whose language is being studied.

     2.  After 2 years of instruction:

     (a) Understand simple conversation.

     (b) Understand the language of simple social conventions.

     (c) Distinguish the unique sounds of the language in familiar context.

     (d) Participate in familiar situations, including, without limitation, asking and answering questions, giving and following simple directions, engaging in conversation at a dinner table, and introducing oneself.

     (e) Understand a written passage sufficiently to use alternative language to communicate the content of the passage.

     (f) Retell familiar material.

     (g) Understand main ideas and facts from a simple oral text, including, without limitation, a story.

     (h) Follow oral directions.

     (i) Infer meaning from the context of the material studied and cognates.

     (j) Compose, with guidance from the instructor, short oral compositions, statements and dialogue.

     (k) Explore major aspects of the geography, daily life, celebrations, social customs, body language and proximity, perception of time and major historical events of the region where the language is spoken.

     (l) Continue to demonstrate an awareness of current events, communities and prominent persons of the region where the language is spoken.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R066-97, eff. 12-10-97)

Requirements for Promotion to Next Higher Grade Level and Issuance of Diplomas

      NAC 389.655  Passage of proficiency examinations; exceptions for demonstration of proficiency by alternative method. (NRS 385.080, 389.015, 389.550, 389.805)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2 and 3, a pupil must not be given a standard high school diploma until the pupil has, after entering grade 11, passed:

     (a) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Reading;

     (b) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Mathematics;

     (c) The Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing; and

     (d) Commencing with the graduating class of the 2009-2010 school year, the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science.

     2.  A pupil who fails to pass the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Writing must receive a standard high school diploma if the pupil:

     (a) Satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805;

     (b) Satisfies the requirements of NAC 389.657; and

     (c) Has not previously failed to satisfy the requirements of NAC 389.657.

     3.  A pupil who fails to pass the Nevada High School Proficiency Examination in Science must receive a standard high school diploma if the pupil:

     (a) Satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805;

     (b) Satisfies the requirements of NAC 389.6575; and

     (c) Has not previously failed to satisfy the requirements of NAC 389.6575.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88; A 9-15-89; 9-13-91; 1-26-94; R115-97, 12-10-97; R019-98, 4-17-98; R060-98, 6-26-98; R065-99, 11-3-99; R072-01, 11-7-2001; R155-07, 1-30-2008; R134-07, 6-17-2008; R020-09 & R037-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.657  Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in writing. (NRS 385.080, 389.805)

     1.  A pupil who is currently enrolled in the 12th grade and who satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805 may demonstrate proficiency in writing by submitting to the Department of Education three separate writing samples.

     2.  The writing samples submitted pursuant to subsection 1 must:

     (a) Demonstrate an understanding of the writing process and the application of writing skills, including, without limitation, organization, voice, conventions, development of ideas and style, as prescribed in the academic standards for English language arts in the area of writing.

     (b) Include:

          (1) One narrative or descriptive essay;

          (2) One expository or persuasive essay; and

          (3) One other writing sample which demonstrates proficiency, including, without limitation:

               (I) A research paper;

               (II) A technical writing; or

               (III) A single selection from a senior project or a portfolio of the pupil’s work.

Ê At least one of the writing samples submitted pursuant to this subsection must be written in a monitored setting.

     3.  The Department of Education shall prescribe the dates by which the writing samples must be submitted to ensure that a pupil is granted the opportunity to satisfy the requirements of this section before graduation from high school. A pupil shall submit the writing samples and the certification required by subsection 4 to the appropriate testing department of the school district on or before the dates specified by the Department of Education. The testing department shall forward each packet to the Department of Education for scoring.

     4.  A teacher at the school in which the pupil is enrolled and the principal of that school shall certify that the writing samples submitted by the pupil are the pupil’s own work.

     5.  Submissions that do not meet the requirements of this section will be classified as “Insufficient” and will not be scored.

     6.  The Department of Education shall, in collaboration with licensed educational personnel, develop guidelines for evaluating writing samples submitted by pupils pursuant to this section. The guidelines must require a pupil to meet or exceed the academic standards for English language arts in the area of writing.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R155-07, 1-30-2008; A by R037-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.6575  Alternative method to demonstrate proficiency in science. (NRS 385.080, 389.805)

     1.  A pupil who is currently enrolled in the 12th grade and who satisfies the requirements of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.805 may demonstrate proficiency in science by submitting to the Department of Education a portfolio of work prepared by the pupil.

     2.  The portfolio of work submitted pursuant to subsection 1 must:

     (a) Demonstrate proficiency in the academic standards for science, including, without limitation, proficiency in life science, earth science, physical science and environmental science.

     (b) Include:

          (1) One completed design for a scientific experiment;

          (2) One sample of work which requires the analysis and interpretation of a data set; and

          (3) One other sample of work which demonstrates the pupil’s knowledge of and ability to use and apply basic and integrated skills relating to the scientific process, including, without limitation:

               (I) A science project or laboratory report based on data generated by the pupil;

               (II) A completed project for a science fair, which is consolidated into a single document that accurately reflects the project; or

               (III) Any other sample of work which demonstrates the pupil’s knowledge, ability and skills relating to the scientific process.

     3.  The Department of Education shall prescribe the dates by which the portfolio of work must be submitted to ensure that a pupil is granted the opportunity to satisfy the requirements of this section before graduation from high school. A pupil shall submit the completed portfolio of work and the certification required by subsection 4 to the appropriate testing department of the school district on or before the dates specified by the Department of Education. The testing department shall forward each completed packet to the Department of Education for scoring.

     4.  A teacher or other licensed personnel at the school in which the pupil is enrolled and the principal of that school shall certify that the portfolio of work submitted by the pupil is the pupil’s own work.

     5.  Submissions that do not meet the requirements of this section will be classified as “Insufficient” and will not be scored.

     6.  The Department of Education shall, in collaboration with licensed educational personnel, develop guidelines for evaluating portfolios of work submitted by pupils pursuant to this section. The guidelines must require a pupil to meet or exceed the academic standards for science.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R037-09, eff. 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.658  Submission of results of proficiency examinations. (NRS 385.080, 389.017)

     1.  The board of trustees of each school district shall submit the results of the proficiency examinations to the Superintendent of Public Instruction by the time and in the form and manner he or she requires.

     2.  The Superintendent shall annually notify each board of trustees of the requirements for submitting the results.

     [Dep’t of Education, Proficiency Examination Reg. Nos. 1-3, eff. 2-15-80]—(NAC A by Bd. of Education by R115-97, 12-10-97)

      NAC 389.659  Units of credit or semesters required for promotion to next higher grade level; waiver of certain requirements. (NRS 385.080)

     1.  If a pupil enrolls in the 9th grade during or after the 1999-2000 school year:

     (a) Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, the pupil must:

          (1) Earn a minimum of 5 units of credit or complete 2 semesters of high school to be promoted to the 10th grade.

          (2) Earn a minimum of 11 units of credit or complete 4 semesters of high school to be promoted to the 11th grade.

          (3) Earn a minimum of 17 units of credit or complete 6 semesters of high school to be promoted to the 12th grade.

     (b) A school district shall evaluate the transcripts of the pupil if the pupil transferred to a high school within the school district from another high school located outside the school district, whether located inside or outside this State, to determine the grade level for which the pupil qualifies pursuant to paragraph (a).

     2.  The superintendent of a local school district may waive the requirement set forth in:

     (a) Subparagraph (1) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 if:

          (1) The local school district is a school district in which the 9th grade is taught in a junior high or middle school; and

          (2) The superintendent determines that extenuating circumstances exist; and

     (b) Subparagraph (3) of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 if the superintendent determines that extenuating circumstances exist.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000; A by R022-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.660  Provision of remedial study for pupil in grade 11 or 12. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)

     1.  Each school district shall provide remedial study to each pupil in grade 11 or 12 who:

     (a) Fails any of the high school proficiency examinations two or more times; or

     (b) Is deemed deficient in credit for the pupil’s grade level in:

          (1) English, including reading, composition and writing;

          (2) Mathematics; or

          (3) Science.

     2.  A school district shall not charge such a pupil for any of the costs related to the remedial study, including, without limitation, costs relating to transporting the pupil to the remedial study, unless the deficiency in credit is a result of the pupil’s:

     (a) Absence from school, other than an absence from school that has been verified as excused for medical reasons; or

     (b) Habitual truancy.

     3.  The remedial study described in subsection 1 may be offered:

     (a) During the regular school day;

     (b) During summer school;

     (c) During intersession school; or

     (d) As part of a program that is offered before or after the regular school day.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R115-97, 12-10-97; R091-99, 1-14-2000; R022-09, 10-27-2009)

      NAC 389.661  Enrollment in remedial study required for failure of proficiency examinations two or more times. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 2, a pupil who enrolls in the 11th grade during or after the 1999-2000 school year and who has failed any of the high school proficiency examinations two or more times must enroll in remedial study that is provided pursuant to NAC 389.660.

     2.  The superintendent of a local school district may waive the requirement set forth in subsection 1 if he or she determines that extenuating circumstances exist.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000)

      NAC 389.662  Proficiency examinations for pupil who transfers to Nevada high school. (NRS 385.080, 389.015)  A pupil who transfers to a Nevada high school from another school must pass the proficiency examination, administered pursuant to NRS 389.015, before he or she is graduated from the Nevada high school.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.100)

      NAC 389.663  Units of credit and grade point average required to receive advanced diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.018)

     1.  To receive an advanced diploma evidencing graduation from high school, a pupil must, in addition to having passed the high school proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have:

     (a) Earned a minimum of 18 units of credit for required courses and 6 units of credit for elective courses for a total of at least 24 units of credit; and

     (b) Maintained at least a 3.25 grade point average on a 4.0 grading scale, weighted or unweighted, for all units of credit applicable toward graduation.

     2.  The units for the required courses must be earned in accordance with the following table:

 

 

Minimum

Required Course

Number of Units

 

 

American government.............................................................................

................. 1

American history.....................................................................................

................. 1

Arts and humanities, or career and technical education.............................

................. 1

Social studies..........................................................................................

................. 1

English, including reading, composition and writing...................................

................. 4

Health education.....................................................................................

.............. 1/2

Mathematics...........................................................................................

................. 4

Physical education..................................................................................

................. 2

Use of computers...................................................................................

.............. 1/2

Science................................................................................................ 3

................. 3

 

                                                                                                          TOTAL:

                18

 

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R091-99, eff. 1-14-2000; A by R025-01, 11-1-2001; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R059-07, 10-31-2007, eff. 10-15-2008)

      NAC 389.664  Units of credit required to receive standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in subsections 2 and 3, to receive a standard diploma evidencing graduation from high school, a pupil must, in addition to having passed the proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have earned a minimum of 15 units of credit for required courses and 7 1/2 units of credit for elective courses for a total of at least 22 1/2 units of credit. The units for the required courses must be earned in accordance with the following table:

 

 

Minimum

Required Course

Number of Units

 

 

American government....................................................................................

.............. 1

American history...........................................................................................

.............. 1

Arts and humanities, or career and technical education...................................

.............. 1

English, including reading, composition and writing.........................................

.............. 4

Health education...........................................................................................

........... 1/2

Mathematics.................................................................................................

.............. 3

Physical education.........................................................................................

.............. 2

Use of computers..........................................................................................

........... 1/2

Science.........................................................................................................

.............. 2

 

 

                                                                                                      TOTAL:

             15

 

     2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, if a pupil enrolled in the ninth grade during or before the 1998-1999 school year, to receive a standard diploma evidencing graduation from high school, the pupil must, in addition to having passed the proficiency examination required by NRS 389.015, have earned a minimum of 1 unit of credit in American government, 1 unit of credit in American history, 1 unit of credit in arts and humanities, 4 units of credit in English, including reading, composition and writing, 1/2 unit of credit in health education, 2 units of credit in mathematics, 2 units of credit in physical education, 1/2 unit of credit in the use of computers and 2 units of credit in science, for a total of at least 14 units of credit for required courses. The units of credit required by this subsection are in addition to a minimum of 8 1/2 units of credit for elective courses that the pupil must have earned for a total of at least 22 1/2 units of credit.

     3.  If a pupil satisfactorily completes a course of study in the use of computers during the sixth, seventh or eighth grade, the pupil is not required to take the course of study in the use of computers and must only earn a minimum of 14 1/2 units of credit for required courses pursuant to subsection 1 or 13 1/2 units of credit for required courses pursuant to subsection 2. The course of study in the use of computers must be for at least one semester or trimester, or the equivalent, and must not be taught as part of another course of study. This subsection authorizes, but does not require, a school district to offer a course in the use of computers as part of the curriculum of a middle school.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; R091-99, 1-14-2000; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.666  Units applicable toward graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.155)  Units of credit which a pupil may apply toward graduation from high school may be earned:

     1.  In a public or private high school located in this State.

     2.  In a public or private high school located outside this State if the school district approves a transfer of the units for this purpose.

     3.  In an institution of higher learning whose academic programs are accredited by a national accrediting organization.

     4.  In the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.

     5.  In a course of independent study conducted in accordance with NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R051-98, 9-9-98)

      NAC 389.668  Credit which may be granted in fractional time units. (NRS 385.080)  A high school which provides instruction in fractional time units may grant credit proportionately to the requirements for basic units of credits, but the school may not record less than one-fourth of a unit.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.115)

      NAC 389.670  Credit granted for performance on examination in lieu of course attendance: Board of trustees required to prescribe application and eligible courses of study; effect of pupil’s withdrawal from school; authority of State Board to review examination and minimum score required. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.171)

     1.  The board of trustees of each school district shall prescribe an application for pupils to apply for credit for a specific course of study without having attended the regularly scheduled classes in the course pursuant to NRS 389.171. The application must include, without limitation, the:

     (a) First and last name of the pupil;

     (b) Identifying information for the pupil, including, without limitation, the date of birth, individual identification number, ethnicity and gender of the pupil;

     (c) Grade level of the pupil;

     (d) Home telephone number of the pupil;

     (e) Name and identification number of the school in which the pupil is enrolled;

     (f) Signature of the school counselor at the school in which the pupil is enrolled; and

     (g) Name and number of the course of study for which the application is submitted.

     2.  The board of trustees of each school district shall prescribe the specific courses of study for which a pupil may be granted credit without having attended the regularly scheduled classes in the course pursuant to NRS 389.171, including, without limitation, Algebra I, Algebra II, geometry, trigonometry, computer literacy, English I, English II, English III, English IV, principles of science, life science, physical science, health, history of the United States, world history, government of the United States, sociology and foreign languages. The board of trustees of each school district shall make available to school counselors, pupils and parents of pupils a list of the courses of study prescribed pursuant to this subsection.

     3.  The board of trustees of each school district shall:

     (a) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.171, establish a committee of teachers and administrators to select an appropriate examination for each course of study prescribed pursuant to subsection 2. The examination must be based on the standards of content and performance prescribed for that course and the curriculum for that course adopted by the school district.

     (b) For the purposes of paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.171, review and approve the examination developed by the principal and the pupil’s teacher who provides instruction in the course for which credit is being sought.

     (c) For the purposes of paragraph (c) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.171, review and approve the examination which the principal determines to be as rigorous or more rigorous than the examination selected pursuant to paragraph (a).

     (d) Prescribe a minimum score of not less than 70 which a pupil must achieve on an examination approved pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.171 to receive credit without having attended the regularly scheduled classes in the course. The minimum score must be established using objective criteria to ensure that a pupil demonstrates his or her proficiency to meet the objectives of the course.

     4.  If a pupil who is deficient in a particular area or areas of a course of study wishes to receive credit for the course of study pursuant to paragraph (b) of subsection 1 of NRS 389.171, the pupil must submit the application prescribed by the board of trustees of the school district pursuant to subsection 1:

     (a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b), before the beginning of the school year immediately succeeding the school year in which the pupil was enrolled in the course.

     (b) Within 1 school year after the end of the course if the application includes evidence of the pupil’s completion during that year of not less than 20 hours of remedial study in the area or areas of the course in which the pupil is deficient.

     5.  A pupil who withdraws from a school during the school year and does not reenroll in the school from which he or she withdrew or who does not enroll in another school in this State before the end of the current semester or trimester, as applicable, is not eligible to receive credit for a course of study pursuant to NRS 389.171.

     6.  The State Board of Education may review:

     (a) Any examination for which a pupil may receive credit for a course of study without having attended the regularly scheduled classes in the course pursuant to NRS 389.171; and

     (b) The minimum score required on any such examination.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008; R024-09, 10-27-2009; R041-11, 12-30-2011)

      NAC 389.672  Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Limitations and prerequisites. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 388.360)

     1.  A board of trustees may allow a pupil to earn, towards the units necessary for graduation from high school, two units of the credit required in English, one unit required in mathematics, one unit required in science and one-half unit required in health if he or she is enrolled in one of the following occupational courses of study and that course of study includes, as part of its curriculum, the curriculum of the required course:

     (a) Agriculture and natural resource sciences described in NAC 389.520 to 389.537, inclusive.

     (b) Business.

     (c) Career and technical education in cooperation with a private employer.

     (d) Occupations described in NAC 389.572 to 389.584, inclusive.

     (e) Occupations in trade and industry described in NAC 389.586 to 389.618, inclusive.

     (f) Family and consumer sciences.

     (g) Industrial arts.

     (h) Marketing.

     (i) Skills needed to obtain employment.

     2.  The superintendent of the school district shall appoint a committee composed of one person certified to teach in the occupational course of study and one person certified to teach in the academic area in which the credit may be earned. The committee must verify to the board of trustees that the curriculum for the occupational course of study includes the curriculum of the required course of study.

     3.  After verification has been received by the board of trustees, the written curriculum and title of the course of study and a statement of the academic credit to be granted must be submitted to the State Board of Education for approval. Academic credit may be granted for the occupational course of study or combination of courses only after the State Board of Education has given its approval.

     4.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may give approval for the granting of academic credit to a board of trustees requesting to use a curriculum for a course of study that has been approved by the State Board of Education for another school district if:

     (a) The procedures set forth in subsection 2 were followed by the requesting district; and

     (b) The board of trustees provides assurances that it will not deviate from the curriculum that has been approved by the State Board.

     5.  A pupil who earns academic credit pursuant to this section must be notified that the approval for academic credit is designed to meet the requirements for graduation from high school and may not necessarily be accepted for academic credit by a specific postsecondary institution. A copy of the notification given to the pupil must accompany the other materials to be submitted to the State Board of Education for final approval.

     6.  A minimum number of credits must be earned in the respective academic areas, as follows:

     (a) At least one credit must be earned in the academic mathematics department;

     (b) At least one credit must be earned in the academic science department; and

     (c) At least two credits must be earned in the academic English department.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87; A by Bd. for Occupational Education, 3-27-92; 11-17-95; A by Bd. of Education by R069-97, 12-10-97, eff. 9-1-99; R155-01, 12-17-2001; R195-01, 4-1-2002; R165-03, R166-03, R184-03 & R185-03, 1-22-2004; R236-03, 3-19-2004; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R132-10, 12-16-2010)

      NAC 389.673  Academic credit for occupational courses of study: Periodic review and approval of each course. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  The superintendent of each school district which is authorized by the State Board of Education to grant academic credit for an occupational course of study pursuant to NAC 389.672 shall, at least once every 3 years, appoint a committee to review that occupational course of study. The committee must consist of one person who is certified to teach in the occupational course of study and one person who is certified to teach in the academic area in which the credit may be earned.

     2.  After the committee has reviewed the occupational course of study, it shall submit a written report of its review to the board of trustees of the school district. The report must include a statement signed by the members of the committee that the curriculum for the occupational course of study includes the curriculum of the required course of study.

     3.  The board of trustees shall submit to the State Board of Education, for its approval, the written curriculum and title of the occupational course of study and a statement of the academic credit it proposes to grant.

     4.  Academic credit may be granted for the occupational course of study or combination of courses only after the State Board of Education has given its approval.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R069-97, 12-10-97, eff. 9-1-99)

      NAC 389.674  Credit for equivalent experience outside campus or program. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  A school district may, under suitable criteria, allow credit toward graduation from high school for a pupil’s experiences outside the high school campus if those experiences are equivalent in kind and amount to the educational experiences being offered in the high school.

     2.  A school district may, under suitable criteria, allow credit toward completion of an adult high school program for a pupil’s experiences outside the adult high school program if those experiences are equivalent in kind and amount to the educational experiences being offered in the adult high school program.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.676  Credit for sectarian religious courses not allowed. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  Credit for sectarian religious courses may not be applied to fulfill requirements for graduation from high school.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.130)

      NAC 389.678  Summer school units applicable toward graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.160)

     1.  Summer school units of credit to be applied toward graduation from high school may consist only of units earned through a summer school conducted by a public or private high school or an accredited institution of higher learning.

     2.  Such units must be earned in courses which are equivalent to the courses offered in the programs of the high school.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.135)

      NAC 389.680  Credit for correspondence courses. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.160)

     1.  A school district may, in accordance with policies developed by the board of trustees of the school district, grant a pupil credit toward graduation from high school or toward completion of an adult high school program for his or her successful completion of a correspondence course if:

     (a) The course is provided by a secondary educational institution which is approved by the State Board of Education; and

     (b) The course is equivalent to a course offered in a regular program in the school district or a course offered in an adult high school program in the school district, as applicable.

     2.  A school district shall, in accordance with policies developed by the board of trustees of the school district, grant a pupil credit toward graduation from high school or toward completion of an adult high school program, as applicable, for his or her successful completion of a correspondence course if:

     (a) The course is provided and credit was issued by a secondary educational institution which is accredited by:

          (1) The Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools;

          (2) The New England Association of Schools and Colleges;

          (3) The North Central Association of Colleges and Schools;

          (4) The Northwest Accreditation Commission;

          (5) The Southern Association of Colleges and Schools;

          (6) The Western Association of Schools and Colleges; or

          (7) The Commission on International and Trans-Regional Accreditation; and

     (b) The course is equivalent to a course offered in a regular program in the school district or a course offered in an adult high school program in the school district, as applicable.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R088-05, 10-31-2005; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.682  Requirements for graduation for pupils transferring to Nevada high school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  A pupil who transfers to a Nevada high school from another school, whether located inside or outside this State, shall abide by the requirements for graduation of the receiving school district unless the pupil is in the 12th grade and the requirements of that district would not allow him or her to graduate by the end of the 12th grade.

     2.  Each school district shall develop a policy and procedure to make an allowance for a pupil in the latter circumstances so that the pupil may graduate from:

     (a) The receiving school under its requirements or the minimum requirements of the State Board of Education; or

     (b) The pupil’s school of origin if that school is willing to issue the diploma.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.145)

      NAC 389.684  Schools prohibited from reducing or reevaluating credits transferred from another school. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A school shall not reduce or reevaluate a pupil’s credit which has been officially transferred from another public or private school or from the Nevada Youth Training Center or the Caliente Youth Center.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)

      NAC 389.686  Exemptions for certain high schools from requirements for graduation. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  The Superintendent of Public Instruction may exempt from the requirements for graduation from high school students graduating from a high school with less than 100 students if the school is unable to obtain certified staff to meet the requirements. Before the beginning of the school year for which an exception is to be effective, the superintendent of a school district with such a high school with less than 100 students may apply to the Superintendent of Public Instruction for an exception from the graduation requirements enacted after July 1, 1988. This exception may be approved at the discretion of the Superintendent of Public Instruction for those high schools with less than 100 students that are unable to recruit certified staff to meet the requirements. The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall notify in writing the superintendent of the school district of the exceptions that have been granted or denied and furnish a report to the State Board of Education of each exception granted at the next regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 5-4-87)

      NAC 389.688  Requirements for adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  A school district may award an adult standard diploma to a person who:

     (a) Withdrew from high school before the person’s graduation and was not eligible to graduate with his or her class, or participated in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537;

     (b) Has passed the high school proficiency examination which is administered to pupils pursuant to NRS 389.015;

     (c) Has earned, in high school, in an adult high school program or in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537, or waived, the units of credit required in subsection 2; and

     (d) Is 18 years of age or older at the time of the award or is 17 years of age but less than 18 years of age and participates in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school pursuant to NRS 388.537.

     2.  Except as otherwise provided in subsection 3, the units of credit which a person must have earned or waived to be qualified to receive an adult standard diploma are a total of 13 units for required courses and a total of 7 1/2 units for elective courses. The person must have earned or waived his or her units for the required courses in accordance with the following table:

 

 

Minimum

Required Course

Number of Units

 

 

American government..................................................................................

............... 1

American history.........................................................................................

............... 1

Arts and humanities, or career and technical education..................................

............... 1

English........................................................................................................

............... 4

Health education..........................................................................................

............ 1/2

Mathematics................................................................................................

............... 3

Science.......................................................................................................

............... 2

Use of computers........................................................................................

............ 1/2

 

 

                                                                                                              TOTAL:

              13

 

     3.  If a person demonstrates a competency in the use of computers, the person is not required to complete the course in the use of computers and must earn or waive a total of 12 1/2 units in required courses.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, 12-16-82, eff. 7-1-83; A 5-4-87; 3-9-88, eff. 7-1-92; R067-97, 12-10-97; R037-99, 11-3-99, eff. 7-1-2000; R029-01, 11-1-2001, eff. 7-1-2002; R061-02, 9-6-2002; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006; A by Bd. of Education by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.690  Credit received through adult high school program applicable toward adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)

     1.  Units of credit earned by a person through an adult high school program may be applied toward meeting the requirements for an adult standard diploma only if the course in which the units were earned was:

     (a) Taught in a school district of this State; or

     (b) Equivalent to a regular course offered in the high school where the diploma will be issued, and the course is approved by the principal of the high school for that purpose.

     2.  As used in this section, “adult high school program” means instruction or training provided at or below the level of a secondary school for persons who:

     (a) Are at least 18 years of age and who have not completed high school.

     (b) Are 17 years of age but less than 18 years of age and participate in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school pursuant to NRS 388.537.

     (c) Are 16 years of age and authorized to attend an adult high school program pursuant to NAC 389.695.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A by R067-97, 12-10-97; R029-01, 11-1-2001; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.692  Other credits applicable toward adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110)  A school district may award a person units of credit toward meeting the requirements for an adult standard diploma if he or she successfully completes:

     1.  A course given by the United States Armed Forces Institute or a high school course offered through that institute by a cooperating college or university;

     2.  A subject examination given by the Armed Forces;

     3.  A course given by the United States Marine Corps Institute;

     4.  A course given by the United States Coast Guard Institute; or

     5.  A course of training conducted by a branch of the Armed Forces.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.170)

      NAC 389.694  Waiver of credits for adult standard diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.448)

     1.  Except as otherwise provided in this section, a person who is 18 years of age or older and who seeks an adult standard diploma may waive units of credit for English, mathematics, science and social studies by taking tests of his or her general educational development in those subjects. A person who seeks an adult standard diploma and who is enrolled in an alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school established by a school district pursuant to NRS 388.537 may not waive any units of credit pursuant to this section.

     2.  The maximum number of credits which may be waived in the areas of English, mathematics and science must be based on the number of credits previously earned which meet the minimum requirements for course content outlined in NAC 389.450 to 389.511, inclusive, and the credits waived upon the completion of the General Educational Development Test.

     3.  Credits in elective courses may be waived only in the area of social studies. The maximum number of credits which may be waived in the area of social studies must be based on the General Educational Development Test.

     4.  The following table sets forth the scores which a person must achieve on the tests to waive credits in required and elective courses and the corresponding number of units which may be waived:

 

 

 

Maximum Number of Units

 

Designation of

For Score of

For Score of

Subject

Test

450 to 499.9

500 or higher

 

 

 

 

English

I and IV (average)

2

4

Mathematics

V

1

3

Science

III

1

2

Social Studies

II

1

2

 

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82; A 5-4-87; 3-9-88; R067-97, 12-10-97; R029-01, 11-1-2001; R194-01, 4-1-2002; R194-01, 4-1-2002, eff. 7-1-2002; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.695  Attendance at adult high school program for test preparation. (NRS 385.080, 385.448)  The board of trustees of a school district may allow a person who is 16 years of age who has withdrawn from high school so that he or she may take the tests of general educational development to attend an adult high school program only for the purpose of test preparation.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R029-01, eff. 11-1-2001; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.696  Individualized program of education for pupil with disability. (NRS 385.080, 388.520)

     1.  The board of trustees of each school district shall have an individualized educational program prepared for each pupil with a disability who is enrolled in a public high school in the district. The program must include:

     (a) A statement of the pupil’s present levels of educational performance;

     (b) A statement of annual goals, including short-term instructional objectives;

     (c) A statement of the specific special education and related services to be provided to the pupil and the extent to which he or she will be able to participate in regular educational programs;

     (d) The projected dates for initiation of services and the anticipated duration of the services;

     (e) Appropriate objective criteria, procedures for evaluation and schedules for determining, at least on an annual basis, whether the short-term instructional objectives are being achieved;

     (f) A schedule of meetings with the pupil and his or her parents or a record of attempts to schedule such meetings if such meetings are appropriate for a review of the pupil’s progress; and

     (g) If appropriate, the special requirements or adjusted standards which the pupil must meet for graduation from high school.

     2.  A pupil with a disability, whether in a public or private high school, in the Nevada Youth Training Center or in the Caliente Youth Center, is entitled to graduate from high school with:

     (a) A standard diploma if the pupil fulfills all the requirements for a standard diploma except for any appropriate accommodations which are outlined in his or her individualized program of education.

     (b) An adjusted diploma if the pupil fulfills all the requirements which are outlined in his or her individualized program of education.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.180)

      NAC 389.698  Adjusted diploma for pupil with disability. (NRS 385.080, 388.520)  An adjusted diploma may be earned by any pupil with a disability who meets the standards prescribed by his or her individualized education plan.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 3-9-88)

      NAC 389.699  Requirements for certificate of attendance; subsequent issuance of diploma. (NRS 385.080, 385.110, 389.015)

     1.  A certificate of attendance must be issued to a pupil who is 17 years of age or older if the pupil has satisfied all the requirements for graduation from high school or completion of an adult high school program, including, without limitation, completion of the units of credit required for a diploma, except that the pupil has not passed one or more of the high school proficiency examinations or has not satisfied the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805, if applicable.

     2.  If a pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance subsequently passes, during the summer immediately after the completion of the pupil’s senior year of high school, each high school proficiency examination that the pupil previously failed to pass, the appropriate high school diploma must be issued to the pupil in accordance with the procedure established in his or her school district. If a pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance subsequently passes, through an adult high school program, each high school proficiency examination that the pupil previously failed to pass, an adult standard diploma must be issued to the pupil in accordance with the procedure established in his or her school district. A pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance is not eligible to satisfy the alternative criteria prescribed by the State Board of Education pursuant to NRS 389.805 after the completion of his or her senior year of high school.

     3.  A pupil who qualifies for a certificate of attendance must not be counted as a dropout.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R086-99, 11-3-99, eff. 1-1-2000; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

Miscellaneous Provisions

      NAC 389.700  Transcript of high school record. (NRS 385.080)

     1.  In preparing a transcript of a pupil’s high school record of courses, credits and grades, the school district shall use:

     (a) The form of transcript prescribed by the Superintendent of Public Instruction; or

     (b) An alternative form approved by the Superintendent.

     2.  In lieu of issuing the original transcript of a pupil’s record, a school district may issue a photostatic copy if it is certified by the principal of the school to be a true, or official, copy of the original.

     3.  Each school district shall provide on all its permanent records and transcripts an explanation of the system of symbols which it uses for grading.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 12-16-82)—(Substituted in revision for NAC 389.185)

Program of Independent Study

      NAC 389.710  “Independent study” defined. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)  As used in NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive, unless the context otherwise requires, “independent study” means the method by which a pupil may complete a required or elective course outside of the normal classroom setting that is consistent with the course of study prescribed by the State Board.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.720  Plan to operate program; approval or denial of plan; written policy; system of recordkeeping. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)

     1.  The board of trustees of a school district may submit to the Department of Education, in the form prescribed by the Department, a plan to operate a program of independent study. The program of independent study must contain the information prescribed in subsection 3 and must be offered as part of:

     (a) An adult high school program;

     (b) An alternative program for the education of pupils at risk of dropping out of school;

     (c) A program of distance education; or

     (d) Any other educational program offered by the school district.

     2.  The Superintendent of Public Instruction shall review each plan to operate a program of independent study submitted to the Department of Education and approve or deny the plan. If the plan is denied by the Superintendent, the school district may appeal the decision of the Superintendent to the State Board of Education. The State Board may approve or deny the plan for a program of independent study upon appeal.

     3.  The board of trustees of a school district which provides for independent study shall:

     (a) Develop a written policy for independent study, which must include, without limitation, the process by which a pupil may appeal a decision by the board of trustees which denies the pupil from enrolling in a course of independent study.

     (b) Establish a system of recordkeeping for each pupil enrolled in a course of independent study. For each course that a pupil participates in, the record must include, without limitation:

          (1) A copy of the written agreement required pursuant to NAC 389.750;

          (2) A record of all communication between the pupil and the teacher;

          (3) A record of the assignments that the pupil has completed; and

          (4) A copy of the record which indicates the final grade and the number of units of credit earned by the pupil.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.730  Courses allowed; courses outside school district. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)

     1.  A pupil who is enrolled in school or in an alternative program pursuant to NRS 388.537, an adult high school program approved pursuant to NAC 387.190 or a program of distance education established by a school district may complete any required or elective course by independent study if the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled provides for independent study in accordance with NAC 389.710 to 389.750, inclusive.

     2.  A course of independent study may be taken at a location outside of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled upon the written approval of the board of trustees of the school district in which the pupil is enrolled.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R218-99, 5-4-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

      NAC 389.740  Licensing of instructors; supervision required for certain courses. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)

     1.  The instructor of record for a course of independent study must be a person who is licensed to teach in this State.

     2.  If the board of trustees of a school district that provides for independent study determines that an activity which is part of the course of independent study constitutes a risk to the health or safety of a pupil who is enrolled in the course, the course must be supervised by a person who has been approved by the board of trustees.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98)

      NAC 389.750  Written agreement with pupil. (NRS 385.080, 389.155)

     1.  A pupil shall enter into a written agreement with the teacher of the course of independent study or the board of trustees of the school district or its designee before the pupil may begin a course or program of independent study. A pupil may enter into a written agreement if the pupil participates in:

     (a) An adult high school program;

     (b) An alternative program;

     (c) A program of distance education; or

     (d) Any other educational program offered by the school district.

     2.  Such an agreement must include, without limitation:

     (a) The objectives of the course or program.

     (b) A timeline for the completion of the assigned course work.

     (c) A schedule of the communications between the pupil and the teacher that satisfies the requirements of subparagraph (2) of paragraph (a) of subsection 2 of NRS 389.155.

     (d) The method by which the teacher will assess the learning of the pupil.

     (e) If a pupil is under 18 years of age, the written approval of a parent or guardian of the pupil to participate in the course of independent study.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R051-98, eff. 9-9-98; A by R218-99, 5-4-2000; R134-07, 6-17-2008)

Program of Career and Technical Education

      NAC 389.800  General requirements for program. (NRS 388.360)

     1.  Courses of study in career and technical education described in this chapter must:

     (a) Be based upon a written curriculum that has been developed in collaboration with representatives of the occupation being studied to measure the competency of the pupil and which includes:

          (1) The current duties, tasks, skills and levels of performance necessary to perform the duties and tasks involved in being employed in the occupation being taught.

          (2) Instruction which reinforces academic skills of reading, writing, speaking, mathematics, science and using a computer.

          (3) Instruction designed to develop leadership, initiative, integrity, confidence, poise, reliability, cooperation, the ability to accept divergent points of view, self-discipline, the ability to adapt to change, make decisions, solve problems and set priorities, the ability to learn and participate in discussions, and a willingness to seek and accept responsibility.

     (b) Be designed to:

          (1) Allow the student to advance in the course of study at his or her own pace and allow the teacher to evaluate the progress of the pupil based on the requirements for obtaining employment or being promoted in the occupation being taught.

          (2) Include pupils with disabilities.

     (c) Provide the student with reasonable access to the equipment used in the occupation the student is studying.

     2.  The teacher of a course of study in career and technical education shall:

     (a) Possess a valid endorsement to his or her license for each occupation in which he or she teaches a course of study.

     (b) Use resources, materials and techniques which do not discriminate among pupils.

     (c) Evaluate the pupil’s achievement of the required goals in the course of study.

     3.  Each pupil enrolled in a course of study of an occupation:

     (a) Must be given the opportunity to participate in youth organizations that are:

          (1) Affiliated with state and national organizations;

          (2) Associated with the occupation the pupil is studying; and

          (3) An integral part of the instructional program.

     (b) Must be given a certificate upon completion of a course of study in an occupation which states the level of performance the pupil has attained in specific skills identified by representatives of business or industry.

     (c) Upon completion of the course, should be qualified to enter a higher level of training without the necessity of repeating previously learned skills.

     4.  Written policies for the maintenance, replacement and disposal of equipment must be made available to the representatives of business or industry for review and comment.

     5.  The superintendent of each school district shall maintain a current and comprehensive inventory of all capital equipment, if any, maintained for each course offered in career and technical education. The superintendent shall establish a list of equipment that is comparable to that used in the occupations in which a course of study is offered. The superintendent shall not allow the use in career and technical education of equipment or facilities which do not meet the generally applicable safety requirements, including those adopted to ensure occupational safety and health for that occupation.

     6.  The teacher of a course of study in career and technical education shall cooperate with the guidance counselor of each school to assist pupils to enroll in an appropriate course of study. The guidance counselor shall assist the pupil to achieve:

     (a) An awareness of the opportunities for the development of the skills required in the various occupations.

     (b) An exploration of the pupil’s abilities with his or her occupational interest.

     (c) Opportunities for the development of the pupil’s skills.

     (d) Realities of the workforce and expectations of employers.

     (e) Opportunities for continued career and technical education and training.

     7.  The Department of Education shall cause surveys to be taken of each pupil who has completed a course of study in career and technical education to determine the effectiveness of the program.

     8.  Each school district shall adopt a written statement of philosophy for its program of career and technical education which includes stated goals that such instruction will:

     (a) Contribute to each pupil’s competency to enter the job market.

     (b) Enable the pupils to succeed in further training.

     (c) Enable the pupils to obtain employment.

     (d) Enable the pupils to advance in job responsibilities.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. for Occupational Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.805  Duties of Department of Education and school district. (NRS 385.080, 388.360)

     1.  The Department of Education shall develop and administer a career and technical education reporting system which provides information regarding the enrollment in, completion of and staffing of career and technical education courses. The Department of Education shall provide guidance and technical assistance to each school district concerning participation in the system.

     2.  Each school district shall participate in the system by:

     (a) Maintaining records of such information as the Department of Education requires; and

     (b) Providing the Department with the records maintained pursuant to paragraph (a) at a time and in a manner approved by the Department.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education, eff. 10-8-93; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.810  Establishment and duties of joint technical skills committees and career and technical education councils. (NRS 388.360)

     1.  If a community college located within a local school district provides career and technical instruction for a specific job for which the local school district also provides an instructional program, the superintendent of that school district shall establish a joint technical skills committee for each such program of career and technical education to review and determine annually the tasks, duties and competency levels to be taught. The committee shall assist the school district and be available to assist the community college upon request.

     2.  The superintendent of each local school district which is located in a county:

     (a) Whose population is 35,000 or more; and

     (b) In which a campus of the community college is located,

Ê may establish a career and technical education council to assist the school district and be available to assist, upon request, the community college. To the extent possible, the superintendent shall draw the membership from among the members of an advisory technical skills committee formed pursuant to NRS 388.385. Educators may serve on the council in an advisory, nonvoting capacity only. The council shall render advice on questions of policy regarding the programs of career and technical education where employment demands are being met and shall make recommendations regarding the expansion, improvement and modernization of all of the programs. The council shall also recommend methods to establish a cooperative mechanism for local businesses and industries to share with the school district the instruction, facilities and equipment necessary for the programs and to participate in the resulting efforts needed to secure employment for the pupils who complete the programs.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. for Occupational Education, 1-26-90, eff. 9-1-92; A 3-30-92; A by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, 2-23-2006)

      NAC 389.815  Requirements for endorsement on diploma indicating successful completion of program. (NRS 388.360, 388.380)

     1.  To qualify for an endorsement on a high school diploma indicating that a pupil has successfully completed a program of career and technical education, the pupil must:

     (a) Satisfactorily complete a sequence, or combination of sequences, of courses leading to a terminal course prescribed by the school district or charter school in which the pupil is enrolled for the career and technical area selected.

     (b) Satisfy the state academic requirements governing receipt of a standard high school diploma and the statutes and regulations governing the receipt of a standard high school diploma, including, without limitation, passage of the high school proficiency examination.

     2.  The sequence and terminal courses required pursuant to paragraph (a) of subsection 1 must be approved by the Department of Education. A sequence must be a minimum of two credits.

     3.  The endorsement must be printed on the front of the high school diploma in a format prescribed by the local school district.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. for Career & Tech. Educ. by R172-05, eff. 2-23-2006)

COLLEGE READINESS

      NAC 389.830  “College readiness” defined. (NRS 385.080)  As used in NAC 389.830 to 389.845, inclusive, “college readiness” means the demonstrated proficiency of a pupil who graduates from high school in this State to participate and succeed in an academic program which results in the completion of a degree from a postsecondary educational institution.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R041-10, eff. 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.835  Standards for college readiness. (NRS 385.080)  A pupil enrolled in a 4-year course work program in a high school in this State completes the standards for college readiness if the pupil:

     1.  Successfully completes the courses required for an advanced diploma pursuant to NAC 389.663; and

     2.  Successfully completes at least 2 years of course work in one foreign language or demonstrates proficiency to speak at least two languages.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R041-10, eff. 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.840  Indications of college readiness. (NRS 385.080)  The successful completion by a pupil of the standards for college readiness set forth in NAC 389.835 is a strong indication:

     1.  That the pupil is ready to participate successfully as a freshman who is enrolled in a postsecondary educational institution as a full-time student.

     2.  That the pupil has:

     (a) Attained high academic achievement in the subject areas required for an advanced diploma pursuant to NAC 389.663;

     (b) Cognitive skills, including, without limitation, logical reasoning skills and linguistic expression skills, that are developed through achievement in the subject areas required for an advanced diploma pursuant to NAC 389.663;

     (c) Ancillary academic skills relating to study habits and self-direction;

     (d) An awareness of the expectations for behavior in an academic environment; and

     (e) Adequate test scores based upon the benchmark test scores established by the Board of Regents of the University of Nevada that should enable a pupil to avoid being placed in remedial classes as a postsecondary student.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R041-10, eff. 6-30-2010)

      NAC 389.845  Scope of college readiness. (NRS 385.080)  The standards for college readiness set forth in NAC 389.835 must be construed as prescribing the minimum level of academic attainment for the purposes of college readiness and must not be construed as:

     1.  Recommending that a pupil enroll in the minimum courses of study to demonstrate college readiness as set forth in NAC 389.835; or

     2.  Prescribing the standards for admission to an institution within the Nevada System of Higher Education or any other postsecondary educational institution.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R041-10, eff. 6-30-2010)

VETERANS

      NAC 389.850  Issuance of standard high school diploma to certain veterans who left high school to serve in Armed Forces. (NRS 385.080, 389.810)

     1.  To receive a standard high school diploma in accordance with the provisions of NRS 389.810, a veteran who satisfies the qualifications set forth in that section may submit to the Office of Veterans’ Services an application on a form prescribed for this purpose by the State Board of Education. If such a qualified veteran is deceased or mentally or physically unable, a family member or guardian of the veteran may submit an application on behalf of the veteran. Each such application must be accompanied by a copy of the certificate of honorable discharge issued to the veteran or a certified copy of the form DD214 issued to the veteran.

     2.  If a veteran submits an application pursuant to subsection 1 and the veteran:

     (a) Attended a secondary school in this State before leaving to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States, the application must list the name and location of the Nevada secondary school the veteran attended; or

     (b) Is a current resident of this State but did not attend a secondary school in this State, the application must be accompanied by an affidavit:

          (1) Affirming that the veteran attended a secondary school before leaving to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States; and

          (2) Listing the name and location of that secondary school.

     3.  If a family member or guardian of a veteran submits an application pursuant to subsection 1, the application must be accompanied by an affidavit affirming to the best of his or her knowledge that the veteran:

     (a) Attended a secondary school in this State before leaving to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States and listing the name and location of that Nevada secondary school; or

     (b) Was a resident of this State at the time of his or her death or incapacitation and left a secondary school to serve in the Armed Forces of the United States, including the name and location of that secondary school.

     4.  Upon determination that an application is complete and is accompanied by the material required by subsection 1 and subsection 2 or 3, as applicable, the Office of Veterans’ Services will forward the application to the appropriate school district on the veteran’s behalf.

     5.  Upon receipt of an application approved pursuant to subsection 4, a school district may issue a standard high school diploma to the veteran. Such a diploma may be presented to the veteran, or the family member or guardian of the veteran, as applicable:

     (a) During a graduation ceremony regularly conducted in that school district;

     (b) During a special ceremony conducted in that school district for veterans; or

     (c) By mailing the diploma to the veteran, or his or her family member or guardian, as applicable.

     (Added to NAC by Bd. of Education by R098-03, eff. 1-27-2004)